The Great ‘Reset’

29 April 24

Championed by the World Economic Forum, they are promoting ‘A’ “Great Reset” initiative focused on socialistic global governance utilizing a multilateral, technocratic model that they call the “Fourth Industrial Revolution.” Others call it a “New World Order.” Does anything like this have a chance of ‘EVER’ coming to fruition?

INTRODUCTION

The World Economic Forum (WEF) was founded in 1971 as the “European Management Forum” by Klaus Schwab a German engineer and economist. In the summer of that year, reportedly with funding from the European Commission, the first annual meeting was held the Davos, Switzerland.

In 1987, it became the World Economic Forum and continued to grow in prominence—but not without controversy.

Nearly 50 years after its founding, Klaus Schwab is still the executive chairman of the Board of Trustees, which includes Ajay S. Banga, President of the World Bank Group, Mark Benioff, CEO of Salesforce, Lawrence D. Fink, CEO of Blackrock, Kristalina Georgieva Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund, climate politician Al Gore, Christine Lagarde, President of the European Central Bank, David M. Rubenstein, co-CEO of Carlyle, Mark Schneider, CEO of Nestlé, Tharman Shanmugaratnam, President of Singapore, Jim Hagemann Snabe, Chairman of Siemens, Julie Sweet, CEO of Accenture, Feike Sybesma, Chairman of Royal Philips, Zhu Min, Vice-Chairman of the China Center for International Economic Exchanges, and a few others. (The WEF also has a “Managing Board” and an “Executive Committee”)

Schwab is also reportedly to be a former member of the steering committee of the secretive Bilderberg Group and was a board member of The Daily Mail’s global media parent company.

The World Economic Forum organization consists of a hierarchy consisting of

strategic partners and around a thousand of the world’s largest organizations typically with turnovers over $5B US are members. It has assets of well over $500M, apparently charging its strategic partners an annual membership fee of over $600,000 per year and its industry partners around half that amount.

So, what are they trying to achieve? Well, while the WEF claims to be just a “network,” it is very clear that the WEF has an ‘AGENDA’—a globalist agenda—and it says, “Now is the time to press the reset button on capitalism.”

The WEF’s Great Reset project appears to be the greatest economic and social engineering project of all time—an epic grand plan that makes Marxism, Communism, and Fascism, seem like ‘child’s play’ by comparison.

The following will give you an idea of what the WEF is trying to achieve with its “Great Reset” “agenda. It is Klaus Schwab at the 2020 WEF meeting (June 3, 2020):

“The COVID-19 crisis has shown us that our old systems are not fit anymore for the 21st century. It has laid bare a fundamental lack of social cohesion, fairness, inclusion, and equality.

“Now is a historical moment in time. Not only to fight the virus but to shape the system for the post-COVID era.

“We have a choice. To remain passive, would lead to the amplification of many of the trends we see today: Polarization, nationalism, racism, and ultimately increased social unrest and conflicts.

“But, we have another choice. We can build a new social contract, particularly integrating the next generation. We can change our behavior to be in harmony with nature again. We can make sure such the technologies of the Fourth Industrial Revolution are best utilized to provide us with better lives. In short, we need a “Great Reset.”

[ VIDEO: “The World Economic Forum & The United Nations – A New Global Government?” (June 14, 2020):
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X9otOgrOhqI&t=176s ]

A couple of years before this meeting, in 2019, the WEF and the United Nations signed a strategic partnership framework to accelerate the implementation of the UN’s 2030 agenda for sustainable development—a plan that has been signed by every one of the national governments of the United Nations. The agreement was signed by Klaus Schwab and the UN secretary-general, Antonio Guterres. Guterres is the ex-prime minister of Portugal, and ex-president of Socialist International, a worldwide organization of political parties from over 100 countries who seek to implement socialism worldwide.

The COVID-19 pandemic appears to be the triggering event that makes it all possible the WEF has wasted no time at all in responding with lightning speed, which has caused some to think it was all pre-planned. The WEF has put together a huge comprehensive strategic intelligence website that provides publications videos and data resources on each of the myriad of interlinked issues to support their manifesto—including global governance.

But, should the people on this planet be seduced into accepting the imposition of a solution by this unelected and unaccountable organization of the wealthy and powerful?

What happens if we, the global citizens, do not agree with its policies, its agenda, or its executive decisions? How would we scrutinize their decisions their approaches and their motivations? Are there any ‘processes’ in place to do that? Well, no.

So then, what will keep them ‘in check’ and what consequences will they suffer if they fail to serve us, the global citizenry, rather than the people in power—ultimately serving themselves?

The thing is, if you look on the WEF website for the page that outlines their democratic processes, you will not find it—because it does not exist! Yet, they are setting the agenda for governments around the world and are working directly with the United Nations to deliver their “2030 agenda” of 17 “Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs)—with some saying that this is the ‘foundation’ for a “New World Order.”


<<< TABLE OF CONTENTS >>>


THE “NEW WORLD ORDER”

THE “UNITED NATIONS”
“AGENDA 21”
“AGENDA 2030”
“SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS”

THE “WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION”

THE “WORLD GOVERNMENTS SUMMIT”

THE “FII INSTITUTE”

“SPIEF”

THE “OPEN SOCIETY FOUNDATIONS”

THE “BILDERBERG FOUNDATION”

THE “WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM”

THE “GREAT RESET”
HISTORICAL ‘CONTEXT’
“GOLDEN OPPORTUNITY”
‘DIGITAL’ CURRENCY
THE COMING “CASHLESS SOCIETY”
THE “CLIMATE CHANGE” ‘CATALYST’
“ESG”
BUILDING THE ‘MACHINE’
‘BIG TECH’ TYRANTS
DIGITAL ‘TRACKING’
“SURVEILLANCE SOCIETY”

‘CONSPIRACY’ THEORY?

‘FUELING’ THEIR RESET
“THE GREAT NARRATIVE”
WHY NOW?
HOW FAR ALONG ARE WE?

THE GREAT ‘BIBLICAL’ RESET
“THE ‘STAGE’ IS SET”
“RETURN TO BABYLON”
THE ‘ANTICHRIST’
“AMERICA AT DUSK”
THE ‘APOSTASY’ OF THE CHURCH

BIBLICAL ‘RESETS’ OF THE EARTH
“A” ‘GREAT RESET’
– So, Why A ‘Millennium’?
– General ‘Characteristics’
– ‘Peace’ At Last!
– ‘Final’ Judgment

“THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’
– God’s ‘Renewal’ Program
– The New Heavens And New Earth
– An ‘Edenic’ Paradise

A ‘PERSONAL’ RESET
– Ultimate ‘Personal’ Reset

WRAP-UP
THE PROPOSED “GREAT RESET”
A ’SHIFT’ IS ALREADY UNDERWAY
ONLY THE ‘BEGINNING’
CAN ONE ‘RECOGNIZE’ WHAT’S HAPPENING?
DON’T THINK IT WILL HAPPEN?
LAYING THE ‘GROUNDWORK’
COMING ‘FULL CIRCLE’
A” ‘GREAT RESET’
THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’
– All Things ‘New’
– Spectacular ‘Natural’ Wonders
– Things That Are ‘No More’
– ‘Perfection’
– God’s ‘Presence’
– Perfect ‘Righteousness’
– The ‘Holy City’
– Final ‘Destination’
– More Than We Can ‘Imagine’!
– ‘Indescribable’!
– Everything Is ‘Finished’!
– Don’t Be ‘Denied’ Entrance!
– Finally, ‘Utopia’!


<<< SUMMARY >>>

The following is a collection of ‘snippets’ from the post that aims to give you the overall ‘gist’ of this post.
[ 10-15 Minute Read ].


THE “NEW WORLD ORDER”
The “New World Order” is a concept that posits a group or groups of elitist people are ‘bent on’ ruling the world through a single worldwide system of government. The appeal of this New World Order lies in its proposal to free the world of wars and political strife, and its promises to eradicate poverty, disease, and hunger. Its purpose is to meet the needs and hopes of all mankind through worldwide peace.

This New World Order will supposedly do away with the need for diverse world governments, accomplished by the installation of a one-world political system or ‘body’ and by eliminating all borders demarcating the nations of the world.

To effect all this change, it is believed that the New World Order will emphasize tolerance through the promotion and acceptance of other cultures and their values and ideologies. Its ultimate goal is a sense of unity and oneness with all people speaking the same language. Other objectives include the use of a single, worldwide currency, as well as oneness in politics, religion, and moral values.
———
HISTORIC ‘CROSSROADS’
Leaders find themselves at a historic ‘crossroads’, managing short-term pressures against medium- to long-term uncertainties with one-size-fits-all solutions.

The WEF states that we are entering a unique ‘window of opportunity’ to shape the future, this initiative will offer insights to help inform all those determining the future state of global relations, the direction of national economies, the priorities of societies, the nature of business models, and the management of a global commons. Drawing from the vision and vast expertise of the leaders engaged across the WEF’s communities, the “GREAT RESET” initiative has a set of dimensions to build a new social contract that honors the dignity of every human being.
[ more…]

THE “UNITED NATIONS”
Cashing in on the sudden popularity of political-environmentalist sensationalism were the globalist-minded individuals who were quick to hijack the “save the planet” message. By the early 1990s, they had finally found a way to create a worldwide government. They needed a terrifying threat to humanity, one that only an all-powerful global government could solve. Thus, they began preparing the narrative of catastrophic environmental disasters. Global cooling, global warming, and climate change were going to be the crises the world got, regardless of whether they were crises or not.
[ more…]

“AGENDA 21”
This agenda began in the ‘bowels’ of the United Nations (UN) in the late 1980s under the name of “Agenda 21.”

President Clinton later re-signed the United States as a signatory to this law, effectively advancing the precedence of global governance and perpetuating the necessity for a “New World Order.”

The following is a simplification of the United Nation’s “2030 Agenda Blueprint for Globalist Government”:
[ more…]

“AGENDA 2030”
In Sept. 2015, delegates from 193 nations unanimously approved a UN document called “Transforming our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”

In the preamble of the document called it a “New Universal Agenda,” the following are the major items in the agenda:
[ more…]

“SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS”
The “Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs) are a collection of 17 interlinked global goals designed to be a “blueprint to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all”. The SDGs were set up in 2015 by the United Nations General Assembly (UN-GA) and are intended to be achieved by 2030. They are included in a UN-GA Resolution called the 2030 Agenda or what is colloquially known as “Agenda 2030.” The SDGs were developed in the post-2015 Development Agenda as the future global development framework to succeed the Millennium Development Goals which were ended in 2015.
[ more…]

THE “WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION”
The World Health Organization (WHO) is a specialized agency of the United Nations responsible for international public health. The WHO Constitution states its main objective as “the attainment by all peoples of the highest possible level of health”. Headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, it has six regional offices and 150 field offices worldwide.
[ more…]

THE “WORLD GOVERNMENTS SUMMIT”
The World Government Summit is an annual event held in Dubai, United Arab Emirates. It brings together leaders in government for a global dialogue about governmental processes and policies with a focus on the issues of futurism, technology innovation, and other topics. The summit acts as a knowledge exchange hub between government officials thought leaders, policymakers, and private sector leaders and as an analysis platform for the future trends, issues, and opportunities facing humanity. The summit hosts over 90 speakers from 150 participating countries, along with over 4,000 attendees.
[ more…]

THE “FII INSTITUTE”
The “Future Investment Initiative Institute,” or “FII Institute,” is a non-profit organization run by the Public Investment Fund, Saudi Arabia’s main sovereign wealth fund.

They say that they are a global nonprofit foundation with an investment arm and one agenda: Make an “Impact on humanity.”
[ more…]

“SPIEF”
The St. Petersburg International Economic Forum (“SPIEF”) is an annual Russian business event for the economic sector, which has been held in St. Petersburg since 1997, and under the auspices of the Russian President since 2005.[citation needed] Each year, more than 10,000 people from over 120 different countries take part. The Forum brings together the chief executives of major Russian and international companies, heads of state, political leaders, prime ministers, deputy prime ministers, departmental ministers, and governors.
[ more…]

THE “OPEN SOCIETY FOUNDATIONS”
Officially, (from their website), the Open Society Foundations work with organizations and individuals who seek to address profound racial, economic, and political inequalities, while funding efforts to prepare for the policy challenges of the future.
[ more…]

THE “BILDERBERG FOUNDATION”
Since its inaugural Meeting in 1954, the annual Bilderberg Meeting has been a forum for informal discussions to foster dialogue between Europe and North America. Every year, approximately 130 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, labor, academia, and the media are invited to take part in the Meeting. About two-thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America (One-third from politics and government and the rest from other fields).
[ more…]

THE “WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM”
The World Economic Forum seems to be the most ‘vocal’ and ‘popular’ of all of these kinds of groups. The World Economic Forum calls itself an “international organization for public-private cooperation.”

The following—from their website—will give you an idea of how they portray themselves.
– Why Does Our Work Matter?
– What Makes Us Unique?
– How Do We Do Our Work?
– Our Projects
– Through Virtual Interaction
– What Are Our Key Areas of Focus?
[ more…]

THE “GREAT RESET”
The “Great Reset” was first mentioned about 2014 by the World Economic Forum. It is a globalist initiative, and its goals are pretty simple:

– You will own nothing and you’ll be happy
– Whatever you want you’ll rent and will be delivered by drone
– You will eat much less meat an occasional rare treat, not a staple. For the good of the environment and our health.
– The United States won’t be the world’s leading superpower
– A handful of countries will dominate
– A billion people will be displaced by climate change
– Polluters will have to pay to emit carbon dioxide
– There will be a global price on carbon. This will help make fossil fuels history.

[ more…]
[ CHART: World Economic Forum – “The Great Reset” – Transformation Map ]

HISTORICAL ‘CONTEXT’
Now, the specific phrase “Great Reset” came into general circulation over a decade ago, with the publication of a 2010 book, “The Great Reset,” by American urban studies scholar Richard Florida. Written in the aftermath of the 2008 financial crisis, Florida’s book argued that the 2008 economic crash was the latest in a series of Great Resets—including the Long Depression of the 1870s and the Great Depression of the 1930s—which he defined as periods of paradigm-shifting systemic innovation.

Four years after Florida’s book was published, at the 2014 annual meeting of the WEF, Schwab declared: What we want to do in Davos this year… is to push the reset button—and subsequently the image of a reset button would appear on the WEF’s website.
[ more…]

“GOLDEN OPPORTUNITY”
The pandemic has given government officials more confidence than ever that they can enact radical, tyrannical, and even arbitrary mandates—and that many if not most will go along with whatever the government tells them to do. (Sounds like fascism to me.)

Then, after the government lockdowns—with the economy ‘burned’ to the ground—the elites saw a favorable set of circumstances to ‘reset’ society and the world’s economy, in a new way.
[ more…]

‘DIGITAL’ CURRENCY
Mark Carney, an economist and banker with an unquestionably impressive resume (previous Governor of the Bank of Canada and a WEF board member) spends his days convincing other elites that the U.S. dollar is too “influential in global markets and should be replaced with a digital currency.”

The thing is, Carney is not alone. One of the biggest advocates for expanding the power of governmentally-controlled digital currencies is the Chinese Communist Party. China is currently in the lead when it comes to creating digital currency backed by a large central bank—and the rest of the world’s governing elite are paying attention to it—especially at the World Economic Forum.
[ more…]

THE COMING “CASHLESS SOCIETY”
While the strategies of the global reset our complex, the aim of it all is simple, yet sinister: Iron-fisted control—global authoritarianism. However, harnessing total sway over the plant requires more than governmental and political control. To put their plan into place, the global resellers must seize control over the economy as well. They realize all too well, as political analyst James Carville is credited for saying, “It’s the economy, stupid!”

The “Great Reset,” while popularized in recent days, is not new. It began in earnest with the financial meltdown in the late 2000s. When the WEF gathered in January 2009, business and political leaders described the world economic disaster as a “crisis of confidence.” The official theme of the 2009 forum was “Shaping the Post-Crisis World.” Schwab referred to the global economic meltdown as a “transformational crisis.” He urges the delegates to respond to the crisis by shaping a “New World Order.” He said, “Above all else, this is a crisis of confidence. To restore confidence, you have to establish signposts that the world after the crisis will be different. We have to create a new world.” (Note: He also announced the launch of a “Global Redesign Initiative” to rebuild the global economic system.)
[ more…]

THE “CLIMATE CHANGE” ‘CATALYST’
If “Great Reset” proponents can convince the world that the only chance the human race has of lasting—of actual survival because of “climate change”—then they say the only answer is to put most of the global economic power in the hands of the ruling class to solve this dire and “existential threat” that supposedly imperils every human life on this planet.

U.S. President Joe Biden said, “Climate change poses an existential threat to our lives, to our economy, and the threat is here. It’s not going to get any better”
[ more…]

[ CHART: ISES Solar Cycle Sunspot Number Progression ]
[ more…]

“ESG”
So, how can the “Great Reset” overlords know which companies are properly pursuing the “right” goals? Well, to help ‘incent’ businesses in the direction the elites in society deemed best, the WEF, business leaders, financial institutions, and government officials from around the world have developed the “Environmental, Social, and Governance” (“ESG”) metric, that help companies, investors, governments know which are the “good” businesses, ‘towing the line’, and which are the “bad” companies that are only interested in turning a profit, developing new products, and hiring more employees. [ There’s nothing worse than a company wanting to earn a profit and grow the company, right? ;^D ].
[ more…]

BUILDING THE ‘MACHINE’
The recent pandemic made the “Great Reset” possible, digital currency will fuel its growth, and climate change will be the justification for the ‘distraction’ of the current world economic system.
[ more…]

‘BIG TECH’ TYRANTS
Much of the “Great Reset” is focused on economic changes, but it would be a mistake to think that the resetters are not interested in making expensive alterations to other parts of society as well. Schwab wrote in June 2020: “To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our society’s and economies, from education to social contract and working conditions.”
[ more…]

DIGITAL ‘TRACKING’
Another essential component of this global agenda is harvesting in maintaining a consistent gathering of information from individuals. According to the WEF, technologies like contact tracing and tracking are thus justified and should be employed.
[ more…]

“SURVEILLANCE SOCIETY”
China is the most authoritarian repressive nation in the world—trying to control its mass of 1.4 billion population by threats and intimidation.

One tool the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) uses to control its populous is a draconian system that ranks its citizens based on their “social credit.” Through continuous digital surveillance, individuals are evaluated based on every aspect of their behavior—and then are issued a “social reputation score.”
[ more…]

‘CONSPIRACY’ THEORY?
Now, a well-timed conspiracy can bring about remarkable and dangerous change, even when such change seems highly improbable. However, this does not mean that all or even most conspiracies should be taken seriously. In recent years, ridiculous conspiracy theories covering everything from a fake moon landing to shape-shifting reptilians controlling the government have become popular among some people.

Although it is tempting to laugh away these rants by tinfoil-hat-wearing guys lamenting the rise of lizard people, conspiracy theories that are not grounded in truth, and the media’s decision to engage in the rampant dissemination of false information to achieve political goals, have become the biggest threats facing America today.
[ more…]

‘FUELING’ THEIR RESET
The recent pandemic created the conditions to ‘push’ the “Great Reset” initiative, but it will be “Climate Change” that will provide the long-term justification for a far-reaching, sustained transformation of society. It is climate change policies, fueled by modern monetary theory, that ultimately will provide the ‘foundation’ upon which can build the “New World Order.”

“THE GREAT NARRATIVE”
In 2021, Klaus Schwab released the sequel to the “Great Reset,” a new book titled “The Great Narrative,” as a guide for anyone seeking to better understand how the world has evolved since the pandemic started and what solutions can make us more resilient, equitable and sustainable.

The book is derived from a collaborative effort with some of the world’s leading thinkers and describes how we can create a more resilient, inclusive, and sustainable future. Klaus Schwab said, “Going into 2022, we all look forward to a better future. Yet the challenges we are facing coming out of the pandemic are multi-fold and interconnected. The Great Narrative shows what the way forward could be, and what the role of cooperation, innovation, morality, public policies, and business can be.”
[ more…]

WHY NOW?
The pandemic crisis seemed tailor-made for the ‘reset’ dreamed up by the unelected technocrats at the World Economic Forum. This social, economic, and health crisis—and the fear that it provoked—enabled governments to do the previously unthinkable in an incredibly short time:
[ more…]

HOW FAR ALONG ARE WE?
So, how ‘far along’ is this Great Reset? Well, it is hard to know exactly because we cannot yet see how our politically and culturally fractured planet will make its way to the New World Order. However, as we survey the geopolitical landscape around us, here are three observations that show just how ‘vulnerable’ we are to the kinds of changes that can accelerate us all the faster to a one-world government. Consider the following:
[ more…]

THE GREAT ‘BIBLICAL’ RESET
The world’s elites seek to create a New World Order, a better world, as they envision it. Yet, what is developing is a world heading into ‘DARKNESS’ beyond their imagining. God says to discern what they are trying to do and not be part of that ‘world’ (Romans 12:2; James 4:4; 1 John 2:15).

We are seeing the ‘leading edge’ of a final elimination of this age-long system that stands in defiance of the purpose and plans of God. The prophet Jeremiah thought he was too young to become a prophet. How could he, a son of a priest from an obscure village, pronounce God’s word to his nation of Judah—much less the greater nations beyond?
[ more…]

“THE ‘STAGE’ IS SET”
Many talk about radically restructuring global governance, the economy, business, manufacturing, and even family and education. In fact, the World Economic Forum’s Klaus Schwab has been repeatedly talking about this for many years, that the world needs a new “social contract.”

If the WEF gets its way, there will be no area of our lives that will be left untouched! Schwab has said that there is no person and no country on the planet that will be escaping this. In fact, the United Nations has practically made that a tagline when they talk about Agenda 2030—“Leave no one behind”—which is a critical part of the WEF’s “Great Reset.”
[ more…]

[ VIDEO: 2022 World Economic Forum – Klaus Schwab – “Prepare for a more angry world” ]
[ more…]

“RETURN TO BABYLON”
These realities are alarming enough by themselves, and yet there remains a deeper, more sinister agenda embedded within. According to biblical prophecy, a “One World Government” (“New World Order”) will indeed emerge in the End Times.
[ more…]

THE ‘ANTICHRIST’
The “Great Reset” and its cashless agenda are a ‘catalyst’ and necessary ‘antecedent’ for the one world economy of the Antichrist. Ancient prophecies in Scripture lay out the scenario in detail. History is headed toward a One World Government under the total control of Satan’s ‘superman’, the final Antichrist, who will subjugate the entire planet.
[ more…]

“AMERICA AT DUSK”
The world has seen its share of mighty nations and empires. Today, America is arguably the world’s greatest superpower in force for freedom on the planet—probably ever! However, the Scriptures do not say that America is of NO ‘CONSEQUENCE’ in the End Times! Just as many once-great civilizations and countries have fallen in the past, is it now the time for America to fall? Is God allowing America to experience the consequences of its denial of Him?

The Apostle Paul outlined seven progressive penalties for both people and nations who failed to respond positively toward God’s revelation of Himself to them:
[ more…]

THE ‘APOSTASY’ OF THE CHURCH
Apostasy means to fall away from the truth. Therefore, an apostate is someone—or the ‘Church’—who once believed and now rejects the truth of God. Apostasy is a rebellion against God because it is a rebellion against truth.

In the Old Testament, God warned the Jewish people about their idolatry and their lack of trust in Him. In the New Testament, the epistles warn us about not falling away from the truth. Apostasy is a very real and dangerous threat to the Christian Church. “Let no one in any way deceive you, for it [Jesus’ return] will not come unless the apostasy comes first, and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the son of destruction” [ 2 Thessalonians 2:3 ].
[ more…]

BIBLICAL ‘RESETS’ OF THE EARTH
As we gaze at our world today, storm ‘clouds’ seem to be gathering—and darkening. All the ‘signs’ indicate that we are late in the day and that the darkness of the end of days is quickly approaching.

Liberty Magazine author Elijah Mvundura said in his article, “The Collapse of Liberal Democracy”:
[ more…]

A” ‘GREAT RESET’
The “MILLENNIUM” is the time that comes after Jesus’ Second Coming. It is the transition between the old Earth and the New Earth, and it will be a ‘foretaste’ of the New Heaven and a New Earth—a precursor of the eternal state. It will be different from life as we know it today, but it will still fall short of the absolute perfection of the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem (after the Millennium).
[ more…]

– So, Why A ‘Millennium’?
– General ‘Characteristics’
– ‘Peace’ At Last!
– ‘Final’ Judgment

THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’
With all of the judgment finalized, this present universe will be destroyed in a fiery conflagration of cosmic proportions. The Apostle Peter describes the “refreshing” of the universe—taking it back to what God created in the first place:
[ more…]

– God’s ‘Renewal’ Program
God has never given up on His original creation. Somehow we have managed to overlook the entire Bible with the vocabulary that makes this point clear: Reconcile; Redeem; Restore; Recover; Return; Renew; Regenerate; and Resurrect. Each of these biblical words begins with the “re-“ prefix, suggesting a return to an original condition that was ruined or lost. God always seeks to ‘restore’ His original creation.

Religion professor Albert M. Wolters, in his book “Creation Regained,” wrote:
———
This will be a COMPLETE ‘GREAT RESET’ back to the original creation!

– The New Heavens And New Earth
The biblical doctrine of the New Earth implies something startling: If we want to know what the ultimate Heaven—our eternal ‘Home’—will look like, the best place to start is by looking around us right now (as C. S. Lewis envisioned at the end Narnia series). We should not close our eyes and try to imagine the unimaginable. We should just open our eyes because the present earth is as much a valid ‘reference point’ for envisioning the New Earth as our present bodies are a compelling ‘guide’ for envisioning our new bodies (like Jesus’ resurrection body).
[ more…]

– An ‘Edenic’ Paradise
This world—including all of its natural wonders, culture, and people—gives us a ‘foretaste’ and a glimpse of the next world, only they all will be PERFECT!

Every joy on earth is an inkling, a ‘whisper’ of a greater joy to come. All of the 67 places I mentioned in a previous post (https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/) that were described as “heaven on earth” are just rough ‘sketches’ of what will be on the New Earth. The New Earth will be a place of sensory delight, breathtaking beauty, satisfying relationships, and personal joy!

So, if a deteriorating Earth is so stunning, what will it look like when it is made new, restored to the ‘original’? Well, Earth’s beauty will just gain even deeper beauty, since it will be ‘redeemed’ and perfect.
[ more…]

A ‘PERSONAL’ RESET
A great global ‘reset’ IS coming—that much is for sure. All things will ultimately be MADE ‘NEW’ BY GOD HIMSELF! There is no greater hope for God’s people than that!

So, while they wait for their “blessed hope,” believers are eagerly looking for the End Times. But what about the meantime? How do we live in the meantime as we await Jesus’ coming? How can we effectively navigate the ‘human’ “Great Reset” before God’s FINAL GREAT ‘RESET’?
[ more…]

– Ultimate ‘Personal’ Reset
SO, if you have never trusted Jesus as your Savior, why not stop RIGHT NOW and call upon Him as your personal Savior? DON’T PUT IT OFF! You DO NOT know how long you have on this Earth!

[ FYI: If you need a bit of help on how to put into words what you are experiencing, consider reading the “Prayer of Repentance” below. The ‘words’ do not matter as much as the ‘desire’ in your ’heart’. ]

There is no doubt that it is thrilling to know the future of the world—to know what will happen to this planet. Yet, as exciting as that is, it is INFINITELY more ‘captivating’ to know ‘YOUR’ FUTURE—to know what will ‘happen’ TO YOU when your life ends or when Jesus comes back in the Rapture—whichever happens first!

There is nothing better than knowing that your eternal soul has been committed FOREVER to God for safekeeping!

It is my sincerest prayer that you will experience the ULTIMATE PERSONAL ‘RESET’ that comes through faith in Jesus!!!

WRAP-UP
The “Great Reset” is an initiative launched by the World Economic Forum (WEF) that aims to dismantle free enterprise and enforce radical leftist global social change.

Proponents of the “Great Reset” often play the “conspiracy-theory” ‘card’ to silence those calling attention to their subversive agenda. However, the plot truly is massive and threatens the fabric of free human society worldwide!
[ more…]

THE PROPOSED “GREAT RESET”
To borrow Aldous Huxley’s phrase, what does WEF’s “brave new world” look like? Well, a video from the organization gives us incredibly chilling insight. (A link to it is in the “Articles” section below.) It calls for the economic, social, and governmental transformation of the world by 2030 including:
[ more…]

A ’SHIFT’ IS ALREADY UNDERWAY
The idea of a “Great Reset” is already at work and well-advanced in the United States. It is just that other tags and terminology are used. If the ideas pushed in education, government and media take the nation to the desired result, within a ‘FEW’ YEARS the nation would be unrecognizable! This is NOT a conspiracy theory, just an observation of what various organizations involved in this push to reset America are saying, ‘out loud’!

America is in a most critical moment, perhaps the most dangerous of its history. While still the leading nation, there are ‘challengers’ who wish to overturn the present world order and take the lead.
[ more…]

ONLY THE ‘BEGINNING’
The “Great Reset” is only the beginning of something much bigger that’s just around the ‘corner’. Just like how, in the sport of boxing, a true professional boxer will never go for the knockout blow first—there’s always a ‘setup’ like a jab. But then, after he performs a few ‘setups’, he then will use the most popular combination in boxing, the “One, two.” which is the jab, and then the cross which is the ‘knockout’ blow.

If the pandemic is the warm-up ‘jab’, then the knockout blow is being called the “Great Narrative”—a collaborative effort of the world’s leading thinkers to fashion long-term perspectives and co-create a narrative that can help guide the creation of a more resilient, inclusive, and sustainable version of our collective future.
[ more…]

CAN ONE ‘RECOGNIZE’ WHAT’S HAPPENING?
The book of Revelation describes a moment when nations combine their power into a world system that achieves the age-old dream of “a tower that reaches to the heavens” (Genesis 11:4). Technology promises not only a convenient, connected world but also the hope of extended life and possibly even immortality through medical technology. The ability to reach into space and extend human civilization seems nearer to reality.

[ FYI: For more details about the “Tower of Babel,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/can-ai-achieve-world-peace-v299/ ]
[ more…]

DON’T THINK IT WILL HAPPEN?
So, does this sound impossible to you? You say, “It will never happen,” Then let me remind you how quickly the world began accepting a pandemic lockdown in March 2020. Within just weeks, schools were closed, all but “essential businesses” were shuttered, professional sports stopped playing, and people were working in their homes via ‘Zoom’ (and Microsoft Teams). No vote was taken, the discussion ended as quickly as it began, and the new normal was it!

The original “two weeks to flatten the curve” and no mask turned into a year and a half (in some places more) of national dysfunction. By mid-summer 2020 many had had enough, and some states slowly reopened only to shut down again if a surge of cases erupted. It took until mid-2021 for much of the world to reopen to domestic travel, while much of the world remained closed to foreign travel—and there are now some calls to do it all over again!
[ more…]

LAYING THE ‘GROUNDWORK’
The World Economic Forum is an organization that profits from famine and disease. With everything falling apart they can ‘reshape’ and reset the world in ways they could not before.

This organization pushes fear and tragedies to further its agenda. The thing is, many believe that the next crisis is already waiting for us ‘around the corner’, one that will dictate what you own what you eat, and what you think, under the guise of a “sustainable future.”
———
The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world.”
[ more…]

COMING ‘FULL CIRCLE’
Satan is the master globalist. The whole world was gathered together after the flood and one place in Babylon—was ruled over by one man, Nimrod. Since then, the world has gone from globalism in his day, to tribalism after they were scattered around the world after the Tower of Babel fell, then to nationalism for many centuries now, and now we are going back to globalism again. Satan is trying to bring the whole world back together again under one person, exactly as he had after the Flood—and that is where everything is going today—everything is coming ‘full circle’.

So, the agenda is Satan’s—the brilliant ‘strategist’ that is ultimately the driving force behind all of this—however, these global elites are being used by him to bring this to pass, SINCE Satan will not have a lot of time—only seven years during the Tribulation—to execute his plan,. so he needs all this ‘stuff’ in place before he begins executing his plan.
[ more…]

A” ‘GREAT RESET’
The “MILLENNIUM” is the time that comes after Jesus’ Second Coming. It is the transition between the old Earth and the New Earth. The Millennium will be a ‘foretaste’ of the New Heaven and a New Earth—a precursor of the eternal state. It will be different than life as we know it today, but it will still fall short of the absolute perfection of the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem.

The Bible tells us that Jesus will return triumphantly to the earth, split the Mount of Olives in half, march through the Eastern Gate, and sit on David’s throne in Jerusalem. He will then start His rule of the world for 1,000 years in a mediatorial Messianic Kingdom on Earth.

This is a literal Kingdom, a theocracy, in which God fulfills His promises to the Jewish prophets that He would one day bring the Kingdom to Jerusalem and that the King would reign upon the earth. This will also be a time when Satan is bound in the “bottomless pit” for the same 1,000 years.
———
This is “A” ‘GREAT RESET’ for the Earth. (“THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’ is yet to come!)
[ more…]

THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’
So, the New Heavens and the New Earth will come when the first Heaven and the first Earth have “passed away.” The Greek word translated “new” is “kainos,” which means “ New in nature, or something that has been refurbished or improved.” This stresses that the New Earth that God will create will not just be new—as opposed to old—it will also be ‘different’.

– All Things ‘New’
– Spectacular ‘Natural’ Wonders
– Things That Are ‘No More’
– ‘Perfection’
– God’s ‘Presence’
– Perfect ‘Righteousness’
– The ‘Holy City’
– Final ‘Destination’
– More Than We Can ‘Imagine’!
– ‘Indescribable’!
– Everything Is ‘Finished’!
– Don’t Be ‘Denied’ Entrance!

To be forthright, I need to remind you that there will be people DENIED ‘ENTRANCE’ into the Eternal City (Revelation 21:7-8; Revelation, 21:25-27; Revelation, 22:14-15)

Now, of course, all of us are sinners. We have all lied, cheated, and stolen—however small. Many people have also had episodes of immorality, idolatry, and even murder in their pasts. The thing is, the above verses do not mean to imply that those sins will keep a person out of Heaven if they have asked Jesus for the forgiveness of those sins. HOWEVER, if one has not repented of their sins and placed their faith in Jesus, those sins WILL certainly ‘PREVENT’ them from walking the streets of gold!
———
If you are failing to respond to Jesus’ gracious invitation, you will have NO ‘PART’ in the New Heaven, the New Earth, or the New Jerusalem! Only the people whose names are written in the Lambs Book of Life will be allowed in! There are NO ‘EXCEPTIONS’!

SO, if you have not accepted God’s plan for your life and have received His forgiveness for your sins, when the moment comes, you will be DENIED ‘ENTRANCE’ into Heaven, and into the City I just described. I DO NOT want that to HAPPEN TO YOU!

If you have not done so, MAKE YOUR ‘RESERVATION’ to have a ‘place’ in the Heavenly City! The last invitation in the Bible, from Jesus, says:

“The Spirit and the Bride say, ‘Come.”’ And let the one who hears say, ‘Come.’ And let the one who is thirsty come; let the one who desires take the water of life without price”
[ Revelation 22:17 ].

So, as I have said many times before, my ‘LIFE FOCUS’ is “To take as many people to Heaven with me as I can.” I want to be the guy behind you just outside the “pearly gate” that is taking the following picture of you!…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ksu-zTG9HHg&t=6129s
[ VIDEO: “The Pilgrim’s Progress” movie (by Revelation Media) -– “Welcome To The Celestial City” ]

SO, the eternal Heaven WILL exist someday ‘ON’ EARTH, and it will be ‘WAY’ MORE than anyone could EVEN ‘IMAGINE’! (Ephesians 3:20).

Again, I will conclude this month’s post just as I did in last month’s post, asking the “sixty-four-dollar question” (something that is not known and on which a GREAT ‘DEAL’ depends): Are ‘YOU’ SURE that you are going to live among the New Heavens, on the New Earth, and in the New Jerusalem for eternity?

If not, you need to MAKE ‘SURE’… NOW!!!

– Finally, ‘Utopia’!
The Apostle John portrays, in picturesque language, the beauty of the eternal Kingdom and the blessings that will be ours:

“Then I saw ‘a New Heaven and a New Earth,’ for the first Heaven and the first Earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. I saw the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, coming down out of Heaven from God, prepared as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband”
[ Revelation 21:1-2 ].

Here we FINALLY will experience a peace that we have probably only experienced in our dreams—a ‘REAL’ UTOPIA! But, unlike man-made utopian communities that fail when they succumb to human nature, the Kingdom of God will last forever—because it is ‘Divinely’ crafted and maintained. It will not, and cannot fail—for a perfect, all-knowing, all-powerful God will have created it—as He did originally! A PERFECTLY PEACEFUL, ETERNAL ‘HOME’!

[ FYI: For WAY MORE details about the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the new Jerusalem, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mankinds-destiny-v247/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/home-at-last-v290/ ]

This is “THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’ for the Earth, and the perfect FOREVER ‘HOME’ for EVERY believer!

So, above all else, make sure you will be part of this New ‘World’. Do not miss what life is all about—a relationship with the living God through His Son, Jesus, and a paid-in-full ’ticket’ into an ETERNAL HEAVEN!

Here on Earth, Jesus—with the help of the Holy Spirit—will ‘re-create’ your life and give you a new ‘reset’ if you call out to Him and trust Him for your eternal salvation. That ‘reset’ will secure your place in the future reign of Jesus in the re-created Heavens and Earth—FOR ETERNITY!!!

A “New World Order” WILL come to fruition, it just WILL NOT be implemented by the World Economic Forum or even the Antichrist. The universe WILL BE renewed, regenerated, and resurrected by the God of the Bible for the ‘FINAL’ time… FOREVER!

Be sure YOU are going to BE THERE!

<<< END OF SUMMARY >>>


<<< ALL THE DETAILS >>>

The following is a comprehensive presentation of the topic that follows the ‘headings’ laid out in the Summary.


“NEW WORLD ORDER”
The “New World Order” is a concept that posits a group or groups of elitist people are ‘bent on’ ruling the world through a single worldwide system of government. The appeal of this New World Order lies in its proposal to free the world of wars and political strife, and its promises to eradicate poverty, disease, and hunger. Its purpose is to meet the needs and hopes of all mankind through worldwide peace.

This New World Order will supposedly do away with the need for diverse world governments, accomplished by the installation of a one-world political system or ‘body’ and by eliminating all borders demarcating the nations of the world.

To effect all this change, it is believed that the New World Order will emphasize tolerance through the promotion and acceptance of other cultures and their values and ideologies. Its ultimate goal is a sense of unity and oneness with all people speaking the same language. Other objectives include the use of a single, worldwide currency, as well as oneness in politics, religion, and moral values.

The world’s economy has become pretty much ‘interconnected’. Hundreds of powerful technological corporations are involved in a countless number of efforts that can be used at some future point to ‘corral’ humanity under a single banner: data processing, artificial intelligence, unmanned autonomous systems, 5G networks, low-earth-orbit satellites, the Internet of things, cloud computing, digital currency, blockchain technology, gene editing, 3D printing, holographic technology, nanotechnology, etc. The term “New World Order”—most likely initially used by Woodrow Wilson explicitly in connection to the formation of the “League of Nations” just after WW I—became antiquated. So, as not to be labeled as outdated, the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Klaus Schwab has ‘rebranded’ it with a new name—the “Fourth Industrial Revolution” (FIR):

“The Fourth Industrial Revolution… is not only about smart and connected machines and systems. Its scope is much wider. Occurring simultaneously are waves of further breakthroughs in areas ranging from gene sequencing to nanotechnology, from renewables to quantum computing. It is the fusion of these technologies and their interaction across the physical, digital, and biological domains that make the fourth industrial revolution fundamentally different from previous revolutions.”

HISTORIC ‘CROSSROADS’
Leaders find themselves at a historic ‘crossroads’, managing short-term pressures against medium- to long-term uncertainties with one-size-fits-all solutions.

The WEF states that we are entering a unique ‘window of opportunity’ to shape the future, this initiative will offer insights to help inform all those determining the future state of global relations, the direction of national economies, the priorities of societies, the nature of business models, and the management of a global commons. Drawing from the vision and vast expertise of the leaders engaged across the WEF’s communities, the “GREAT RESET” initiative has a set of dimensions to build a new social contract that honors the dignity of every human being.

The WEF has two complementing agendas. The first is incrementalism, or gradualism, which continually seeks to chip away at the foundations of a nation or empire. (An example of this is the poisonous injection of postmodernism into our public education systems). These are slow-moving agendas that ultimately aim their sights at undermining the ‘foundation’ of something.

The second is opportunism, which makes every crisis an opportunity for rapid change. There is no shortage of examples of radical opportunism, including climate change, global warming, pandemics, financial depressions, terrorism, social justice, and a ‘raft’ of others.

In Milton Friedman’s book, “Capitalism and Freedom,” he said:

“Only a crisis—actual or perceived—produces real change. When that crisis occurs, the actions that are taken depend on the ideas that are lying around. That, I believe, is our basic function: to develop alternatives to existing policies, to keep them alive and available until the politically impossible becomes the politically inevitable.”

Although many of these products and systems are designed to make life in the twenty-first century better, safer, and more efficient, they also have the potential for great and terrible abuse in the wrong ‘hands’. What these ‘new world order’ types seem to be laser-focused on is not making our lives better, but cementing their power for generations to come.

The current ‘buzzword’ designed to hide the true intentions of those implementing a one-world government, is “globalism.” The United Nations was founded upon a well-thought-out policy of globalism. This would require us to submit to the decrees of the United Nations General Assembly as law. Globalism has been a growing trend since 1973, when many famous and influential people signed the Humanist Manifesto II. The New Age Movement, which is made up of humanistic thinkers, has been very influential in causing free and affluent nations such as the U.S. to go along with the global plan for a New World Order. (People operating out of self-interest do not surrender their freedoms and heritage unless they are persuaded there is something better ahead).

The appeal of this New World Order lies in its proposal to free the world of wars and political strife, promising to eradicate poverty, disease, and hunger. Its purpose is to meet the needs and hopes of all mankind through worldwide peace.

Also labeled the new “era of globalization,” this New World Order will supposedly do away with the need for diverse world governments. This will be accomplished by the installation of a one-world political system or body. One means to achieve this is by eliminating all lines and borders demarcating the nations of the world. To effect all this change, it is believed that the New World Order will emphasize tolerance through the promotion and acceptance of other cultures and their values and ideologies. Its ultimate goal is a sense of unity and oneness with all people speaking the same language. Other objectives include the use of a single, worldwide currency, as well as oneness in politics, religion, and moral values. As a result, the world will be under one rule, that of one government that promises worldwide peace, the absence of war, and the elimination of all political unrest. (Everything the Antichrist will promise!)


The thing is, there are a variety of VERY ‘POWERFUL’ organizations that seem to have a similar ‘focus’—a One World Government and/or New World Order. They include:

– The “United Nations”
– The “World Health Organization”
– The “World Governments Summit”
– The FII Institute”
– “SPIEF”
– The “Open Society Foundation”
– The “Bilderberg Group”
– The “World Economic Forum”

So, I will try to give you a ’10,000 foot’ overview of each of them, and how they are related to the “New World Order” concept.

THE “UNITED NATIONS”
Cashing in on the sudden popularity of political-environmentalist sensationalism were the globalist-minded individuals who were quick to hijack the “save the planet” message. By the early 1990s, they had finally found a way to create a worldwide government. They needed a terrifying threat to humanity, one that only an all-powerful global government could solve. Thus, they began preparing the narrative of catastrophic environmental disasters. Global cooling, global warming, and climate change were going to be the crises the world got, regardless of whether they were crises or not.

“AGENDA 21”
This agenda began in the ‘bowels’ of the United Nations (UN) in the late 1980s under the name of “Agenda 21.”

President Clinton later re-signed the United States as a signatory to this law, effectively advancing the precedence of global governance and perpetuating the necessity for a “New World Order.”

The following is a simplification of the United Nation’s “2030 Agenda Blueprint for Globalist Government”:

– End poverty in all its forms everywhere
– End, hunger, achieve food, security, and improved nutrition, and promote sustainable agriculture
– Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages
– Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
– Achieve, gender, equality, and empower, all women and girls
– Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all
– Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable, and modern energy for all
– Promote, sustained, inclusive, and sustainable, economic growth, full and productive, employment, and decent work for all
– Build, resilient infrastructure, promote, inclusive, and sustainable, industrialization, and foster innovation
– Reduce any equality within and among countries
– Make cities and human elements, inclusive, safe, resilient, and sustainable
– Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
– Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
– Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seize, and marine resources for sustainable development
– Protect, restore, and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably, manage, forests, combat, desertification, and halt and reverse land. Segregation and halt biodiversity loss
– Promote, peaceful, and inclusive, societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice, for all, and build, effective, accountable, and inclusive Institutions at all levels
– Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development

So, their goal is the total ‘enslavement’ of the planet by 2030. But don’t take my word for it. The UN document says: “We commit ourselves to working tirelessly for the full implementation of this agenda by 2030.”

Globalist personalities such as Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates, George Soros, King Charles, and organizations like the United Nations (and its various ‘appendages’: Blackrock, State Street, Vanguard, Berkshire Hathaway) and countless others are of one mind regarding this coming global change. They truly believe that the only way to save the planet is to be the ones controlling it.

They are feverishly planning this regime change under several different auspices: Namely through the legislative initiatives set forth by the United Nations “Agenda 21”/”Agenda 2030” programs while using climate change as the new threat du jour. These initiatives are then ‘repackaged’ by other globalist groups such as the Web Economic Forum (WEF), Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Rockefeller Foundation, etc., into more palatable and benign terms such as “The Fourth Industrial Revolution,” “Building Back Better,” “Environmental, Social, and Governance” (ESG), and “The Great Reset,” which are then propagandized by the “fifth column” mainstream media.

Many emperors and kings in the past have tried in vain to conquer the world. Alexander the Great, the Roman Caesars, Genghis Khan, Napoleon, and Adolf Hitler have all had a go at it. While their endeavors met with varying degrees of success, none ever conquered the entire world. Furthermore, none could even completely control the territories they had already conquered. What will be different with this final “one world” government is that, through the totalitarian policies being put in place today, along with the rapid advancements in information technology and AI, there will be a final ‘system’ that will be able to control everything with 100% efficiency. This is the ‘CONVERGENCE’ we see coming together today.

“AGENDA 2030”
In Sept. 2015, delegates from 193 nations unanimously approved a UN document called “Transforming our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”

In the preamble of the document called it a “New Universal Agenda,” the following are the major items in the agenda:

– The UN believes national populism (what is popular with the people of a nation) is an evil and growing threat to world government and world religion.

– They want opponents of world government and world religion to be prosecuted for violations of international law.

– International laws are an effort to silence enough of the opposition to world government and world religion to meet their goal of a global takeover by 2030!

– This is no less than a UN demand for the persecution and prosecution of people who oppose world government and world religion.

Simply put, this already-approved document calls for a world economic system, a world government, and a world religion to be established by 2030. Its preamble says, “All countries and stakeholders, acting in a collaborative partnership, WILL (not may) but-WILL, implement this plan.”

One government official said, “Not a single human being will be allowed to escape this next great leap forward.”

The previous UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon (2006-2017) called it the “Start of a new era.” He said the world is about to realize the “Dream of a world peace and dignity for all.”

[ Incidentally, on Nov. 23, 2018, German Chancellor Angela Merkel spoke at an event called “Parliamentarianism between Globalisation and National Sovereignty,” and she said, “In this day, nation states must today—should today, I say—be ready to give up sovereignty.” ].

“SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS”
So, if you wondering why the world seems so ‘crazy’ these days, it is most likely because we can see these “Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs) from the UN’s Agenda 2030 are being ‘enforced’ around the world. It would seem then, given what we know now, that the recent 2020 ‘plandemic’ was not about a real crisis at all, but a ‘course correction’. The globalists were desperate to put the world back on track toward global governance by 2030.

The “Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs) are a collection of 17 interlinked global goals designed to be a “blueprint to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all”. The SDGs were set up in 2015 by the United Nations General Assembly (UN-GA) and are intended to be achieved by 2030. They are included in a UN-GA Resolution called the 2030 Agenda or what is colloquially known as “Agenda 2030.” The SDGs were developed in the post-2015 Development Agenda as the future global development framework to succeed the Millennium Development Goals which were ended in 2015.

The 17 SDGs are:

– No Poverty
– Zero Hunger
– Good Health and Well-being
– Quality Education
– Gender Equality
– Clean Water and Sanitation
– Affordable and Clean Energy
– Decent Work and Economic Growth
– Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure
– Reduced Inequality
– Sustainable Cities and Communities
– Responsible Consumption and Production
– Climate Action
– Life Below Water
– Life On Land
– Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions
– Partnerships for the Goals

Though the goals are broad and interdependent, two years later (6 July 2017) the SDGs were made more “actionable” by a UN Resolution adopted by the General Assembly. The resolution identifies specific targets for each goal, along with indicators that are being used to measure progress toward each target. The year by which the target is meant to be achieved is usually between 2020 and 2030. For some of the targets, no end date is given.

To facilitate monitoring, a variety of tools exist to track and visualize progress towards the goals. All intention is to make data more available and easily understood. For example, the online publication SDG Tracker, launched in June 2018, presents available data across all indicators. The SDGs pay attention to multiple cross-cutting issues, like gender equity, education, and culture cut across all of the SDGs. There were serious impacts and implications of the COVID-19 pandemic on all 17 SDGs in the year 2020.

THE “WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION”
The World Health Organization (WHO) is a specialized agency of the United Nations responsible for international public health. The WHO Constitution states its main objective as “the attainment by all peoples of the highest possible level of health”. Headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, it has six regional offices and 150 field offices worldwide.

The WHO was established on 7 April 1948. The first meeting of the World Health Assembly (WHA), the agency’s governing body, took place on 24 July of that year. The WHO incorporated the assets, personnel, and duties of the League of Nations’ Health Organization and the Office International d’Hygiène Publique, including the International Classification of Diseases (ICD). Its work began in earnest in 1951 after a significant infusion of financial and technical resources.

The WHO’s mandate seeks and includes: working worldwide to promote health, keep the world safe, and serve the vulnerable. It advocates that a billion more people should have: universal health care coverage, engagement with the monitoring of public health risks, coordinating responses to health emergencies, and promoting health and well-being. It provides technical assistance to countries, sets international health standards, and collects data on global health issues. A publication, the World Health Report, provides assessments of worldwide health topics. The WHO also serves as a forum for discussions of health issues.

Recently, the WHO started urging nations to support the world’s first pandemic treaty, a legally binding international law meant to help prevent and combat any future pandemics.

The WHO and its 194 member nations have spent more than two years working on an international treaty to address an unknown future pathogen, known as “Disease X.” Officials said because the virus spread across international borders, plans to fight the next pandemic should, too.

Under the treaty, signatories would set up national, regional, and global networks to share information on viruses of concern, including the genomic information of those viruses. There would also be a plan to distribute vaccines and medicines quickly and equitably.

However, many countries—especially the United States—are concerned that the treaty will violate international sovereignty and/or infringe upon the rights of the people or the country’s intellectual property. Some have a healthy mistrust of the WHO. Representative Brad Wenstrup (R-Ohio) said: “The COVID-19 pandemic showed us that the WHO, the World Health Organization, is not the preeminent global health institution that perhaps it once was.”

The WHO is aiming to finalize the treaty by May 2024, when all member states will meet in Geneva for the annual World Health Assembly. A large amount of work remains, with 300 proposed amendments to consider before publishing a final draft.

A spokesperson for the Department of State wrote this statement:

“The United States remains committed to the Pandemic Accord negotiations to have an agreed text that can be adopted at the 77th World Health Assembly (WHA77) in May 2024. We are seeking the following key outcomes in these negotiations: Securing more rapid, transparent, and accountable early warnings, including sharing of samples and data worldwide; Building a more rapid, equitable, and effective pandemic prevention preparedness and response system, while also strengthening the global health security architecture; and Strengthening Member State commitment and accountability on pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response (PPR).”

However, attorney and former Congresswoman Michelle Bachman is sounding an ‘alarm bell’ by saying that she doesn’t think that all the nations fully understand the implications of handing over this kind of power to the WHO. This authoritarian power could create permanent health emergencies and have the power to tell EVERYONE on the earth what they can and can’t do relative to their health! This would essentially override the rights of citizens in America—suspending our constitutional rights—and our elected leaders would also be overridden by what this international body says. This could, very quickly, slip into a ‘platform’ for a one-world government.

THE “WORLD GOVERNMENTS SUMMIT”
The World Government Summit is an annual event held in Dubai, United Arab Emirates. It brings together leaders in government for a global dialogue about governmental processes and policies with a focus on the issues of futurism, technology innovation, and other topics. The summit acts as a knowledge exchange hub between government officials thought leaders, policymakers, and private sector leaders and as an analysis platform for the future trends, issues, and opportunities facing humanity. The summit hosts over 90 speakers from 150 participating countries, along with over 4,000 attendees.

The World Government Summit was formed by a team of experts from different disciplines to bring government, business, and civil society together to improve the future of the seven billion people on the planet. The chairman of the World Government Summit is Mohammad Al Gergawi with Ohood bint Khalfan Al Roumi serving as Vice Chairman of the organization. Omar Sultan AlOlama is the Managing Director of the World Government Summit.

In 2015, under the directives of His Highness Sheikh Mohammad Bin Rashid Al Maktoum, Mohammad Al Gergawi, chairman of the summit’s organizing committee and minister of the UAE Cabinet Affairs & The Future announced 10 key changes to take the summit to a new global level. The changes included changing the summit’s name from Government Summit to World Governments Summit, changing the entity structure, and adopting the goal of providing integrated knowledge services for over 150 governments and global organizations.

In 2016, the World Governments Summit Organization adopted a new year-round membership system. Members have exclusive invitations to attend the summit, communicate directly with its top speakers and attendees, receive reports issued by the summit ahead of the general public, gain exclusive access to private functions held on the sidelines of events, and have access to training workshops and executive education programs hosted by the summit in collaboration with global experts.

Reports for the public about issues explored at the summits are issued by Oxford Analytica, Mackenzie, and Harvard Business Review, on the World Governments Summit website, and conference speeches are available on the YouTube channel for the World Government Summit.

– Themes
The first World Governments Summit was held in Dubai in 2013 and has been held annually since then. In 2013, themes included building citizen trust in governmental entities, social media as a tool for civic engagement, private-public sector partnerships, and measuring development.

In 2014, themes included partnerships and innovation in government service delivery, government smart toolboxes (using information technology for citizen engagement, anti-corruption efforts, and helping citizens affected by conflict), and digital government.

In 2015, themes included smart cities, innovation, and better jobs.

In 2016, themes included the Sustainable Development Goals, the state of sustainability, advanced science, and the future of government (robotics and artificial intelligence, genomic medicine, and biometrics). In 2016, the summit included an inaugural Best Minister in the World award which was awarded to Greg Hunt, at that time Australian Minister of Federal Environment, later appointed as Australian Minister of Health.

In 2017, the summit focused on four main themes:
– climate change & food security
– citizen well-being & happiness
– government agility, geopolitics, and humanitarian aid

The summit was held under the patronage of Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Vice President and Prime Minister of the UAE and ruler of Dubai, and included the participation of seven international organizations as strategic partners, including the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, UNESCO, Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the World Economic Forum.

In 2018, the themes included artificial intelligence and happiness.

– Global Artificial Intelligence Forum
In 2018, the first Global Artificial Intelligence Forum was convened. The forum brought together approximately 100 people, including representatives of the OECD, IEEE, U.N., and the private sector. Discussion topics included a Global Strategy for the Governance of AI, which will include policy recommendations.[58] The AI Initiative which is part of The Future Society was contracted to steward the forum.[59] The goal of the first forum was to identify guidelines for the global governance of Artificial Intelligence.

World Governments Summit 2022
The World Governments Summit 2022 will be held exceptionally in tandem with the closing of “Expo 2020 Dubai”, the largest event of its kind that brings the world together, under the theme “Shaping Future Governments”. The Summit will bring thought leaders, global experts, and decision-makers from around the globe to share and contribute to the development of tools, policies, and models that are essential in shaping future governments.

– Themes
The agenda will focus on shaping a better future for humanity and will highlight eight main themes:

– Building Cities of the Future
– Actioning Sustainability for Positive Impact
– Exploring the Frontiers
– Empowering Societal Resilience
– Enabling the Future of Education and Work
– Accelerating Global Economic Recovery

To avoid future man-made catastrophes, the global economy will need to grow in harmony and adapt to the rapid technological changes that are shaping the future of trade and the global economy. Agile, inclusive, and sustainable growth will offer a solid foundation from which prosperity, transparency, and trust can grow.

THE “FII INSTITUTE”
The “Future Investment Initiative Institute,” or “FII Institute,” is a non-profit organization run by the Public Investment Fund, Saudi Arabia’s main sovereign wealth fund.

They say that they are a global nonprofit foundation with an investment arm and one agenda: Make an “Impact on humanity.”

Committed to Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) principles, they say they want to foster the brightest minds and transform ideas into real-world solutions in five focus areas: AI and Robotics, Education, Healthcare, and Sustainability.

They believe that they are in the right place at the right time and are energized and ready for change. They have three ‘pillars’ to depict their focus: THINK, XCHANGE, and ACT, and are looking to invest in the innovations that make a difference globally.

The Future Investment Initiative was announced in September 2017 by the Public Investment Fund, Saudi Arabia’s main sovereign wealth fund, in the context of the Saudi Vision 2030 program of economic and social reform.

FII Institute’s Board of Trustees includes HE Yasir Al-Rumayyan, HRH Princess Reema bint Bandar Al Saud, HE Mohamed Alabbar, HE Matteo Renzi, Dr. Peter Diamandis, Professor Tony F. Chan, Professor Adah Almutairi, and CEO Richard Attias. The first board meeting took place in April 2020.

The first Future Investment Initiative event took place in Riyadh in October 2017, under the patronage of King Salman of Saudi Arabia. The conference hosted 3,800 attendees from 90 countries, including major investors, chief executives, public officials, and economists. Notable participants included the managing director of the IMF Christine Lagarde, US Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin, BlackRock CEO Larry Fink, and Japanese business magnate Masayoshi Son, CEO of SoftBank. In an address to the conference, Crown Prince Mohammad bin Salman said Saudi Arabia was returning to a more moderate form of Islam “open to all religions and the world”. The event was colloquially referred to by some media and commentators as “Davos in the Desert.”

In May 2018 the Public Investment Fund announced plans for the second edition of the Future Investment Initiative, in October 2018. In August 2018 a team of business leaders were announced as members of a new FII advisory board, including Saudi businesswoman Lubna Olayan, MasterCard CEO Ajaypal Singh Banga, and the journalist and entrepreneur Arianna Huffington. The third FII event took place on 29–31 October 2019. The fourth edition of FII took place in a hybrid format on 26–28 January 2021, in Riyadh.

The Public Investment Fund has used the conferences to make announcements, including its goal to increase its assets under management to $400B by 2020, as well as increasing the acquisition of other investments.

“SPIEF”
(St. Petersburg International Economic Forum)

The St. Petersburg International Economic Forum (“SPIEF”) is an annual Russian business event for the economic sector, which has been held in St. Petersburg since 1997, and under the auspices of the Russian President since 2005.[citation needed] Each year, more than 10,000 people from over 120 different countries take part. The Forum brings together the chief executives of major Russian and international companies, heads of state, political leaders, prime ministers, deputy prime ministers, departmental ministers, and governors.

The key purpose of the Forum is to provide a practical tool for business, helping to overcome the barriers, both geographical and informational, dividing Russia and other countries.

The first St. Petersburg International Economic Forum was held in June 1997 under the auspices of the Council of the Federation, the Interparliamentary Assembly of Member Nations of the CIS, and with the support of the Russian government. The Forum welcomed more than 1,500 attendees from 50 countries. The Russian and Belarusian governments signed credit agreements worth $500B (Rubles)

The St. Petersburg Economic Forum International Foundation was formed in 1998 in St. Petersburg, with Herman Gref, then the Vice-Governor of St. Petersburg, and chairman of its Municipal Property Management Committee, appointed in charge of its activities. An investment contribution was also provided by the Leningrad Region. The grounds for the allocation were outlined in a decree from the Governor of Leningrad Region:

In 1999, Russian President Boris Yeltsin signed a decree giving the go-ahead to the economic forum in St. Petersburg and recommended that the St. Petersburg Economic Forum International Foundation be allocated the required funding and be offered support in organizing the event. Furthermore, it was also recommended that the Russian government provide possible financing and organizational support to the Council of the Federation and the Interparliamentary Assembly of Member Nations of the CIS.

Information regarding the long-term role of the St. Petersburg Economic Forum International Foundation in the organization and running of the forum in St. Petersburg has not been made publicly available. Until 2004, the SPIEF Organizing Committee consisted of the Council of the Federation and the Interparliamentary Assembly of Member Nations of the CIS. In 2004 the Chairman of the Council of the Federation Sergei Mironov and the Minister of Economic Development and Trade of Russia Herman Gref joined the Organizing Committee, the former as chairman and the latter as Co-chairman.

Over the past 25 years, the Forum has cemented its status as a leading international event focusing on key issues on the global economic agenda. It provides a platform for participants to exchange best practices and expertise in the interests of sustainable development.

SPIEF has been held annually since 1997. Since 2005, it has been held under the auspices of the President of the Russian Federation, who has also attended each event.

In 2021, SPIEF was the first business event of such magnitude to be held offline since the unavoidable break caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The Forum was also notable for its use of cutting-edge digital technology. The four-day event brought together more than 13,500 participants from 141 countries, including representatives of more than 1,000 media outlets from 46 countries. Among them were heads of state and government, senior executives of major corporations, and world-renowned experts in the fields of science and civil society.

The 2022 edition of the St. Petersburg International Economic Forum will feature Egypt as the guest country.

As in previous years, the business program will focus on the global and Russian economies, social issues, and technological development.

THE “OPEN SOCIETY FOUNDATIONS”
Officially, (from their website), the Open Society Foundations work with organizations and individuals who seek to address profound racial, economic, and political inequalities, while funding efforts to prepare for the policy challenges of the future.

Since the 1980s, George Soros and his Open Society Foundations—one of the wealthiest philanthropic organizations on the planet—have spent more than $14B on a variety of causes in more than 100 countries.

The Open Society Foundations is active in more than 120 countries around the world. Their national and regional foundations and thematic programs give thousands of grants every year towards building inclusive and vibrant democracies. Their vision is a call for change—change in the way we think about others, and in the ways we work together. They publish that they focus on the following ‘theme’:

– Democratic Practice
– Economic Equity and Justice
– Education
– Equality and Anti-discrimination
– Health and Rights
– Human Rights Movements and Institutions
– Information and Digital Rights
– Journalism
– Justice Reform and the Rule of Law

The Open Society Foundations work to ensure that everyone has access to the protection of the law—and that the law is shaped and employed not as an instrument of power, but in the service of justice.

However, recently leaked documents from Soros’s organization show that the organization is “clearly devoted to the eradication of national sovereignty” and using crises to advance his political and social goals.

In Soros’s mind, the two major threats to an open society are capitalistic hyperglobalization and market fundamentalism. For Soros, the only way to address these and other related pussy problems is to establish a new “Global system of political decision-making.” (Sure, sounds a lot like the “Great Reset”). Soros has continuously identified America as a gigantic roadblock standing in the way of his dream of advancing the cause of internationalism.

THE “BILDERBERG FOUNDATION”
Since its inaugural Meeting in 1954, the annual Bilderberg Meeting has been a forum for informal discussions to foster dialogue between Europe and North America. Every year, approximately 130 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, labor, academia, and the media are invited to take part in the Meeting. About two-thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America (One-third from politics and government and the rest from other fields).

The Meeting is a forum for informal discussions about major issues. The Meetings are held under the Chatham House Rule, which states that participants are free to use the information received, but neither the identity nor the affiliation of the speaker(s) nor any other participant may be revealed. Thanks to the private nature of the Meeting, the participants take part as individuals rather than in any official capacity and hence are not bound by the conventions of their office or by pre-agreed positions. As such, they can take time to listen, reflect, and gather insights. There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.

The group’s original goal of promoting Atlanticism, strengthening U.S.-European relations, and preventing another world war has grown; according to Andrew Kakabadse, the Bilderberg Group’s theme is to “bolster a consensus around free-market Western capitalism and its interests around the globe”. In 2001, Denis Healey, a Bilderberg group founder and a steering committee member for 30 years, said, “To say we were striving for a one-world government is exaggerated, but not wholly unfair. Those of us in Bilderberg felt we couldn’t go on forever fighting one another for nothing killing people and rendering millions homeless. So we felt that a single community throughout the world would be a good thing.”

According to the web page of the group, the meetings are conducted under the Chatham House Rule, allowing the participants to use any information they gained during the meeting, but not to disclose the names of the speakers or any other participants. According to former chairman Étienne Davignon in 2011, a major attraction of Bilderberg group meetings is that they provide an opportunity for participants to speak and debate candidly and to find out what major figures think, without the risk of off-the-cuff comments becoming fodder for controversy in the media.

A 2008 press release from the “American Friends of Bilderberg” stated that “Bilderberg’s only activity is its annual Conference and that at the meetings, no resolutions were proposed, no votes taken, and no policy statements issued.” However, in November 2009, the group hosted a dinner meeting at the Château of Val-Duchesse in Brussels outside its annual conference to promote the candidacy of Herman Van Rompuy for President of the European Council.

The Bilderberg meetings are also unofficially called the “Bilderberg Group,” “Bilderberg Conference,” or the “Bilderberg Club.”

– Criticisms
Partly because of its working methods to ensure strict privacy and secrecy, the Bilderberg Group has been criticized for its lack of transparency and accountability. The undisclosed nature of the proceedings has given rise to several conspiracy theories, which have been popular at both extremes of the political spectrum, although there is disagreement about the exact nature of the group’s intentions. Some on the left accuse the Bilderberg group of conspiring to impose capitalist domination, while some on the right have accused the group of conspiring to impose a world government and planned economy.

In 2005, Davignon discussed accusations of the group striving for a one-world government with the BBC: “It is unavoidable and it doesn’t matter. There will always be people who believe in conspiracies but things happen in a much more incoherent fashion… When people say this is a secret government of the world I say that if we were a secret government of the world we should be bloody ashamed of ourselves.”

In a 1994 report, Right Woos Left, published by the Political Research Associates, investigative journalist Chip Berlet argued that right-wing populist conspiracy theories about the Bilderberg group date back to as early as 1964. Phyllis Schlafly’s book “A Choice, Not an Echo,” presented a theory in which the Republican Party was secretly controlled by elitist intellectuals dominated by members of the Bilderberg Group, whose internationalist policies would pave the way for world communism.

In August 2010, former Cuban president Fidel Castro wrote an article for the Cuban Communist Party newspaper Granma in which he cited Daniel Estulin’s 2006 book “The Secrets of the Bilderberg Club,” which, as quoted by Castro, describes “sinister cliques and the Bilderberg lobbyists” manipulating the public “to install a world government that knows no borders and is not accountable to anyone but its own self.”

Others have written about the Bilderberg Group: Such as the John Birch Society, constitutionalist Phyllis Schlafly, writer Jim Tucker, political activist Lyndon LaRouche, talk show host Alex Jones, and politician Jesse Ventura, who made the Bilderberg group a topic of a 2009 episode of his TruTV series “Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura.” Non-American proponents include Lithuanian writer Daniel Estulin and British politician Nigel Farage.

Concerns about lobbying have arisen. Ian Richardson sees Bilderberg as the transnational power elite, “an integral, and to some extent critical, part of the existing system of global governance” that is not acting in the interests of the whole.” An article in The Guardian in June 2017 criticized the worldview expressed in an agenda published by the Bilderberg Group.

The 68th meeting took place in Washington, DC in June 2022, and about 120 participants from 21 countries have confirmed their attendance. As ever, a diverse group of political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia, labor, and the media has been invited. (The list of participants is available on bilderbergmeetings.org).

The key topics for discussion for 2022 were:

– Geopolitical Realignments
– NATO Challenges
– China
– Indo-Pacific Realignment
– Sino-US Tech Competition
– Russia
– Continuity of Government and the Economy
– Disruption of the Global Financial System
– Disinformation
– Energy Security and Sustainability
– Post Pandemic Health
– Fragmentation of Democratic Societies
– Trade and Deglobalization
– Ukraine

The key topics for discussion for 2023 were:

– AI
– Banking System
– China
– Energy Transition
– Europe
– Fiscal Challenges
– India
– Industrial Policy and Trade
– NATO
– Russia
– Transnational Threats
– Ukraine
– US Leadership

One thing is clear, however, such a large grouping of some of the most powerful people in the world is not a simple “sit-and-chat.” World events are likely influenced by the results of the Bilderberg Foundation meetings.

THE “WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM”
The World Economic Forum seems to be the most ‘vocal’ and ‘popular’ of all of these kinds of groups. The World Economic Forum calls itself an “international organization for public-private cooperation.”

The following—from their website—will give you an idea of how they portray themselves.

The Forum engages the foremost political, business, cultural, and other leaders of society to shape global, regional, and industry agendas.

It was established in 1971 as a not-for-profit foundation and is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland. It is independent, impartial, and not tied to any special interests. The Forum strives in all its efforts to demonstrate entrepreneurship in the global public interest while upholding the highest standards of governance. Moral and intellectual integrity is at the heart of everything it does.

Our activities are shaped by a unique institutional culture founded on the stakeholder theory, which asserts that an organization is accountable to all parts of society. The institution carefully blends and balances the best of many kinds of organizations, from both the public and private sectors, international organizations, and academic institutions.

We believe that progress happens by bringing together people from all walks of life who have the drive and the influence to make positive change.

Read the latest Annual Report here. Find out about our Foundation Regulations and Statutes.

The following video is some “reflections” from Klaus Schwab, the founder of the WEF:

– Why Does Our Work Matter?
Our world is an interconnected system straining under the burden of its complexity.

We see numerous factors combining to make the global environment more unpredictable and difficult to navigate.

In global governance, we see the post-war balance between nation-states and the institutional framework that worked to manage it disintegrating. In its place, we see the emergence of new geo-economic competition, new regionalism, and new actors.

Meanwhile, technological change is disrupting our economies and changing the nature of our globalized world in ways that are both unpredictable and complex. We will witness more technological change over the next decade than we have seen in the past 50 years.

Advances in all the sciences—from robotics and genetics to communications and the social sciences—will leave no aspect of global society untouched.

Around the world, a young generation is demanding to be heard. Young people increasingly see decisions being made at the expense of their future.

Each of these factors and many others requires a new kind of institution – one with the adaptability, the entrepreneurialism, and the trust of all stakeholders – that can bring together people who have the power to make change, to achieve mutual understanding and empathy, to come to common agreement and, where appropriate, push action forward.

As an international organization with no commercial interest, the Forum provides a platform for leaders from all stakeholder groups from around the world—business, government, and civil society—to come together.

– What Makes Us Unique?
Deeply anchored in the public and private sectors, the Forum is the only global organization serving this role, bringing together the world’s foremost CEOs, heads of state, ministers and policy-makers, experts and academics, international organizations, youth, technology innovators and representatives of civil society in an impartial space to drive positive change.

The Forum is unique in this regard because we are:

Impartial
We have no ideological or commercial interests. This does not mean that we are neutral – we are committed to improving the world in ways that are objective, measurable, and sustainable.

Global
We bring attention to challenges that affect the future of global society. Because the world is an interconnected ecosystem, we believe that no issue is isolated – there are always effects and interdependencies, which we systematically and rigorously take into consideration.

Holistic
We actively invite perspectives from all interested parties. We believe that the world’s challenges can only be solved through engagement with all members of global society.

Forward-looking
We focus on the long term, not the emergencies of the day. Success is measured not only in terms of immediate results – we understand that real progress takes time and sustained commitment.

– How Do We Do Our Work?
The Forum does not organize conferences. We believe in more fluid, longer-term interaction. That’s why we hold meetings – to give each participant as much context and opportunity for engagement as possible over the long term. We also aim to ensure the impact of our efforts, with each meeting delivering clear outcomes and action points.

The Forum holds four major annual meetings:

– The World Economic Forum Annual Meeting, held in Davos-Klosters, Switzerland, shapes global, regional, and industry agendas at the beginning of the calendar year.

– The Annual Meeting of the New Champions, the Forum’s annual meeting on innovation, science, and technology, is held in the People’s Republic of China.

– The Annual Meeting of the Global Future Councils, held in the United Arab Emirates, brings together the world’s leading knowledge community to share insights on the major challenges facing the world today.

– The Industry Strategy Meeting brings together Industry Strategy Officers to shape industry agendas and explore how industries can shift from managing change to pioneering change.

In addition, regional meetings and national strategy days provide focused engagement on the issues dominating regional and local agendas.

An ongoing program of workshops, seminars, and meetings on issues relevant to each engagement provides opportunities to further drive purpose and action.

– Through Insights
All of our interactions are fuelled by insights that are both broad and deep.

To support our role in setting priorities and connecting decision-makers, the Forum has built world-class research capabilities, producing cutting-edge data on some of the world’s most significant issues, including:

– Competitiveness
– Gender Parity
– Global Information Technology

Several Forum communities, (such as the Network of Global Future Councils) are structured as “insight networks” designed to generate a deep understanding of major issues and how these issues affect other global, regional, or industry-specific challenges.

– On Projects
The World Economic Forum brings together decision-makers from across society to work on projects and initiatives that make a real difference.

Through collaboration between stakeholders with varied perspectives, our projects deliver concrete and sustainable results and make a positive impact at all levels of society.

Our comprehensive portfolio of some 50 projects is aligned around the world’s most pressing global challenges, regional issues in the local context, and industry transformations. They are designed to make meaningful and sustainable change.

– Through Virtual Interaction
Our meetings and projects bring together top leaders from all around the world in an atmosphere of trust. But they cannot always be in the same place at the same time. That is why leaders have the opportunity to collaborate on our proprietary platform, TopLink, the collaborative intelligence platform for global leaders.

Building on the Forum’s communities, events, research, and projects, TopLink transforms the collective intelligence of our communities into dynamic, contextualized knowledge through our Transformation Maps.

The Forum’s Transformation Maps demonstrate the connections and relationships between economies, industries, and global issues, and provide access to insights from world-class experts.

Furthermore, Transformation Maps facilitates online, one-on-one discussions among the world’s leading experts, technologists, and business leaders.

– What Are Our Key Areas of Focus?
As assumptions about growth models are overturned, the international balance of power continues to fray, and scientific and technological breakthroughs promise to transform economies and societies, the unique platform provided by the Forum helps leaders from all walks of life to prepare for exponentially disruptive change.

Today, we focus on three key strategic challenges:

– Mastering The Fourth Industrial Revolution
Over the next decade, we will witness changes tearing through the global economy with unprecedented speed, scale, and force. They will transform entire systems of production, distribution, and consumption. Our activities address the ways these changes affect our lives, their impact on future generations, and how they are reshaping economic, social, ecological, and cultural contexts.

– Solving The Problems Of The Global Commons
More challenges require global consensus than ever before. Meanwhile, that consensus becomes ever more difficult to achieve. Our communities tackle global problems with new models of public-private cooperation and the application of breakthrough science and technology solutions.

– Addressing Global Security Issues
We are seeing the world’s worst refugee crisis since the Second World War, violent terrorist acts driven by extremism, increasing geostrategic competition, regionalism, and new antagonists eroding solidarity. The Forum works to develop strategies for leaders to respond to the rapidly changing security landscape.

THE “GREAT RESET”
The “Great Reset” was first mentioned about 2014 by the World Economic Forum. It is a globalist initiative, and its goals are pretty simple:

– You will own nothing and you’ll be happy
– Whatever you want you’ll rent and will be delivered by drone
– You will eat much less meat an occasional rare treat, not a staple. For the good of the environment and our health.
– The United States won’t be the world’s leading superpower
– A handful of countries will dominate
– A billion people will be displaced by climate change
– Polluters will have to pay to emit carbon dioxide
– There will be a global price on carbon. This will help make fossil fuels history.

However, in 2020, it saw an ‘opportunity’ to use the pandemic to reshape the world and create a new world order. So, shortly after the pandemic became worldwide, Klaus Schwab, the WEF founder, released a book in mid-2020 called “Covid-19: The Great Reset.” (Hmmm… that quickly? Wow, that’s responsive!) It envisions a new political, technological, social, and economic system in the world in a supposed response to the pandemic.

Schwab has also been quoted as saying: “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world.”

Another quote from Schwab is “A new world could emerge, the contours of which it is incumbent on us to re-imagine and re-draw.”

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau echoed similar statements by saying: “This pandemic has provided an opportunity for a reset… our chance to accelerate our pre-pandemic efforts to reimagine economic systems.”

On the WEF website, Klaus Schwab writes: “To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a “Great Reset” of capitalism.”

One thing the WEF is doing is using “climate change” to be the cause of all the previous—and future—disasters. Therefore, the “Great Reset” agenda will attempt to restrict the national sovereignty of countries and leave control of all the resources of the world in the hands of a few globalist elites!

Another goal of the WEF is to transform all economic systems by incorporating them into one giant centralized socialist system controlled by a few people.

The thing is, the “Great Reset” is not only about changing current economic systems but an initiative that seeks to change EVERY ‘ASPECT’ of human life in the world.

[ CHART: World Economic Forum – “The Great Reset” – Transformation Map ]

HISTORICAL ‘CONTEXT’
Now, the specific phrase “Great Reset” came into general circulation over a decade ago, with the publication of a 2010 book, “The Great Reset,” by American urban studies scholar Richard Florida. Written in the aftermath of the 2008 financial crisis, Florida’s book argued that the 2008 economic crash was the latest in a series of Great Resets—including the Long Depression of the 1870s and the Great Depression of the 1930s—which he defined as periods of paradigm-shifting systemic innovation.

Four years after Florida’s book was published, at the 2014 annual meeting of the WEF, Schwab declared: “What we want to do in Davos this year… is to push the reset button”—and subsequently the image of a reset button would appear on the WEF’s website.

Then, in 2018 and 2019, the WEF organized two events that became the primary inspiration for the current “Great Reset” project—and also, for obvious reasons, fresh fodder for conspiracy theorists. (Don’t blame me for the latter—all I’m doing is relating the historical facts.)

In May 2018, the WEF collaborated with the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security to conduct “Clade X,” a simulation of a national pandemic response. Specifically, the exercise simulated the outbreak of a novel strain of a human parainfluenza virus, with genetic elements of the Nipah virus, called Clade X. The simulation ended with a news report stating that in the face of Clade X, without effective vaccines, “experts tell us that we could eventually see 30 to 40 million deaths in the U.S. and more than 900 million around the world—twelve percent of the global population.” Clearly, preparation for a global pandemic was in order.

In October 2019, the WEF collaborated with Johns Hopkins and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation on another pandemic exercise, “Event 201,” which simulated an international response to the outbreak of a novel coronavirus. This was two months before the COVID outbreak in China became news and five months before the World Health Organization declared it a pandemic, and it closely resembled the future COVID scenario, including incorporating the idea of asymptomatic spread.

The Clade X and Event 201 simulations anticipated almost every eventuality of the actual COVID crisis, most notably the responses by governments, health agencies, the media, tech companies, and elements of the public. The responses and their effects included worldwide lockdowns, the collapse of businesses and industries, the adoption of biometric surveillance technologies, an emphasis on social media censorship to combat “misinformation,” the flooding of social and legacy media with “authoritative sources,” widespread riots, and mass unemployment.

In addition to being promoted as a response to COVID-19, the “Great Reset” is promoted as a response to climate change. In 2017, the WEF published a paper entitled, “We Need to Reset the Global Operating System to Achieve the [United Nations Sustainable Development Goals].” On June 13, 2019, the WEF signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the United Nations to form a partnership to advance the “UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.” Shortly after that, the WEF published the “United Nations-World Economic Forum Strategic Partnership Framework for the 2030 Agenda,” promising to help finance the UN’s climate change agenda and committing the WEF to help the UN “meet the needs of the Fourth Industrial Revolution,” including providing assets and expertise for “digital governance.”

In June 2020, at its 50th annual meeting, the WEF announced the official launch of the “Great Reset,” and a month later Schwab and Malleret published their book “COVID-19: The Great Reset.” The book declared that the pandemic represented an “opportunity [that] can be seized”; that “we should take advantage of this unprecedented opportunity to reimagine our world and;” that “the moment must be seized to take advantage of this unique window of opportunity”; and that “[f]or those fortunate enough to find themselves in industries ‘naturally’ resilient to the pandemic”—think here of Big Tech companies like Apple, Google, Facebook, and Amazon. It also said that “the crisis was not only more bearable but even a source of profitable opportunities at a time of distress for the majority.”

In 2020, while the world was distracted by the riots, pandemics, and lockdowns, a meeting was held in the relatively obscure town of Davos, Switzerland. There, world leaders from 91 countries, including 53 heads of state, along with some of the world’s most influential bankers and financiers, convened for a pivotal summit. These are considered to be the global elites, a veritable Who’s Who of internationally known, powerful, geopolitical celebrities. But, this was not the first such assembly. For 48 previous years, the same organization had been sponsoring this event.

The Davos 2020 agenda was themed “Stakeholders for a Cohesive and Sustainable World,” with a focus on “renewing the concept of stakeholder capitalism to overcome income inequality, societal division, and the climate crisis.”

The whole idea of a global reset is predicated upon planetary unity between nations. “equality,” individualism, and nationalism are portrayed as the enemies. Under globalism, one surrenders all of one’s “privilege”—whether it be from one’s race, gender, or national affiliation. With globalism, there is also no segmenting between citizens and noncitizens, as we are all “world citizens.” Those who oppose this growing surge of globalism are perceived as hindrances to progress and peace in the human race. The ideology of a “global environment” is what unites us now, in one world government is the ultimate goal.

The WEF gathering in 2021 was their most ‘relevant’ to date, as the global health crisis provided a golden opportunity to accelerate their goals. In Schwab’s own words, “the planet is thus the center of the global economic system, and if health should be optimized in the decisions made by all the others stakeholders.” (This effectively translates into old-fashion socialism.)

The pandemic that burst across the world in 2020 can only be described as cataclysmic, and some would even say “apocalyptic.” The pandemic with the world into a fear-fueled frenzy. However, as it turned out the viruses of virtual impact proved much weaker than the initial forecasts. Even so, ‘Pandora’s Box’ had been opened.

What few saw coming were the ways governments worldwide became engorged with a sudden increase of power and control. Meanwhile, amid the confusing chaos caused by the pandemic, another agenda was being discussed

Because the elite who make up the WEF Believe we are a planet in perilous transition, they continue frantically spinning the pandemic crisis to their advantage. They do not hide the fact that the globalism they proposed is rooted in democratic socialism and world citizenship. That in itself is alarming enough, as the socialist experiment has been a dismal failure in every country where it has been tried. History records that the degree of economic disaster and human genocide left in its wake is almost incalculable.

As a result, a huge component of this radical ideological shift necessitates a “geopolitical reset,” meaning that nationalism must be replaced by a global governance system where services, people, capital, and data can be freely exchanged. This is the basic concept of world citizenry, and the European Union is the most famous trial run at implementing this ideology among nations

Schwab has drafted a manifesto for this coming new reality, one that outlines a “pass that will take us to a better world: one which is more inclusive, more equitable, and more respectful of Mother Nature.” Under a globalist regime, the collective well-being of the planet and its people takes precedence over gross domestic product growth.

Schwab is VERY intentional about accelerating his one-world agenda. From Schwab’s perspective, he has good reason to do so. As of 2021, the video official “Doomsday Clock” was set to “100 seconds to midnight,” meaning the existential threat to humanity on a global scale is closer now than it has ever been in human history.

[ FYI: For more details about the “Doomsday Clock,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/final-tribulation-v246/ ].

The bottom line is that the world must come together, and do it right now. To do this, the planet must be ‘rebooted’—or, in the WEF’s words, a “Great Reset.”

The pandemic crisis turned out to be a ‘gift’ for the globalists, opening the door for nations across the world to lay aside their differences to form alliances for the greater good of the world and its people with what the WEF calls “Stakeholder Capitalism.” (This is NOT “capitalism” at all! It is more like “global governance” to me.)

In brief, stakeholder capitalism involves the behavioral modification of corporations to benefit not shareholders, but stakeholders—individuals and groups that stand to benefit or lose from corporate behavior. Stakeholder capitalism requires not only corporate responses to pandemics and ecological issues such as climate change, “but also rethinking [corporations’] commitments to already-vulnerable communities within their ecosystems.” This is the “social justice” aspect of the Great Reset. To comply with that, governments, banks, and asset managers use the Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) index to squeeze non-woke corporations and businesses out of the market. The ESG index is essentially a social credit score that is used to drive ownership and control of production away from the non-woke or non-compliant.

One of the WEF’s many powerful “strategic partners,” BlackRock, Inc., the world’s largest asset manager, is solidly behind the stakeholder model. In a 2021 letter to CEOs, BlackRock CEO Larry Fink declared that “climate risk is investment risk,” and “the creation of sustainable index investments has enabled a massive acceleration of capital towards companies better prepared to address climate risk.” The COVID pandemic, Fink wrote, accelerated the flow of funds toward sustainable investments:

“We have long believed that our clients, as shareholders in your company, will benefit if you can create enduring, sustainable value for all of your stakeholders… As more and more investors choose to tilt their investments towards sustainability-focused companies, the tectonic shift we are seeing will accelerate further. And because this will have such a dramatic impact on how capital is allocated, every management team and board will need to consider how this will impact their company’s stock.”

Fink’s letter is more than a report to CEOs. It is an implicit threat: become ‘woke’ or else!

In their recent book on the Great Reset, Schwab and Malleret pit “stakeholder capitalism” against “neoliberalism,” defining the latter as “a corpus of ideas and policies… favoring competition over solidarity, creative destruction over government intervention, and economic growth over social welfare.” In other words, “neoliberalism” refers to the free enterprise system. In opposing that system, stakeholder capitalism entails corporate cooperation with the state and vastly increased government intervention in the economy.

Proponents of the “Great Reset” hold “neoliberalism” responsible for our economic woes. But in truth, the governmental favoring of industries and players within industries—what used to be known as corporatism or economic fascism—has been the real source of what Schwab and his allies at the WEF decry.

While approved corporations are not necessarily monopolies, the tendency of the “Great Reset” is toward monopolization—vesting as much control over production and distribution in as few favored corporations as possible, while eliminating industries and producers deemed non-essential or inimical. To bring this reset about, Schwab writes, “Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed.”

The “Great Reset” represents the development of the Chinese system in the West, but in reverse. Whereas the Chinese political class began with a socialist political system and then introduced privately held for-profit production, the West began with capitalism and is now implementing a Chinese-style political system. This Chinese-style system includes vastly increased state intervention in the economy, on the one hand, and the other, the kind of authoritarian measures that the Chinese government uses to control its population.

Schwab and Malleret wrote that if “the past five centuries in Europe and America” have taught us anything, it is that “acute crises contribute to boosting the power of the state. It’s always been the case and there is no reason it should be different with the COVID-19 pandemic.”

The draconian lockdown measures employed by Western governments managed to accomplish goals of which corporate socialists in the WEF could only dream—above all, the destruction of small businesses and, eliminating competitors for corporate monopolists favored by the state. In the U.S. alone—according to the Foundation for Economic Education—millions of small businesses closed their doors due to the lockdowns. By the end of 2020, Yelp data indicated that 60% of those closures were permanent! (Two years later, some surveys show that businesses are still closing due to the pandemic.) Meanwhile, companies like Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google enjoyed record gains.

Other developments that advance the “Great Reset” agenda have included unfettered immigration, travel restrictions for otherwise legal border crossing, the Federal Reserve’s unrestrained printing of money and the subsequent inflation, increased taxation, increased dependence on the state, broken supply chains, the restrictions and job losses due to vaccine mandates, and the prospect of personal carbon allowances.

Such policies reflect the “fairness” aspect of the Great Reset—fairness requires lowering the economic status of people in wealthier nations like the U.S. relative to that of people in poorer regions of the world. One of the functions of woke ideology is to make the majority in developed countries feel guilty about their wealth, which the elites aim to reset downwards—except, one notices, for the elites themselves, who need to be rich to fly in their private jets to Davos each year.

The Great Reset’s corporate stakeholder model overlaps with its governance and geopolitical model: states and favored corporations are combined in public-private partnerships and together have control of governance. This corporate-state hybrid is largely unaccountable to the constituents of national governments.

Governance is not only increasingly privatized but also, and more importantly, corporations are deputized as major additions to governments and intergovernmental bodies. The state is thereby extended, enhanced, and augmented by the addition of enormous corporate assets. As such, corporations become what some have called “governmentalities”—otherwise private organizations wielded as state apparatuses, with no obligation to answer to ‘pesky’ voters. Since these corporations are multinational, the state essentially becomes globalist, whether or not a one-world government is ever formalized.

As if the economic and governmental resets were not dramatic enough, the technological reset reads like a dystopian science fiction novel. It is based on Schwab’s “Fourth Industrial Revolution”—or “4-IR” for short. The first, second, and third industrial revolutions were the mechanical, electrical, and digital revolutions. The 4-IR marks the convergence of existing and emerging fields, including Big Data, artificial intelligence, machine learning, quantum computing, genetics, nanotechnology, and robotics. The foreseen result will be the merging of the physical, digital, and biological worlds, which presents a challenge to the ontologies by which we understand ourselves and the world, including the definition of a human being.

The thing is, there is nothing original about this. Transhumanists and Singularitarians (prophets of technological singularity, such as Ray Kurzweil) forecasted these and other revolutionary developments long ago. What is different about the globalists’ vision of 4-IR is the attempt to harness it to the ends of the “Great Reset.”

If already existing 4-IR developments are any indication of the future, then the claim that it will contribute to human happiness is false. These developments include Internet algorithms that feed users prescribed news and advertisements and downrank or exclude banned content:

– Algorithms that censor social media content and consign “dangerous” individuals and organizations to digital gulags
– “Keyword warrants” based on search engine inputs
– Apps that track and trace pandemic violations and report offenders to the police
– Robot police with scanners to identify and round up the unvaccinated and other dissidents
– Smart cities where residents are digital entities to be monitored, surveilled, and recorded, and where data on their every move is collected, collated, stored, and attached to a digital identity and a social credit score.

In short, 4-IR technologies subject human beings to a kind of technological management that makes surveillance by the NSA look like child’s play. Schwab goes so far as to cheer developments that aim to connect human brains directly to the cloud for the sake of “data mining” our thoughts and memories. If successful, this would constitute a technological mastery over decision-making that would threaten human autonomy and undermine free will.

[ Note: I discussed Elon Musk’s “Neuralink” in the February 2024 post.:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/will-ai-cause-humanitys-extinction-v300/ ]

The 4-IR seeks to accelerate the merging of humans and machines, resulting in a world in which all information, including genetic information, is shared, and every action thought, and motivation is known, predicted, and possibly precluded. Unless taken out of the hands of corporate-socialist technocrats, the 4-IR will eventually lead to a virtual and inescapable prison of body and mind.

In terms of the social order, the “Great Reset” promises inclusion in a shared destiny. But the subordination of so-called “netizens” implies economic and political disenfranchisement, a hyper-vigilance over self and others, and social isolation—or what Hannah Arendt called “organized loneliness”—on a global scale. This organized loneliness is already manifest in lockdowns, masking, social distancing, and the social exclusion of the unvaccinated. The title of the Ad Council’s March 2020 public service announcement—“Alone Together”—perfectly captures this sense of organized loneliness.

In Michael Rectenwald’s book, “Google Archipelago,” he argues that leftist authoritarianism is the political ideology and modus operandi of what I call “Big Digital,” which is on the leading edge of a nascent world system. Big Digital is the communications, ideological, and technological arm of an emerging corporate-socialist totalitarianism. The “Great Reset” is the name that has since been given to the project of establishing this world system.

The thing is, just as Schwab and the WEF predicted, the pandemic crisis has accelerated the “Great Reset.” Monopolistic corporations have consolidated their grip on the economy from above, while socialism continues to advance for the rest of us below. In partnership with Big Digital, Big Pharma, the mainstream media, national and international health agencies, and compliant populations, hitherto democratic Western states—think especially of Australia, New Zealand, and Austria—are being transformed into totalitarian regimes modeled after China.

Different advocates and promoters of the “Great Reset” do not hide the fact that they seek to usher in a “New World Order” or a “One World Government” system. The World Economic Forum itself also does not hide its main agenda and mission: To reimagine, reshape, redesign, re-draw and to reset the entire world.”

Klaus Schwab also promotes controversial technological ideologies such as transhumanism and genetic editing. Schwab believes—with his ‘right-hand man’ Yuval Noah Harari—that such technological advancements are central to achieving the goals of the “Great Reset” and saving humanity from extinction.

[ FYI: A previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post delved into the question of whether or not Artificial Intelligence would cause humanity’s extinction:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/will-ai-cause-humanitys-extinction-v300/ ]

SO, the ultimate ‘goal’ of the “Great Reset” is to change all aspects of life from the economy, technology, climate change, culture and religion, food, and all resources—and place the control of all these aspects under the control of a “One World Government” comprised of a few global elites.

“GOLDEN OPPORTUNITY”
The pandemic has given government officials more confidence than ever that they can enact radical, tyrannical, and even arbitrary mandates—and that many if not most will go along with whatever the government tells them to do. (Sounds like fascism to me.)

Then, after the government lockdowns—with the economy ‘burned’ to the ground—the elites saw a favorable set of circumstances to ‘reset’ society and the world’s economy, in a new way.

On the World Economic Forum’s website, they stated, “The COVID-19 crisis, and the political, economic and social disruptions it has caused, is fundamentally changing the traditional context for decision-making. The inconsistencies, inadequacies, and contradictions of multiple systems—from health and finances to energy in education—are more exposed than ever amidst a global context of concern for lives, livelihoods, and the planet. Leaders find themselves at a historic crossroads, managing short-term pressures against medium- and long-term uncertainties.”

The WEF also wrote, “As we enter a unique window of opportunity to shape the recovery, this initiative [the “Great Reset”] will offer insights to help inform all those determining the future state of global relations, the direction of national economies, the priorities of societies, the nature of business models and the management of global commons.”

At the WEF event in June 2020, Prince Charles, one of the leading supporters of the plan, called the pandemic “a golden opportunity” because people are now more receptive to big visions of change: “We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis—yes unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change. As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path.” Charles continued later by saying that, “This is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again.”

Klaus Schwab said, “COVID-19 has accelerated our transition into the age of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. We have to make sure that the new technologies in the digital, biological, and physical world remain human-centered and services society as a whole, providing everyone with fair access.”

Schwab added, “This global pandemic has also demonstrated again how interconnected we are. We have to restore a functioning system of smart global cooperation structured to address the challenges of the next 50 years. The “Great Reset” will require us to integrate all stakeholders of global society into a community of common interest, purpose and action.”

The “Great Reset” is a well-designed, serious plan—terrifying for many, like me—and, it looks like, one that has a real chance of working out for those who want to run every aspect of society! Winston Churchill would be proud.

‘DIGITAL’ CURRENCY
Mark Carney, an economist and banker with an unquestionably impressive resume (previous Governor of the Bank of Canada and a WEF board member) spends his days convincing other elites that the U.S. dollar is too “influential in global markets and should be replaced with a digital currency.”

The thing is, Carney is not alone. One of the biggest advocates for expanding the power of governmentally-controlled digital currencies is the Chinese Communist Party. China is currently in the lead when it comes to creating digital currency backed by a large central bank—and the rest of the world’s governing elite are paying attention to it—especially at the World Economic Forum.

In addition to that, the WEF is preparing to give its “expert opinion” on how to regulate government-controlled digital currencies, which many at the WEF believe to be inevitable.

In January 2020, the WEF announced the creation of the very first “Global consortium focused on designing a framework for governments of digital currencies.” Schwab said, “We hope that hosting this consortium will catalyze the conversations necessary to inform a robust framework of governments for global digital currencies.”

It is also worth considering how digital currency could be used to control economic behavior. Give all currency words become digitized and physical mediums of exchange were phased out, then banks, financial institutions, and the government would be able to track and control nearly every transaction in the world! Although there is no way of knowing exactly how they might tried to use this unprecedented power, it is not hard to imagine how we could expand the authority of elites and impact ’regular’ people daily.

In the world with a centralized digital currency, what is to stop the ‘ruling class’ from putting a limit on the number of ___________ (fill in the blank) you buy each week? Or, the number of ___________ (fill in the blank) you consume? What is to stop the ‘elites’ from preventing you from purchasing specific things?

Then, what about limits on energy consumption? Perhaps you have done more than your “fair share” of traveling and are not deemed important enough for additional travel expenses. (You can’t pollute the planet with another one of your ‘unnecessary’ family ‘get-togethers’.)

Then, if international elites were to have authority over the world’s digital currency, they would have the power to control most of the global economic activity and, by extension, human behavior. As the saying goes, “He who has the gold makes the rules.” Or, more accurately, “He who has the digital currency, that everyone is required to use as the only valid medium of exchange, makes rules.”

The thing is, a White House Executive Order, in early 2022, directed several federal agencies—including the Treasury Department—to study the development of a new Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC). Now, this would not merely be a digital version of the existing US dollar. Still, rather than an entirely new currency that would likely be managed by the Federal Reserve and the Central Bank of the United States. (Probably would be similar to cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and operate with Blockchain technology.)

The thing is, it would most likely be traceable and programmable, so that the government could, for example, restrict the amount of fossil fuel you buy, and possibly give you a ‘bonus’ for buying from particular businesses/industries (and penalize you for purchases the government disagrees with or have deemed that are not ‘good’ for you). It would probably be similar to the system that China already has today.

Then, if you are not complying with the climate change laws (your vehicle expels too much carbon), they might even disallow a fossil fuel purchase if you hit your monthly ‘maximum’!

In addition to that, if you have a lower social credit score—because you are not complying with the government’s ‘guidelines’ somehow—you may also be limited to do/buy certain things. [ In China, a lower social credit score limits where you can live, eat, buy, travel, and even if your children can attend college (or one of the ‘better’ primary schools) ].

So I, and many ‘experts’, believe that the kind of control that has been happening over the past two years will just get worse (and we are NEVER going ‘back’ to where we were since they will not ‘give up’ how much they have ‘gained’ thus far).

THE COMING “CASHLESS SOCIETY”
While the strategies of the global reset our complex, the aim of it all is simple, yet sinister: Iron-fisted control—global authoritarianism. However, harnessing total sway over the plant requires more than governmental and political control. To put their plan into place, the global resellers must seize control over the economy as well. They realize all too well, as political analyst James Carville is credited for saying, “It’s the economy, stupid!”

The “Great Reset,” while popularized in recent days, is not new. It began in earnest with the financial meltdown in the late 2000s. When the WEF gathered in January 2009, business and political leaders described the world economic disaster as a “crisis of confidence.” The official theme of the 2009 forum was “Shaping the Post-Crisis World.” Schwab referred to the global economic meltdown as a “transformational crisis.” He urges the delegates to respond to the crisis by shaping a “New World Order.” He said, “Above all else, this is a crisis of confidence. To restore confidence, you have to establish signposts that the world after the crisis will be different. We have to create a new world.” (Note: He also announced the launch of a “Global Redesign Initiative” to rebuild the global economic system.)

The financial crisis of the late 2000s has faded in the rearview mirror of many, yet much of what is today is driven by a feeling that the financial crisis, then was a massive missed opportunity. The global receptors were not fully able to capitalize on their stated goals in the week of the financial meltdown. The open ‘window’ of opportunity quickly closed. However, with the pandemic, they have found the perfect ‘catalyst’ to reboot and accelerate their stated goal of a New World Order.

The pandemic was the crisis ‘de jure’ that justified all kinds of economic control. Climate change is the next global crisis waiting in the ’wings’. It has already been leveraged to build on the control agenda and take it much further than the pandemic. Inflation may be exploited. Crises, whether real or imagined, are also being ‘weaponized’ by global elites to justify giant power grabs and impose greater controls on an increasingly passive populace.

Crisis politics keeps everyone on edge. It is so the seeds of fear and panic. Over time, it creates an environment where people are willing to do anything or surrender any right to solve the “crisis.” In the elites’ minds, issues like the pandemic, climate change, and inflation are not so much calamities to be solved but crises to be exploited. Whatever the crisis, the solution is always the same—bigger government. The authoritarian impulse is accelerating on every front. The ‘tentacles’ of authoritarianism reach far and wide. The ‘groundwork’ is being late to create submissive citizens who are dependent and conditioned to bow their knee to edicts handed down by the elites.

Now, the quickest, simplest way to take the ‘reins’ of a global economy is to implement a global cashless economy. The “Great Reset” has been used nearly interchangeably with the “global currency reset.”

Economic experts say we are rocketing toward a cashless society. The majority of people now use non-cash payments by choice, but very shortly there probably will not be a choice. The long-term shift from cash has been ongoing for some time now, but the pandemic has dramatically accelerated the trend.

If you visit China today, there is a strong chance you will see people paying for things using their phones. In the aftermath of the pandemic, China launched its digital currency (the “Renminbi”). It is a bid to become a cashless society using contactless payments—and it is poised to become the first country in the world to do so. Digitalized money is a global resetters’ dream, allowing them to ‘track’ global spending in real-time. (For China, the move to digital currency is a further expansion of its sweeping surveillance society that ‘controls’ its citizens.)

The thing is, the cashless society is so much more than just how we pay for things at the store or online. It is intricately tethered to a system of persistent technological ‘surveillance’ that represents the ultimate control over our lives. In a WEF article, Mehul Desai, Group Chief Technology Officer of Finablr, acknowledges the move toward greater government control: “This is my vision of a truly cashless society. There is an exchange of value in its entirety—just like cash. And it requires a national government—rather than banks or the like—to act as the payment provider, effectively becoming a state-backed utility.” (Wow! No more ‘private’ banks?)

That may sound good to the resellers, but it should set off alarm ‘bells’ for lovers of freedom and personal autonomy. Just as big media is controlling and suppressing the flow of information it deems objectionable, the ‘overlords’ of the cashless system will control the flow of finances. They will know where every dollar originates and where it is spent. Cashless will allow all financial transactions to be tracked in traced. Any transactions they do not approve will quickly be disallowed and terminated. “Big Brother” will control everything that is bought and sold. [ Ever read the book “1984”? If not, you may want to (It is in the “Resources” section below) ].

THE “CLIMATE CHANGE” ‘CATALYST’
If “Great Reset” proponents can convince the world that the only chance the human race has of lasting—of actual survival because of “climate change”—then they say the only answer is to put most of the global economic power in the hands of the ruling class to solve this dire and “existential threat” that supposedly imperils every human life on this planet.

U.S. President Joe Biden said, “Climate change poses an existential threat to our lives, to our economy, and the threat is here. It’s not going to get any better”

Unfortunately, since the elites have a great influence over the mainstream press, the public is routinely battered with dire and disturbing reports about tornados, fires, and storms that are allegedly linked to climate change. However, the facts are not as bad as they have been reported.

[ FYI: See these independent organizations for more details: “National Interagency Coordination Center,” and the “American Meteorology Society,” and the “United Nations Food and Agriculture Association.” for reports on decreasing numbers of wildfires, decreasing number and severity of hurricane activity, and increased production of cereals, wheats, grains, and rice (all at record highs in 2020). ]

Now, I am not saying that the climate has not changed in recent decades, will not change in the future, or is not changing now. What I am saying is many highly respected well-intentioned scientists believe that humanity is NOT in grave danger because of climate change, or that the human race and “all life on this planet,” is facing the possibility of extinction.

The constant, false ‘drumbeat’ that because of global warming, human life will soon be wiped out—an “existential threat”—has deeply impacted an entire generation of young people worldwide. This has opened the ‘door’ for society not believing that climate change is as bad as it has been purported to be, concerning supporters of the “Great Reset.” Without the widespread fear of climate change and its impacts, shifting economic and social power is not in the ‘hands’ of the elite, and would be considerably more difficult under the Great Reset’s current ‘framework’.

See, there are MANY reasons to be VERY skeptical about ‘their’ “climate change” agenda. Many of the dire global warming predictions about hurricanes, tornados, wildfires, and other disasters have been proven false. For a half-century or longer, ‘establishment’ environmentalists have been making terrifying predictions about population growth, pollution, and global “COOLING” (during the 1970s).

Climate scientists warned then-President Nixon of the practical consequences of global cooling, which included substantially lower food production and increased frequency and amplitude of extreme weather anomalies such as floods, snowstorms, and killing frosts. NONE of it happened!

[ Note: The annual ‘main’ temperature of the globe in 1970 was 57.20F and in 2009 it was 58.12F—and has only risen 1.5F in the past 100 years! (https://www.currentresults.com/Environment-Facts/changes-in-earth-temperature.php) ].

The chart below is from an article published in the academic journal “Scientific Research”—“The Approaching New Grand Solar Minimum and Little Ice Age Climate Conditions”—and it shows that from 2030-2040, the sun will experience a new grand solar “MINIMUM,” meaning that the earth may experience “little ice age periods” during that time! [ Note how the maximum (peak) in 2025 is much lower than in 1955 and comparable to the 1880s-1930s when other data shows that it was much cooler on the earth during that time. Then, it is expected to cool down ’SUBSTANTIALLY’ until 2030! ]

[ CHART: ISES Solar Cycle Sunspot Number Progression ]

[ NOTE: For a discussion about this, view this video: https://thehighwire.com/ark-videos/turning-down-the-heat-on-the-boiling-ocean-narrative/ (Start watching at 5 minutes 10 seconds) ]

[ FYI: Original Article: https://www.scirp.org/pdf/NS_2015111916552083.pdf ]

There is ‘REAL’ SCIENCE that is saying that we could be entering a period of time when the solar output will be lower and could possibly cool the planet.

One of the most famous and influential doomsayers of the past century was Stanford scientist Paul Ehrlich. In the 1960s he and a host of other experts claimed that humanity was on an unstoppable trajectory toward widespread famine, death, and misery. That DIDN’T HAPPEN, either.

None of these doom and gloom productions nor any of the other thousands of promises of crisis-level climate catastrophes have even close to occurring. But, that has not stopped the ruling class ‘police’ and environmentalists from continuing to promise more and more chaos. Sadly, millions of Americans—and people in other countries as well—are ‘fooled’ every year into believing that a catastrophe is right around the corner.

Even with this and other data like it, the WEF is still out to convince the world that the planet will be an environmental ‘nightmare’ by 2050, using some of the same “experts” that told us that the planet was going to be an environmental nightmare by 2010! People forget.

Undeterred, audacious Klaus Schwab says “We have to decolonize the economy in the short window still remaining them bring our thinking and behavior once more into harmony with nature.” Author and talk show host Glenn Beck commented that “Nothing says ‘harmony with nature’ quite like strip-mining the world for the rare earth minerals needed to construct billions of solar panels and storage batteries, grinding up millions of acres of land to build ‘green’ energy facilities, and mass-murdering millions of birds with huge wind turbines.”

Now, I care deeply about the environment and the importance of protecting the planet’s natural resources. (I believe that humanity has to be “good stewards” of the earth that God has provided to us all.) However, the truth is, as much as I would love for wind and solar power to be the answer to the world’s energy problems, the evidence overwhelmingly shows it is not. Yet, the ruling class continues to insist that we all have to use it and focus on making it our primary energy source. Why? Well, as history has shown repeatedly, sometimes there is just too much power to be seized and too much money to be made to worry about what is in the best interests of the ‘lowly’ masses.

The ‘god’ for these people is this planet (“Mother Earth”), and they will do anything —even ‘disrespect’ people—to save the planet from what they think will be extinction in the next 20-50 years [ Although, MANY scientists disagree with the “false” data that has been used to justify their position (as shown above). ]

They are also going to push their ‘green’ agenda by getting rid of fossil fuels first relating to vehicles, and ‘force’ everyone into electric vehicles. [ However, as the electric grid ‘stands’ today, it will not be able to handle the additional load, and when everyone is connected to the electric grid, they will be able to control how much you can use your vehicle, and even pull your car over onto the shoulder, lock your doors, so the police can arrest you for an ‘alleged’ violation! ]

“ESG”
So, how can the “Great Reset” overlords know which companies are properly pursuing the “right” goals? Well, to help ‘incent’ businesses in the direction the elites in society deemed best, the WEF, business leaders, financial institutions, and government officials from around the world have developed the “Environmental, Social, and Governance” (“ESG”) metric, that help companies, investors, governments know which are the “good” businesses, ‘towing the line’, and which are the “bad” companies that are only interested in turning a profit, developing new products, and hiring more employees. [ There’s nothing worse than a company wanting to earn a profit and grow the company, right? ;^D ].

The WEF’s ESG standards include 21 “core metrics” and 34 “expanded metrics.” Together they allow auditors to develop a comprehensive ESG score that can be used to determine whether a company is ’in line’ with the demands of the ruling class.

The standards are divided into four “pillars”: Governance, Planet, People, and Prosperity:

– Principles of Governance
The definition of governance is evolving as organizations are increasingly expected to define and embed their purpose at the center of their business. But the principles of agency, accountability, and stewardship continued to be final for truly “good governance.”

– Principles of Planet
The ambition is to protect the plant from degradation, including through sustainable consumption and production, sustainably managing its natural resources, and taking urgent action on climate change, so that it can support the needs of the present and future generations.

– Principles of People
In addition to poverty and hunger, in all their forms and dimensions, and to ensure that all human beings can fulfill their potential in dignity and equality and a healthy environment.

– Principles of Prosperity
The ambition is to ensure that all human beings can enjoy prosperous and fulfilling lives and that economic, social, and technological progress occurs in harmony with nature.

A WEF article (in May 2020) noted that “Legal and societal pressures on businesses operating around the world are rapidly evolving. There is a call for efforts to better align the activities and corporations with societies’ drive to build a more inclusive, equitable, and sustainable economy… The implementation of the sustainable development goals (SDGs) and Agenda 2030 will depend on positive contributions from the private sector, through responsible business conduct and responsible investments… Doing the right thing is about more than just complying with the law. However, legal obligations are increasingly requiring companies to act responsibly.”

The WEF has also called for “tighter reporting and regulation for companies,” to ensure that they are working harder to advance environmental goals.

The European Union passed a resolution that requires nearly all of the EU’s largest companies to adopt and prioritize ESG metrics. If this resolution works to become law—and as the the time Of this writing, that is looking more and more likely—all US businesses having any “direct or indirect” relationship with an EU business, “upstream or downstream,” would be forced to operate under some or all of Europe’s proposed ESG system. (Wow! Looks like consumers are going to become nothing more than an ‘afterthought’!)

Even more troubling, U.S. courts will likely do very little to stop ESG’s infringement of individual liberties, because ESG standards do not necessarily need to be controlled by the government directly. So, whenever international elites wanted to manipulate society, silence political opponents, or engage in otherwise horrifying, tyrannical behavior, all it would have to do under an ESG system would be to add another metric or to do the global ESG framework, and they could effectively nullify free speech, the right to keep and bear arms, or several other constitutionally protected rights. This all can be accomplished without the consent of the American people!

The most terrifying part of the “Great Reset” ESG system is not what they are doing today, it is what could be done with these ESG scores in the future. The framework to manipulate and control the economy is being built now. The thing is, it has been in place for years, and we did not even know it!

A huge number of the world’s largest, wealthiest corporations have already bought into the ESG system. They have employees who spend most of their days conducting internal audits related specifically to ESG scoring. CEOs from all over the world are regularly working with groups like the WEF to refine and expand their ESG scores

[ FYI: Tesla was recently removed (May 17, 2022) from the S&P 500 index for ESG. Elon Musk responded: “ESG is a scam. It has been weaponized by phony social justice warriors.” In a series of further posts, the tech titan shared memes mocking the inclusion of six oil companies on the index, and claiming that a good “ESG score” amounts to a business’s compliance with “the leftist agenda.” For more details, the Time Magazine article is in the “Articles” section below. ]

Investment companies like Merrill Lynch started providing individual investors, even people with relatively small accounts, with ESG scores based on the stock and index funds they have invested in. Bank of America, Citibank, and other large banks have said that they are going to use their considerable wealth and power “to accelerate the transition to a net zero global economy,” in part by requiring their “financing activities, operations, and supply chain to go ‘green’.”

China has already developed and started to roll out a “Social Credit System” that includes “a set of databases and initiatives that monitor and assess the trustworthiness of individuals, companies, and government entities.” According to the South China Morning Post, “Each entry”—meaning a human being—is given a social credit score, with reward for those who have a high rating and punishment for those with low scores.” (It so happens that the databases are managed by China’s court system.) [ Sound something like “1984” to you? ]. It is almost as though the WEF took their ESG ‘playbook’ directly from China—or that China took Schwab’s ideas—which are been around for more than 50 years—and put them into action long before anyone in America ever heard of an ESG score.

Nothing would advance the “Great Reset” agenda more than a new law that mandated ESG standards and reporting. In June 2021, the U.S. Congress moved to step closer to imposing far-reaching ESG rules with the passage of the “ESG Disclosure and Simplification Act of 2021.”

According to a report by the “National Law Review,” the bill would require the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), for the first time, to define, and regulate ESG metrics to guide required corporate disclosures under the Security Exchange Act of 1934, and the Securities Act of 1933.

The national law review further noted that if the bill were to pass into law, then “inconsistent solicitation or proxy statements, issuers would be required to include (a) a clear description of the views of that issue were about the link between ESG metrics and the long-term business strategy of that issuer, and (b) a description of any processed the issuer uses to determine the impact of ESG metrics on a long-term business strategy on the issuer.”

Many think that a wide-ranging ESG system is on the verge of becoming law in the United States, even though most Americans still have no idea what ESG metrics even are.

In addition to attempting to pass sweeping ESG mandates, many members of Congress and nonprofit advocacy groups have called for the U.S. federal government to take over individual credit scoring, a move some prominent activists are already suggesting could be used to help Congress and federal bureaucracy reshape society. (Think of it as a government-provided ‘personal’ ESG score.)

Many of those in Congress advocating for putting the government in charge of individual credit scores have said that the existing credit score agencies are too dysfunctional to be trusted and that a government agency would be more effective and fairer in its approach. Hmmm.

The ramifications of putting the federal government in charge of credit scoring decisions would be far-reaching and deeply troubling, especially if the agency tasked with the creation and managing scores is also empowered with the authority to “fix” society’s ills.

When you add up all the evidence—the massive ESG infrastructure that has already been put into place in American banks and large corporations; the attempts to have the government take over America’s credit scoring system; the commitments made by more than 200 major financial institutions around the world to support ESG systems; the calls in Congress for ESG mandates; the more than $100T in support from investors associated with the Principles for Responsible Investment; the G7’s “Build Back Better World” plan; and the promotion of the “Great Reset” by political figures like Al Gore, John Kerry, activist groups, international organizations, and billion-dollar corporations—it is hard to see how any reasonable person could deny that the “Great Reset” has already gained significant momentum.

Now, with just the little I have said here, I hope you are at least a ‘LITTLE CONCERNED about the possibility of YOU—and every ‘regular’ person in America—receiving a score that measures how closely their financial decisions align with those of the ‘elites’ and the World Economic Forum!

BUILDING THE ’MACHINE’
The recent pandemic made the “Great Reset” possible, digital currency will fuel its growth, and climate change will be the justification for the ‘distraction’ of the current world economic system.

At its core, the “Great Reset” is just the rebranding of the same old tired idea that elites have pushed a million times before: “Give us more power, and we promise we will take care of you and fix the world’s ills. Let us manage more the economy, and we promise you will be wealthier for it. Give us the authority to punish the ‘bad actors’ in society, and we will save the planet from annihilation.”

Klaus Schwab cites climate change, income inequality, in other crises as key justifications for the “Great Reset.: He explains that “Left unaddressed, these crises… will deepen and leave the world even less sustainable, less equal, and more fragile. Incremental measures and ad hoc fixes will not suffice to prevent this scenario. We must build an entirely new foundation for our economic and social systems.”

Schwab says that there are three main components to the “Great Reset” agenda:

– To harness the innovations of the Fourth Industrial Revolution (detailed in his book of the same name) to support the public good, especially by addressing health and social challenges

– To steer the market toward fairer outcomes (“Stakeholder Economy”)

– To ensure that investments advance shared goals, such as equality and sustainability (large “green” spending programs)

The new system Schwab is referring to is a total reworking of the way people think about businesses and how to evaluate them. Rather than focus on profits, private property rights, and supply and demand from consumers—the cornerstone of the free market economies—Schwab wants to develop a system based largely on “environmental, social, and governance” metrics [ “ESG” scores, which I just explored. ]

Schwab admits that the “level of cooperation and ambition this [Great Reset] implies is unprecedented, but it is not some impossible dream.” It simply will require “global cooperation” on a gigantic scale. He continued, “The ‘Great Reset’ will require us to integrate all stakeholders of global society into a community of common interest, purpose, and action.” [ Ed. Hmmm… “global society into a community of common interest, purpose and action” sounds awful like we put international governing bodies (not elected, too) in charge of the world economy, doesn’t it? ]

Well, Feike Sijbesma—a member of the WEF board of trustees, and a co-chair of the “Global Center on Adaptation”—is a little clearer about the Great Reset’s intention to usher in a glorious new era of enhancing global government (or, at least, a high degree of global “cooperation” that would change societies the world over):

“[The Great Reset] requires proving global multilateral cooperation and allying both the recovery of our economies and priorities of societies. For the ‘Great Reset’ to succeed, we have to change the way we do business and manage health, nature, the environment, and societal issues at the same time.”

When the resetters talk about pushing the reset button on the global economy, they are talking about trillions of dollars in new spending, the destruction of the world’s existing energy industry, integration of countless social programs like universal basic income, and government—or the W.H.O.—managing healthcare.

At first, the idea of a stakeholder economy—also commonly referred to as “stakeholder capitalism”—sounds pretty darn innocuous. However, stakeholder capitalism is an economic system in which companies are effectively required to put social justice causes and or the goals of elites—which, of course, vary wildly depending on the parties involved—before profits, supply, and demand, the desires of consumers, and other market forces that normally direct capitalist systems, which have created the most prosperous, healthy, and safe societies humankind has ever known! The great resetters prioritize the interest of the shareholders (owners) of corporations or the interest of the wider community.

Schwab said, “Business now has to fully embrace stakeholder capitalism, which means not only maximizing profit but using their capabilities and resources in cooperation with government and civil society to address the key issues of this decade. They have to actively contribute to a more cohesive and sustainable world.”

Feike Siijbesma further explained that the principles that must be embraced by companies in a stakeholder capitalist system focused on a “Longer-term economics strategy that is anchored in addressing the Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”) produced by the United Nations.”

All this imagines a “world free of poverty, hunger, disease and want, where all life can thrive.” [ Ed. Hmmm.. a world free of ’want’? ]

The resetters want to transform their current global economy into one in which every company focuses more on advancing SDGs—or whatever the elites deem important—than on profits. In a stakeholder economy, the manifesto notes that “the purpose of a company is to engage in all its stakeholders in shared and sustained value creation. In creating such value, a company serves not only its shareholders, but all its stakeholders—employees, customers, suppliers, local communities, and society at large.” [ Again, “Stakeholder Capitalism” is just another way of saying “collectivist capitalism,” which is not capitalism at all! ]

’BIG TECH’ TYRANTS
Much of the “Great Reset” is focused on economic changes, but it would be a mistake to think that the resetters are not interested in making expensive alterations to other parts of society as well. Schwab wrote in June 2020: “To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our society’s and economies, from education to social contract and working conditions.”

Now, over the past few years, we have learned that one of the ways corporations can accelerate social justice agendas is to stifle the free speech of anyone who stands in their way, or any other cause embraced by elites, for that matter. This might be why the “Great Reset” agenda includes the WEF’s “Global Alliance for Responsible Media.”

The purpose of the Global Alliance for Responsible Media is “collaborating with publishers and platforms to do more to address harmful and misleading media environments; and to develop and deliver against a concrete set of actions, processes, and protocols for protecting brands.” [ Some European countries have already started requiring social media companies to restrict free speech. ]

It is not hard to imagine how “Great Reset” ideas about limiting speech, especially when coupled with the other “Great Reset” initiative, could result in an unprecedented and dangerous assault on free speech. This is especially true for conservators and other free-speech advocates, who are already experiencing the early stages of a digital purge of freethinkers (i.e. “Cancel Culture”).

DIGITAL ’TRACKING’
Another essential component of this global agenda is harvesting in maintaining a consistent gathering of information from individuals. According to the WEF, technologies like contact tracing and tracking are thus justified and should be employed.

Should a crisis be severe enough (i.e. another global pandemic, like “Disease X”), such monitoring in some form could be justified in the name of public health, personal safety, are responsible citizenship.

It seems that this pandemic has given the WEF an open ‘door’ that it has been waiting for. To fix the planet, it has been concluded that it first would have to be ‘remade’—a global ‘reset’.

“SURVEILLANCE SOCIETY”
China is the most authoritarian repressive nation in the world—trying to control its mass of 1.4 billion population by threats and intimidation.

One tool the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) uses to control its populous is a draconian system that ranks its citizens based on their “social credit.” Through continuous digital surveillance, individuals are evaluated based on every aspect of their behavior—and then are issued a “social reputation score.”

Punishments and penalties are meted out in various forms, such as travel bands, slow Internet speed, and exclusion from higher education. Companies and businesses are also scored. Those who fail to turn over vast quantities of customer data to the CCP are in danger of being fined or shut down by the government.

To speed up enforcement, a digital currency—which is in the works—would make it possible to turn off one’s ‘credit card’ as well as collect a ‘fine’ as soon as an ‘infraction’ is detected. Under the system, the Chinese population would be under the threatening ‘thumb’ of the CCP in every area of life! The system has been likened to science fiction scenarios depicting dystopian societies—such as in George Orwell’s 1984—in which the state heavily controls every aspect of a citizen’s life.

In recent times, this has begun to hit a bit closer to home. During the recent ‘lockdown’ in the United States, restaurants and other places of business were threatened with fines or shutdowns if they ignored or failed to enforce various state and municipal mandates. Fear, propaganda, “science,” public shaming, and government mandates were employed to secure submission.

The thing is, even all that is not nearly as invasive or all-encompassing as the current CCP social credit system, David Rosenthal said: “The heavy-handed pandemic response by world leaders is preparing the world foreign implementation of social credit systems to be rolled out in various forms in fashions around the world.” A global coup is underway to rest freedom and control from individual and into the hands of governments and global elites in an attempt to inflame humanity under their rule.

‘CONSPIRACY’ THEORY?
Now, a well-timed conspiracy can bring about remarkable and dangerous change, even when such change seems highly improbable. However, this does not mean that all or even most conspiracies should be taken seriously. In recent years, ridiculous conspiracy theories covering everything from a fake moon landing to shape-shifting reptilians controlling the government have become popular among some people.

Although it is tempting to laugh away these rants by tinfoil-hat-wearing guys lamenting the rise of lizard people, conspiracy theories that are not grounded in truth, and the media’s decision to engage in the rampant dissemination of false information to achieve political goals, have become the biggest threats facing America today.

Because people do not know who to trust these days, we now live in a world of “alternative facts,” where seemingly everything is fake–fake news, fake outrage, and fake accusations. (I have seen that they now sell “turkeys” made of tofu! Is anything real anymore?)

As a result, Americans are deeply confused and incredibly skeptical of anything that does not fit into their pre-existing set of beliefs. Trust in the media is embarrassingly low. Only one-third of self-identified Republicans and less than one-half of independents say they trust the media. Even among Democrats, who have a long list of left-leaning publications and television networks to choose from, their trust in the media is just 66 percent.

Conspiracy theories, dishonest media reports, and the deep political and social divisions that have resulted from them could end up being the final nail in America’s ‘coffin’. If we cannot even agree on whether the stories we see in the press are true, or even what “truth” means anymore, how can we have honest conversations about complex issues like race, religion, foreign policy, Artificial Intelligence, or just about anything else that matters?

All this has presented an unprecedented opportunity for the supporters of the “Great Reset”—who use societal divisions and fear as cover for their attempts—to alter nearly every part of our country (and the world for that matter). Anyone with the courage to stand up against them is labeled a conspiracy theorist and tossed aside as a lunatic. Because the mainstream press is so unwilling to expose the truth, tens of millions of Americans never hear well-documented, highly sourced facts that could shed dramatic new light on nearly everything that they see in the news daily.

Now, there is a big difference between conspiracy ‘theories’ and conspiracy ‘facts’, and knowing what the difference is could prove vital for America’s—and the world’s—survival!

So, how can you know whether something is a fact in a world chock full of misinformation? Well, you must do your ‘homework’—and, hopefully, this post will help you get started with that.

Do not believe something just because your favorite media personality—or even me—said it. Even well-meaning, honest people can make mistakes or misunderstand something they have seen, read, or heard.

Above all else, doing your homework requires going directly to ‘primary’ sources, whenever possible, and then examining quotes in the proper ‘context’.

In addition to doing your homework—by going straight to the sources—it is also vital that you spend time reading news and commentary from sources with which you do not agree, whether they be on the right or left. You should never assume that what you are reading in any media outlet is true, without first verifying the information.

If you do your homework, you will be able to see the ‘warnings’. Historically, the primary reason Germany succumbed to the Nazis in the wake of World War I was that there were too few good people willing to push back against the dishonest fear-mongering and mythology propagated by Hitler and his supporters. Many of the German people had already forgotten the truth of their forefathers by the time men like Dietrich Bonhoeffer attempted to build a mass resistance movement against the Nazis.

[ FYI: See last month’s “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post for more details about what Bonhoeffer did before WW II. ]

One of the best treatises ever written on the importance of truth was by Soviet dissident Alexander Solzhenitsyn. Just one day before being exiled from the Soviet Union, Solzhenitsyn published a powerful essay titled “Live Not By Lies.”

In this highly influential work, Solzhenitsyn identified the communist government’s most vulnerable point as its lies. He insisted that if Russian people could merely gather the will to reject “a daily participation in the sea,” the Communist Party’s stranglehold on society would not last:

“And therein we find, neglected by us, the simplest, the most accessible key to our liberation: a personal nonparticipation in lies! Even if all is covered by lies, even if all is under their rule, let us resist in the smallest way: Let their rule hold not through me!

And this is the way to break out of the imaginary encirclement of our inertness, the easiest way for us and the most devastating for the lies. For when people renounce lies, lies simply cease to exist. Like parasites, they can only survive when attached to a person.

We are not called upon to step out onto the square and shout out the truth, to say out loud what we think—this is scary, we are not ready. But let us at least refuse to say what we do not think!”

After inspiring the Soviet people to reject lies in their everyday lives, Solzhenitsyn then provided a ‘blueprint’ for living as an “honest man”—one that could serve as a model for our resistance against the ‘elites’.

According to Solzhenitsyn, the honest man does these things:

“Will not write, sign, nor publish in any way, a single line distorting, so far as he can see, the truth;

“Will not utter such a line in private or in public conversation, nor read it from a crib sheet, nor speak it in the role of educator, canvasser, teacher, actor;

“Will not in painting, sculpture, photograph, technology, or music depict, support, or broadcast a single false thought, a single distortion of the truth as he discerns it;

“Will not cite in writing or speech a single “guiding” quote for gratification, insurance, for his success at work, unless he fully shares the cited thought and believes that it fits the context precisely;

“Will not be forced to a demonstration or a rally if it runs counter to his desire and his will; will not take up and raise a banner or slogan in which he does not fully believe;

“Will not raise a hand in a vote for a proposal which he does not sincerely support; will not vote openly or in a secret ballot for a candidate whom he deems dubious or unworthy;

“Will not be impelled to a meeting where a forced and distorted discussion is expected to take place;

“Will at once walk out from a session, meeting, lecture, play, or film as soon as he hears the speaker utter a lie, ideological drivel, or shameless propaganda;

“Will not subscribe to, nor buy in retail, a newspaper or journal that distorts or hides the underlying facts.”

Solzhenitsyn’s plan for resisting was simple, yet powerful. Not everyone dares to protest an authoritarian regime openly, but by refusing to participate in lies, the people could severely reduce the communist party’s power and influence.

The same is true today. No matter who you are or how uncomfortable you feel with pushing back against the “Great Reset” openly, you do not have to participate in those particularly damning and dishonest parts of our society and economy. By refusing to be a part of the elites’ lies, you remove much of the power that the ruling class has over your life, the lives of your family members, and the lives of your friends and neighbors.

One of the most important ways we can stop the “Great Reset” is to educate the people in our lives about what is going on (something I’m trying to do with this post!) However, that cannot happen unless we know how other people think and why they believe the things they do.

Many of the people with whom you will discuss the “Great Reset” are not going to believe you if you start a conversation with crazy-sounding warnings about faraway European billionaires meeting in secret in Davos. However, most people you know will be interested to hear about what is going on with plans to eliminate all gasoline-powered cars, ‘radical’ diversity initiatives, ESG scores applied to their personal investment accounts, and proposals for a federal universal basic income.

The fact is, it is not a “conspiracy theory” if the people behind it—the WEF—are saying ‘out loud’ what they intend to do (and THEY ARE DOING SO!)

The “Great Reset” is so much bigger than any political party or ideological group. We must work together by finding common ground upon which we can all stand firmly united, in the same way, Americans of all political persuasions in the past have worked together to help those suffering in the way of a natural disaster or to fight against foreign threats or the radical bigotry of the Jim Crow-era South.

For those of you skeptical of reaching ‘across the aisle’, consider that a December 2020 survey of likely voters conducted by Rasmussen Reports and the Heartland Institute found that the majority of voters reject the core concepts that serve as the foundation of the “Great Reset.”

Perhaps even more telling, when asked, “How influential should international institutions like the United Nations, World Economic Forum, and International Monetary Fund be in creating regulations that govern United States business?” Well, only nine percent answered with “very influential”!

As these results show, many of the most important policies demanded by supporters of the “Great Reset” are ‘WILDLY’ UNPOPULAR, and polling shows that the more Americans—of every political persuasion—learn about the “Great Reset,” the more they want NOTHING TO DO WITH IT!

So, if we work together, it WILL be possible to stop the “Great Reset” from taking hold in America. HOWEVER, if we allow our pride and partisanship to ‘distract’ us from the greater needs at hand, our country will not survive the dark days ahead!


‘FUELING’ THEIR RESET
The recent pandemic created the conditions to ‘push’ the “Great Reset” initiative, but it will be “Climate Change” that will provide the long-term justification for a far-reaching, sustained transformation of society. It is climate change policies, fueled by modern monetary theory, that ultimately will provide the ‘foundation’ upon which can build the “New World Order.”

“THE GREAT NARRATIVE”
In 2021, Klaus Schwab released the sequel to the “Great Reset,” a new book titled “The Great Narrative,” as a guide for anyone seeking to better understand how the world has evolved since the pandemic started and what solutions can make us more resilient, equitable and sustainable.

The book is derived from a collaborative effort with some of the world’s leading thinkers and describes how we can create a more resilient, inclusive, and sustainable future. Klaus Schwab said, “Going into 2022, we all look forward to a better future. Yet the challenges we are facing coming out of the pandemic are multi-fold and interconnected. The Great Narrative shows what the way forward could be, and what the role of cooperation, innovation, morality, public policies, and business can be.”

The book is an essay that proposes to answer three questions:

– What future lies ahead of us?
– What future do we want?
– What should we do to achieve the desired future?

The purpose of the essay is to formulate answers to the first two questions and leave the foundation for the last one. The text already hints that we cannot predict the future, but we can imagine it and even project it. It warns that ultimately we can prepare for the future by confronting the risks that we can mitigate with the things that may surprise us.

The pandemic is given as a great historical fact that surprised the world, although the authors acknowledge that many international organizations and reputable scientists had been warning the world of such a danger. Since the authors are closely associated with the World Economic Forum, one must ask: “What is the value of such authoritative opinions not being taken into account?”

The authors draw on the concept of complex systems to make the grand narrative. They begin by showing the concatenation of risks with systemic connectivity. However, the text fails to show and demonstrate how a complex system works. Every complex system has a purpose and has control and command points where actions are triggered, as well as subsystems that act according to the purpose of the larger system.

To give a generic description of the complexity and connectivity between the risks that permeate the system as a whole is a way of shading the narrative. From a literary point of view, the narrative is elegant, but from a practical point of view not very enlightening. It is like going to a doctor and he says: you have a problem in your circulatory system, this problem connects to the respiratory system, which in turn connects to the lymphatic system, and it is all very complex.

In an essay like this one one would expect the authors to at least indicate the critical points in this complex system by detailing the checkpoints and observation points that are available.

Next, the authors go on to describe the issues of social media and “fake news.” Social media is one of those components that in a complex system, as we are dealing with here, has very specific command and control points. The authors’ criticism focuses on the freedom of expression of influencers, but at no time directs their criticism to those who should ensure the rules of coexistence based on the truth of the facts and the confrontation of ideas. It is interesting to note that from the possibilities of manipulation by social media, the authors induce the reasoning that this can be avoided by a great narrative. This is the basis of their reasoning for us to believe the narrative they tell.

In the end, we are left with a World Economic Forum ‘manifesto’ that sounds like a propaganda piece.

WHY NOW?
The pandemic crisis seemed tailor-made for the ‘reset’ dreamed up by the unelected technocrats at the World Economic Forum. This social, economic, and health crisis—and the fear that it provoked—enabled governments to do the previously unthinkable in an incredibly short time:

– Prohibit international travel
– Restrict religious worship services
– Shutter businesses
– Spend hundreds of billions of dollars

So, the WEF seized the opportunity. With governments unshackled from normal budgetary and policy constraints, the WEF proposed that the government use this opportunity to tackle current public policy issues in new ways.

Back in June 2020, Klaus Schwab seized his chance saying:

“The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world to create a healthier, more equitable, and more prosperous future.” Schwab continued saying that the “silver lining of the pandemic is how quickly we can make radical changes to our lifestyles.” What was once considered “essential,” he averred, is now viewed as superfluous. “All aspects of our societies and economies… from education to social contracts and working conditions must be transformed.”

On the surface, Schwab’s global ‘reset’ is a proposal for a new green economy not unlike the “New Green Deal” which re-orders all aspects of government to the vague and endless end of “protecting the planet.” For Schwab, this means “digital health passports” for every person in the world and a whole new array of “crisis-relevant tech” designed to solve “the digital trust problem.” The specifics of the proposals are less important than the euphemisms of control they use to attract elites to the cause. Take a look at the corporations and heads of state lining up behind the “Great Reset”: It is clear that this is not about social justice, but about EXPANDING THE ‘POWER’ of capital via the pseudo-religious impetus of progressive aims.

Schwab wrote that “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis, because “the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.” While he is avowedly “secular,” Schwab clearly has an almost religious sense that humans have broken something and that they must now, through extraordinary effort and sacrifice, “render what is due.”

For Schwab, humans themselves are the ‘enemy’. Recognizing that climate change is never enough, we must recognize that we are the sinister source of degradation. The would-be ‘caliphs’ of the “Great Reset” wield ‘salvific’ power: In the name of science, they promise to save us from ourselves and to deliver us from our “broken normalcy” to a new godlikeness, by dint of our own technological ingenuity. Hmmm… what could go wrong?

So, why has there been such a push for significant changes in this decade? Activists wanting to make changes in society and our economy see the pandemic and governmental response as a political opportunity. To answer that we can turn to a quote, often attributed to Winston Churchill, which argues we should, “Never waste a good crisis.”

HOW ‘FAR ALONG’ ARE WE?
So, how ‘far along’ is this Great Reset? Well, it is hard to know exactly because we cannot yet see how our politically and culturally fractured planet will make its way to the New World Order. However, as we survey the geopolitical landscape around us, here are three observations that show just how ‘vulnerable’ we are to the kinds of changes that can accelerate us all the faster to a one-world government. Consider the following:

When the pandemic hit, governments were quick to claim draconian emergency powers that severely prohibited people’s freedoms. They became more intrusive and authoritarian. Then, after government powers increase, they rarely decrease.
The fear of the virus led many people to be willing to give up their freedoms in exchange for the protection and security they hoped their governments could provide. Future crises can do more of the same, leading to further and more permanent losses of freedom.

An enormous transfer of power occurred, with many governments eventually leaning on very few authorities who dictated how everyone should respond to the pandemic. These few authorities at agencies like the World Health Organization (WHO) and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) ended up exercising power over billions of people globally.

In a surprisingly short amount of time, the virus had a devastating impact that has forever changed our world and made governments and their allied corporations or organizations more authoritarian. The thing is, there is no going back. Then, with globalists aggressively pushing their agendas, one can be sure that every future world crisis will be exploited to move us closer to the global society they long to create.

THE GREAT ‘BIBLICAL’ RESET
The world’s elites seek to create a New World Order, a better world, as they envision it. Yet, what is developing is a world heading into ‘DARKNESS’ beyond their imagining. God says to discern what they are trying to do and not be part of that ‘world’ (Romans 12:2; James 4:4; 1 John 2:15).

We are seeing the ‘leading edge’ of a final elimination of this age-long system that stands in defiance of the purpose and plans of God. The prophet Jeremiah thought he was too young to become a prophet. How could he, a son of a priest from an obscure village, pronounce God’s word to his nation of Judah—much less the greater nations beyond?

Well, God told Jeremiah not to look at his age, but rather to focus on His power to support and fulfill a mission that He would perform ‘through’ him. God said: “Behold, I have put My words in your mouth. See, I have this day set you over the nations and over the kingdoms, to root out and to pull down, to destroy and to throw down, to build and to plant” [ Jeremiah 1:9-10 ].

God indeed fulfilled this during the decades-long ministry of Jeremiah. The powerful Assyrian Empire collapsed. Egypt receded further into a secondary-power status. Judah would fall to Babylon, an empire whose lifeblood would be carried westward to reemerge as the Roman Empire.

The age of Jeremiah was an age of reform and reset. An era was ending in this ancient world. Men feared for the future. What was familiar was changing. Old ways were being swept away. Kings and leaders sought to recapture past cultures and glories. Assyrian King Ashurbanipal ordered ancient texts to be copied and preserved in his library at Nineveh. There was a nostalgic longing for a return to the past, to a more “normal” time when men were secure in their faith and their identity.

The events of this period of the late seventh century and early sixth century B.C. offer a ‘lens’ through which we can understand what is happening now in the early decades of the 21st century. Ours is a time of upheaval and change accelerated by the recent global pandemic and growing global unrest. There have only been a few times in history that so many ‘currents’ of civilizational transformation come together in one moment! TODAY is one of those times!

“THE ’STAGE’ IS SET”
Many talk about radically restructuring global governance, the economy, business, manufacturing, and even family and education. In fact, the World Economic Forum’s Klaus Schwab has been repeatedly talking about this for many years, that the world needs a new “social contract.”

If the WEF gets its way, there will be no area of our lives that will be left untouched! Schwab has said that there is no person and no country on the planet that will be escaping this. In fact, the United Nations has practically made that a tagline when they talk about Agenda 2030—“Leave no one behind”—which is a critical part of the WEF’s “Great Reset.”

Over and over again—in the actual text of the document—the WEF says that no one will be left behind. They fully intend for every single person on this planet to be ‘sucked into’ this global transformation, whether they like it or not!

It is hard to overstate the significance of this. Every single part of your life, every single part of your business, your job, your healthcare, your education—all of it—will come under the purview of this new transformational system that the WEF—and the ‘elites’—are trying to put into place. What is interesting about all this is that when they talk about the “Great Reset” and their vision for this globalized world, with an authoritarian leader and complete control over all the elements of life, this is EXACTLY what the BIBLE ‘SAYS’ the world is going to end up being!

When one looks at the book of Revelation, there is described an authoritarian leader (the Antichrist) with control over the monetary system (CBDC) and the ability to buy and sell (the “Mark”). So what the elites are attempting with the “Great Reset” in ‘ignorance’ is actually what God has planned to bring this world, in the End Times, before the return of Jesus!

As I previously mentioned, the pandemic seems to have afforded the elites a ‘golden’ opportunity to put forth their ‘agenda’. As Winston Churchill infamously said: “Never waste a good crisis.”

Primarily, the WEF is saying that the “Great Reset” will offer insights to help inform all those determining the future state of global relations, the direction of national economies, the priorities of societies, the nature of business models, and the management of a global commons. These people think BIG. They want to ‘reorient’ the entire world. They ‘say’ that drawing from the vision and vast expertise of the leaders engaged across the forums and communities, the “Great Reset” initiative has a set of dimensions to build a new social contract that honors the dignity of every human being.

This is kind of like something out of George Orwell’s book, “1984,” where a new social contract that honors the dignity of every human being sounds so good on the surface, but there were very different meanings when it was put into practice!

HOWEVER, it is so much more nefarious and God-rejecting than one can even imagine! Klaus Schwab explains why there is a need for a “Great Reset”: We have to “prepare for a more angry world.”

[ VIDEO: 2022 World Economic Forum – Klaus Schwab – “Prepare for a more angry world”:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LJTnkzl3K64&t=4s ]

Well, Schwab—talking about the pandemic in mid-2020—tells us what he thinks is required:

“Because this crisis will be with us until we really have found a remedy. So, we have to prepare for a more angry world. And how to prepare?

“It means to take the necessary action to create a fairer world, to see that we provide everybody with decent access to the health system, that we make sure that those people who are really left behind, and I’m not speaking only on a national level, so I’m speaking also internationally, if I see now the tragedy in some of the emerging countries like South Africa, like some countries in East Asia. I think it’s all, I don’t have too many remedies. The remedies have to be discussed through dialogue by the stakeholders of our global system, but I just see the need for such a dialogue and I see the need for action, I see the need for a ‘Great Reset’.”

Schwab says that we have to “prepare for a more angry world,” but we have to take action to “create a fairer world.” Well, this is just a ‘code word’ for “SOCIALISM”—to make sure everyone has access to health care and everything else. So, when everyone has access to it, who is ‘controlling’ it? Well, ‘they’ are!

The example he uses is South Africa, which is a failed state at this point—because of its completely Marxist-based society now. He said the remedies have to be discussed by, and uses the word “stakeholders.” The stakeholders are the ‘EDUCATED’ ELITES, the wealthy, and the influential of the world. They are the ones, the smart ones, almost like the superhumans, who have to determine the world’s future.

Again, the basis of this “Great Reset” is Schwab’s concept of a “Fourth Industrial Revolution,” which he originally proposed in a 2015 article published by Foreign Affairs, and followed up with a book in 2017.

In the article, Schwab said that the First Industrial Revolution was powered by water and steam to mechanize production in the 1800s.

Then, with electrical power—which became available primarily in the cities in the 1900s—the Second Industrial Revolution introduced mass production.

The Third Industrial Revolution—which we are in right now—was the development of electronics and information technologies that automated the production process.

In the Fourth Industrial Revolution—the one to come—it is supposed
to offer a coming together and a culmination of all these technologies that blur the lines between, “physical, digital, and biological spheres, your body.” This revolution—which began with the digital revolution in the mid-1990s—is, “characterized by a fusion of technologies.”

This ‘fusion’ of technologies included fields such as Artificial Intelligence, robotics, the Internet of Things (IoT), autonomous vehicles, 3D printing, nanotechnology, materials science, energy storage, and quantum computing. Even the creation of ‘cyborgs’ (the combination of a human and a machine with chip implantation into the body: https://youtu.be/ES_FyXCtDzc?t=3750).

So, the “Fourth Industrial Revolution” will IMPACT ALL OF OUR LIVES ‘COMPLETELY’! It will not only change how we communicate, how we produce, and how we consume. It will actually ‘change’ us—our own ‘identity’. What we will see is that everything will be integrated into an ecosystem driven by big data and driven particularly by close cooperation also of governments with business, and civil society—and this revolution will come at a breathtaking speed! It will be like a ‘tsunami’.

So, what the WEF/Klaus Schwab are doing right now is to promote this public-private cooperation to ‘master’ the Fourth Industrial Revolution, and for THEM to be the ‘MASTERS’!

“RETURN TO BABYLON”
These realities are alarming enough by themselves, and yet there remains a deeper, more sinister agenda embedded within. According to biblical prophecy, a “One World Government” (“New World Order”) will indeed emerge in the End Times.

Today is similarly reminiscent of King Nebuchadnezzar when he created a very large statue (about 90 feet high) of himself and commanded everyone to bow down to it… him. The thing is, each of the metals that it was made of—gold, silver, bronze, iron, and clay—corresponded to world kingdoms of the past: Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, and Rome.

The prophet Daniel then received a dream-vision concerning the same empires, only they were portrayed as ravenous beasts, with the fourth beast having “ten horns” (Daniel 7:7). This produces a Revived Roman Empire that will arise in the End Times. Rome 2.0, if you will.

Then, according to Revelation 13:3-7, this future unified government will encompass the whole earth. It will directly be ‘energized’ by Satan for the ultimate purpose of ruling over all the earth and being worshiped by its inhabitants (Revelation 13:12, 15-16). This, Scripture tells us that this has been the Devil’s ambition since the day he aspired to overthrow Heaven (Isaiah 14:12-15; Ezekiel 28:11-19).

What is significant, however, about this coming one-world government is that current global conditions appear to be ‘harbingers’ for its, perhaps, soon appearance! Like ‘dominos’, one significant earthshaking occurrence—like the pandemic—leads to the next one that will come closer to achieving global ‘cooperation’!

The prophecies given by Daniel and John appear to be coming together at an accelerated pace—that many call “Convergence”—faster than at any time in modern memory. The idea of a one-world government has never been as ‘palatable’ to the international community as it is RIGHT NOW—and that should get ‘YOUR’ ATTENTION!

[ FYI: For more details about paying attention to something, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/got-your-attention-yet-v255/ ]

The Bible prophecies the inevitable capitulation of nations and their convergence into a global governing body during the End Times. This act will bring about the fulfillment of many other ancient apocalyptic prophecies, and it will catch most of the world by surprise—leaving an empty void where sovereign nations once stood.

[ FYI: For more details about how Babylon has played a role in biblical history and will play a role in biblical prophecy, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/jerusalems-near-future-v292/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/israel-will-stand-v297/ ]

THE ‘ANTICHRIST’
The “Great Reset” and its cashless agenda are a ‘catalyst’ and necessary ‘antecedent’ for the one world economy of the Antichrist. Ancient prophecies in Scripture lay out the scenario in detail. History is headed toward a One World Government under the total control of Satan’s ‘superman’, the final Antichrist, who will subjugate the entire planet.

The Bible describes the global financial crisis during the final time of the Tribulation, resulting from hyperinflation that results in crippling famine: “When he opened a third seal, I heard the third living creatures say, ’Come and see’ So I looked, and behold, a black horse, and he who sat on it had a pair of scales in his hands. And I heard a voice in the middle of the four living creatures saying, ‘a quart of weight for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for Denarius; and do not harm the oil in the wine’” [ Revelation 6:5-6 ].

The inflation will be so severe that it will take everything a person can earn one day just to put food on the table. This runaway financial crisis will certainly be seized upon by the Antichrist, who will leverage the global instability to gain a stronger foothold and inaugurate a one-world economic system:

“Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead, so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666”
[ Revelation 13:16-18 ].

The Bible links the universal ‘Mark’ of the beast system with the emergence of a cashless society, where all commerce is centralized and controlled by one entity.

[ FYI: For more details on the “Mark of the Beast,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/final-tribulation-v246/ ].

During the coming time of the Tribulation, the Mark of the Beast will serve two primary functions. First, it will be a visible sign of loyalty, devotion, and allegiance to the Antichrist. (Taking the Mark of the Beast will not be an inadvertent, unintended act. It will involve a conscious choice to accept the Antichrist is god.)

Secondly, the Mark will be the global ‘passport’ to participate in the economy. During the final half of the Tribulation, this literal, visible ‘mark’ will be mandatory for any commercial transaction (Revelation 13:17). No one outside the system will be able to engage in ANY business or commerce.

The Antichrist economic agenda will be straightforward, calling one to take his ‘name’ on you and worship him, or starve! Every person on earth, left behind after the Rapture, will face the ultimate spiritual decision—and the consequence of that decision could not be more serious! ALL the Mark-takers will face the internal, unmitigated wrath of God:

“And another angel, a third, followed them, saying with a loud voice, ’If anyone worships the beast and its image and receives a mark on his forehead or his hand, he also will drink the wine of God’s wrath, poured full strength into the cup of his anger, and he will be tormented with fire and sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and the presence of the Lamb. And the smoke of their torment goes up forever and ever, and they have no rest, day or night, these worshipers of the beast and its image, and whoever receives the mark of its name”
[ Revelation 14:9-11 ].

Taking the Mark will ultimately be a ‘spiritual’ decision—the economic ramifications will be secondary to this fateful decision every person on earth will face—Heaven of Hell for eternity!

What is unfolding before our eyes today on the economic front could be the genesis, or the first ‘dominos’ to fall in a dramatic, tectonic shaft to a global, digital economic system. A system that will ultimately be controlled by one man—the Antichrist. A system that will ultimately require all people thing register and submit to him—the final world order foretold by the biblical prophets long ago.

Now, God is ‘allowing’ this system to be developed and enacted, and it looks like we are seeing the ‘setup’ right now. (This goes back to Nimrod and the Tower of Babel.)

[ FYI: For more details about the “Tower of Babel,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/can-ai-achieve-world-peace-v299/ ]

What we see played out before our eyes is a part of the divine ‘script’ leading to the coming of Jesus to take over planet Earth and bring it under his just, righteous, and benevolent rule (the “Millennium”).

God is sovereign, and everything He has said in the Bible will come to pass. It is an immutable foundation the believer can build their lives upon as they wait for the this is five call

AMERICA AT “DUSK”
The world has seen its share of mighty nations and empires. Today, America is arguably the world’s greatest superpower in force for freedom on the planet—probably ever! However, the Scriptures do not say that America is of NO ‘CONSEQUENCE’ in the End Times! Just as many once-great civilizations and countries have fallen in the past, is it now the time for America to fall? Is God allowing America to experience the consequences of its denial of Him?

The Apostle Paul outlined seven progressive penalties for both people and nations who failed to respond positively toward God’s revelation of Himself to them:

– Darkness
“For although they knew God, they did not honor him as God or give thanks to Him, but they became futile in their thinking, and their foolish hearts were darkened” [ Romans 1:21 ].

– Delusion
“Claiming to be wise, they became fools, and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images resembling mortal man and birds and animals and creeping things” [ Romans 1:22-23 ]. (See also 2 Thessalonians 2:10-12.)

– Desire
“Therefore God gave them up in the lusts of their hearts to impurity, to the dishonoring of their bodies among themselves, because they exchanged the truth about God for a lie and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed forever! Amen” [ Romans 1:24-25 ]

– Deviance
“For this reason, God gave them up to dishonorable passions. For their women exchanged natural relations for those that are contrary to nature; and the men likewise gave up natural relations with women and were consumed with passion for one another, men committing shameless acts with men and receiving in themselves the due penalty for their error” [ Romans 1:26-27 ].

– Depravity
“And since they did not see fit to acknowledge God, God gave them up to a debased mind to do what ought not to be done. They were filled with all manner of unrighteousness, evil, covetousness, and malice. They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and maliciousness. They are gossips, slanderers, haters of God, insolent, haughty, boastful, inventors of evil, disobedient to parents, foolish, faithless, heartless, ruthless” [ Romans 1:28-31 ].

– Destruction
“Though they know God’s righteous decree that those who practice such things deserve to die, they not only do them but give approval to those who practice them” [ Romans 1:32 ].

It seems that America is dismantling the ‘pillars’ that it was built upon (possibly to be less nationalistic and more ‘malleable’ to be integrated into the new world government?)

The thing is, America is NOT a ‘player’ in the end-times. That might be hard to take but everything centers around Israel and the Middle East countries. So, it makes sense that America has to decrease for the Antichrist and his empire to grow to dominance.

Many believe America is in the very beginning stages of decline and it will continue to fall further even quicker than it already has done in the past few years. (One thing that might put the final nail in America’s ‘coffin’ just might be the Rapture of the Church. If estimates are correct, there are about 10-15% ‘real’ born-again believers, which would be about 30-50 million people that will ‘disappear’—which, of course, would increase its collapse.)

Now, since the Scriptures tell us that no one can ‘predict’ the day or hour of the Rapture, believers might just be in for a ‘rough ride’ for a while.

[FYI: For more details about ‘predictions’, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/why-bother-with-predictions-v279/ ]

I’ve got to believe that you have noticed that we are going from one ‘bad’ thing to another VERY quickly. It seems that the elites are just continuing to ‘stoke’ non-stop fear and deception since, as we have seen in the past few years, it tends to lead to more control (which is exactly what happened in pre-World War II Germany).

[ FYI: For more details about fear and deception, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/the-final-deception-v268/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/fearful-of-world-war-iii-v278/ ]

Psychologically, if you can cause people to be afraid, you can cause them to accept just about anything for safety and peace. (Fear is the easiest way to manipulate people.) However, for the believer, “Fear of man will prove to be a snare, but whoever trusts in the Lord is kept safe” [ Proverbs 29:25 ].

The thing is, America is not specifically mentioned in biblical prophecy, therefore, it probably will not emerge as a major player in the End Times. What we can say for sure is that, though it seems the ‘sun’ of God’s favor is setting on America, we are quickly approaching its ‘twilight’ hour. America may not have reached the “dusk” just yet, but it does seem that it is in the “Depravity” phase (legal abortion, homosexuality, and transgenderism) and is moving quickly into the “Destruction” phase.

Right now, the increased frequency and intensity of all the other ‘events’ that are happening in the world today is just a ‘harbinger’ for the believer that Jesus’ return is getting MUCH ‘CLOSER’, and everything is getting ready for the final Antichrist to be able to control the entire world and foist his terror upon the world in the last half of the seven-year Tribulation—where everything will ‘go to hell’!

So, the time is short and the hour is late. We are experiencing the late stages of moral decline and the ongoing influence of the proposed global ‘reset’, whose culmination the world could witness soon. Therefore, now is the time to ‘reach out’ to Jesus—to become “born again” and be saved from the future Tribulation!

[ FYI: For more details about the Tribulation period, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/final-tribulation-v246/ ]

THE ‘APOSTASY’ OF THE CHURCH
Apostasy means to fall away from the truth. Therefore, an apostate is someone—or the ‘Church’—who once believed and now rejects the truth of God. Apostasy is a rebellion against God because it is a rebellion against truth.

In the Old Testament, God warned the Jewish people about their idolatry and their lack of trust in Him. In the New Testament, the epistles warn us about not falling away from the truth. Apostasy is a very real and dangerous threat to the Christian Church. “Let no one in any way deceive you, for it [Jesus’ return] will not come unless the apostasy comes first, and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the son of destruction” [ 2 Thessalonians 2:3 ].

The Church is in a very sad state at the present hour. The thing that is alarming about it is that the church is satisfied with it. Some preachers are greatly exercised over it, but they are the minority. I find very few people who are disturbed today. Most members of the Church have settled down into this deplorable state and have accepted it since they feel that nothing can be done about it.

So, as we approach this subject of apostasy, I want to define our terms so that we do not get lost in the labyrinth of bewildering theological nomenclature. We need to understand exactly what the apostasy is before we can know what to do about it.

“Now the Spirit speaks expressly that, in the latter times, some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of demons”
[ 1 Timothy 4:1 ].

“Latter times” in 1 Timothy 4:1 is a technical expression. In the Bible, you will find the terms “last days,” “last times,” or “the time of the end.” The Bible does not use the expression “the end of time” because the world does not ever come to an end. However, there is such a thing as the last days, the latter times, and the end of the age. When you find this expression occurring in the Scriptures, you need to discern to what it refers to. It can refer to the nation Israel (as in Genesis 49:1) or it can refer to the Church. Those “last days” refer to a very definite technical period that Jesus, in the “Olivet Discourse,” labeled the “Great Tribulation” period.

Now when the Apostle Paul uses it here, he is referring to the latter days of the Church—that is, those days immediately preceding the Rapture. This is the way the Church will conclude its earthly ‘career’. In other words, some believers in the latter days shall depart from the faith.

The expression “depart from the faith” is where we want to center our attention. The word “depart” is the Greek “aphistemi,” formed by the little preposition “apo,” which means “away from,” and “histemi,” meaning “to stand.” The apostasy then means “to stand away from.” It means to one time profess something and another time deny that which you once professed.

Webster’s dictionary says that apostasy is the “abandonment of what one has voluntarily professed; total desertion of the principles of faith.” Abandonment of that which was voluntarily professed. Jesus used that expression when He was giving the parable of the sower. Referring to the seed that fell on the rock, He said:

“They on the rock are they who, when they hear, receive the word with joy; and these have no root, who for a while believe, and in time of testing fall away”
[ Luke 8:13 ].

As I have previously mentioned, as I assess world events, to me—as well as many prophecy experts—it looks like we are quickly approaching the End Times. One of the biggest reasons is what the verse just about says: the apostasy must first come to the Church—and I, and many others, believe that this IS happening in the Church RIGHT NOW.

The writer of Revelation 3:14-22 addressed the Laodicea church (apostate) like this:

“I know of your deeds; you are neither hot nor cold,… but lukewarm… I (God) will spit you (the church) out of My mouth”
[ Revelation 3:14-22 ].

[ Note: The Laodicean church is the last mentioned in the list of the seven churches that Jesus writes a ‘letter’ to, to give them their ‘scorecard’. Many theologians believe the seven churches are indications of ‘periods’ of church history, and as such, we are in the Laodicean—last—period of Church history. ]

This passage seems to apply to the Church today—especially in America—as it has forsaken and deserted the ‘fundamentals’ of the faith. Sadly, many feel that we have become a post‑Christian people in America.

Satan, knowing he doesn’t have a lot of time until the End Times, has been using false teachers to distort, twist, and outright lie to corrupt the understanding of the Word of God. Few churches today give a faithful interpretation of God’s Word. Most mainline and the new mega-churches have abandoned the sound doctrinal teaching, replacing it with subjective and ‘experiential’ content (feelings-oriented beliefs). This drift has been a major contributor to the demise of biblical discernment.

[ FYI: For more details about biblical discernment, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/being-discerning-v266/ ]

Many apostate churches defend their lack of teaching by arguing that believers will be bored or unable to comprehend Biblical teaching. If an apostate pastor never instructs a believer from the Word, then this statement is probably true.

In the End Time apostasy—which I and many others believe we are in right now—apostate pastors refuse to instruct their sheep about sin, just letting sin ‘slide’. The result is that the believer’s heart becomes insensitive to the Holy Spirit’s conviction of sin. Substituting the world’s standards for God’s principles of living, the believer then slowly drifts away from God.

Apostate churches are full of both believers and unbelievers who are self-centered, lovers of money, party-goers, unmarried yet living with their partner, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God. They hypocritically fake a form of godliness, while denying its power. Paul says: “Avoid such people (2 Timothy 3:1-5).” Then, in verses 6-7, Paul continues to say that weak believers (weighed down by their sin and acting upon their carnal impulses) will allow those who embrace the world’s standards to enter their households and take them captive. They will be at the mercy of demonic ‘wolves’ ready to destroy their ‘walk’ with God.

President of “The Berean Call,” T.A. McMahon, wrote the following about this:

“Spiritual beliefs of today’s believers tend to be a collection of things they’ve heard (bad sermons, false radio and TV preachers, their moneymaker books, secular movies, etc.) mixed with what they may or may not have gotten from the Bible. They have been spoon-fed rather than getting their spiritual meals directly from God’s Word.” Yet today, they tragically miss the truth of the Word. They reason and accept: “Wouldn’t it be of value to get input from various self-proclaimed Christian sources (like the History channel, their own seeker-sensitive pastors, false TV teachers, etc.) regarding the teachings of our Lord? Hasn’t our Lord already gifted teachers to help believers better understand His Word? Yes, God has. But if false teaching is our primary feeding of God’s Word, it leads to a spiritual anemia at best and makes us defenseless against spiritual deception at worst. How can a believer tell the difference between a good teacher and a false teacher? Although Scripture tells us that God gave some to be teachers (Ephesians 4:11), His Word also tells us, “There shall be false teachers among you, who shall bring in damnable heresies” (2 Peter 2:1). So how can we know what’s what and who’s who?”

“Most Christians are not asking such questions—nor do they seem to be concerned about the consequences related to a lack of biblical discernment. The second chapter of Hebrews begins with a warning that we could “drift away” from the Scriptures and find ourselves drifting along with some thought or teaching that seems biblical, but is not. More and more frequently these days, I hear confessing and professing Christians excusing themselves for their unbiblical beliefs and practices by declaring that they all nevertheless “love Jesus.” What Jesus might that be? Is it the biblical Jesus—the One who declares that He is “the way, the truth, and the life”? Is it the Word incarnate, who challenges everyone who professes to be a believer in Him by asking: “And why do you call me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say?” (Luke 6:46). Would our reply be, “Sorry, Lord, I didn’t study Your Word, I wasn’t aware of most of the things that you said”? If that’s the case, having “the mind of Christ” (1 Corinthians 2:16) is a wishful delusion.”

Scripture warns all believers that in the End Times, a great apostasy will overtake the Church. Pastors and individuals will desert the faith that they previously held. Today, many believe—as I do—that apostasy has infected many hearts and has penetrated the ‘soul’ of the Church. Churches and their members have already turned away from God and His instructions, eagerly embracing Satan’s ‘world’ system.

The Apostle Paul understood the devastating destruction that would come from this apostasy. To the leaders of these churches, he gave this warning:

“Be on guard for yourselves, and for all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the church of God, which He purchased with his own blood. I know that after my departing savage wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock; and from among your own selves men will arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them”
[ Acts 20:28-30 ].

Paul also spoke to End Time believers. To them, this apostasy will have the following devastating effect:

“For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires”
[ 2 Timothy 4:3 ].

Not enduring sound doctrine opens one up to spiritual deception. The Apostle Paul wrote of a time that will come when “they will not endure sound doctrine.” Paul says that nominal believers willfully choose to “not endure.” The word “endure,” (“anexontai” in Greek), implies that they will not put up with sound doctrine, listen to the truth, tolerate the Word, or take it to heart to live according to God’s instructions. Instead, these ‘professing’ believers will follow their own lusts, seeking to satisfy their sinful desires—“Wanting to have their ears tickled”—wanting Christianity on their own ‘terms’. To that end, they will only listen to pastors who preach what they want to hear—that which satisfies their carnal self-willed heart.

They will go to church to be ‘entertained’. They participate in church work projects so they can feel good about themselves, and their good works will become a ‘false security’ for their salvation. Then, when they walk out the church ‘doors’, they resume their normal pattern of sinful behavior. Most remain unchanged by the message and too many remain unjustified.

Therefore, one should ask the question, “Is there an apostasy occurring in the Christian Church today?” Well, some say “Yes” and others say No.” However, if there is indeed apostasy occurring in the Christian Church, we need to examine the Scriptures to determine if it is happening.

The following is a list (not comprehensive) of biblical truths of essential and non-essential doctrines by which we might determine if there are ‘signs’ that the current Christian Church is experiencing apostasy (Note this is not absolute, and the nuances of several topics can be debated since not all will agree with the categorization of all points.):

– Denial of basic Christian doctrines such as the Trinity, the deity of Christ, the deity of the Holy Spirit, salvation by grace, and moral absolutes as found in the Bible.
– Countless denominational divisions that contradict John 13:35 and 1 Corinthians 1:10.
– Ordination of homosexuals
– Women elders and pastors
– Not preaching the Gospel (Based on 1 Corinthians 15:1-4)
– Using the Lord’s name in vain, something a surprising number of Christians do.
– Not sending out or failing to support missionaries (Matthew 28:18-20)
– Pastors who are more concerned with growing a church than preaching the truth
– Pastors who don’t pray and seek God’s face
– Pastors who cave into pressures from the church in contradiction to the Word of God
– Pastors are to stand upon and for God’s word, no matter what the obstacles or the cost
– Pastors who fail to equip their congregations according to God’s Word
– Pastors who don’t teach damnation.
– Christians gathering teachers to themselves to make them feel good
– Denominations that either adopt evolutionary principles or refuse to take a stand on evolution

Hmmm… seems like it to me that we are ‘there’ right now!

Englishman William Booth, who founded the Salvation Army, was a man with a great zeal for the Lord and a passion for lost souls. He was also a man of vision. On the eve of the 20th Century when Christendom was caught up in euphoria about how the Church would soon take the world for Christ, Booth predicted that the Gospel would not fare well in the new century. Specifically, he ‘prophesied’ that by the end of the 20th Century, much of the Church would be preaching:

– Christianity without Christ
– Forgiveness without repentance
– Salvation without regeneration
– Heaven without Hell

Well, that IS exactly where we are today, a century later! Christians are faced with unparalleled challenges from the decay of society and the apostatizing of the Church. Increasingly, many are going to give up hope. Some will express this hopelessness by withdrawing from society and assuming a siege mentality. Others will throw in the towel and adopt the attitude, “If you can’t beat them, join them.” ;^(

The thing is, this “apostasy” comes just before the arrival of the Antichrist, which would then mean that we are probably NOT TO FAR FROM THE ‘RAPTURE’!

The apostasy of the Church leaves an opening for the Antichrist dictator—possessed by Satan—to gain control of earthly affairs on behalf of Hell. “Let no man deceive you by any means: The day of the Lord will not come until the turning away from God happens. And that day will not come until the Man of Evil appears, the one who belongs to Hell” [ 2 Thessalonians 2:3 ]. It seems to me that the ‘table’ is set for the final hours of this age, as the Earth’s residents continue to turn away from God giving a greater ‘foothold’ for Satan.

The thing is, all the technology we love and ‘worship’ today will be turned against us in Satan’s last-ditch effort to control the masses (as the World Economic Forum is proposing). The Church is the last line of defense against Satan’s diabolical scheme to overthrow God and take full control of the Earth. Church authority will continue to weaken as more and more people turn away from the faith. The free and open society we enjoy today is slowly evolving into a lawless, out-of-control culture: “As for the work this man of rebellion and hell will do when he comes, it is already going on, but he himself will not come until the one who is holding him back steps out of the way” [ 2 Thessalonians 2:7 ]. The only ‘thing’ restraining Satan right now is the Church, and when that final ‘remnant’ of the Church is raptured from this Earth, Satan will reign free for seven years (the Tribulation): “Then that Man of Evil will appear” [ 2 Thessalonians 2:8 ].

His power will be linked to modern-day technology: “When that Man of Evil comes, it will be the work of Satan. He will come with great power, and he will do all kinds of false miracles, signs, and wonders” [ 2 Thessalonians 2:9 ]. Satan’s surrogate leader—Antichrist—will be received as the ‘savior’ of the world.

Without a Church influence, the world will rapidly descend into spiritual darkness allowing the Antichrist to take control. This is not some mystical fairy tale to be mocked and ignored. We are already seeing many warnings the Bible foretells about the end of this age and the return of Jesus to stop the rebellion.

The return of Jesus will mean ‘A’ RESET for the Earth just as it was in the beginning before sin contaminated the creation. The signs are a fair warning that God is still in control and that everyone should make sure that their relationship with Him is secure!

BIBLICAL ‘RESETS’ OF THE EARTH
As we gaze at our world today, storm ‘clouds’ seem to be gathering—and darkening. All the ‘signs’ indicate that we are late in the day and that the darkness of the end of days is quickly approaching.

Liberty Magazine author Elijah Mvundura said in his article, “The Collapse of Liberal Democracy”:

“We face an apocalypse. The specter of death and economic collapse spread by the COVID-19 pandemic, the convulsive mass protests over police brutality coalescing with multiple preexisting crises: such things as global warming, identity crisis, fraying social fabric, polarized politics, tribalism, mass discontent, failing states, and an unraveling global order. If we picture these crises together, the silhouettes of the four horsemen of the Apocalypse practically become visible on the horizon, primed to romp into our postmodern and post-Christian consciousness. Propelled as we were by seemingly limitless scientific-technological innovations, we thought we had left these four horsemen far behind, way back in the premodern world. We were wrong.”

Yes, the ‘signs’ all around us are lighting up like ‘runway lights’ as the coming of Jesus approaches. Primarily, there are five ‘signs’—that relate in one way or another to the Great Reset—that point toward the coming of Jesus and the ‘wrapping up’ of this present ‘age’:

– Israel and the Deepening Middle East Crisis
– Globalism
– Russia, Iran, and the ’Gog’ Invasion
– Plagues
– Social Unrest

[ FYI: For more details on the above ‘signs’, view these select previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts (or the entire “WHO,” “WHAT,” “WHERE,” “WHEN,” “WHY,” “HOW” ’series (starting in September 2021):
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/being-a-watchman-v250/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/where-you-return-to-v273/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/fearful-of-world-war-iii-v278/ ]

This ‘horizon’ will eventually be swallowed up by the final Tribulation, when Jesus returns to earth to set up His worldwide Kingdom (the “Millenium”). THAT is ‘A’ GREAT RESET that we are headed toward very quickly!

So, at this LATE time in history, your ONLY ’HOPE’ is to ‘repent’ of your sins and ’’believe’ in Jesus as the atonement for your sins and the Savior that will take you to Heaven for eternity!!!

[ FYI: For more details on the “Blessed Hope,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/blessed-hope-v245/ ].

For all the justified criticism that has been leveled against the Great Reset, there is one point great resetters have correct. There is one point we can all agree on. This world desperately needs a great ‘reset’! It needs more than a simple ’tune-up’. It needs a total ‘transformation’!

Our planet is ’groaning’. War, social and racial unrest, shattered families, surging suicides, runaway debt, inflation, deadly new viruses, drug and alcohol abuse, rising lawlessness, and political polarization are coalescing to drive civilization to its ‘knees’. In today’s environment, good news can be difficult to find. Hope is in short supply. Our world is increasingly wary, worried, and worn. Something has to change. Something big. We all know it. We all know deep down inside that this world is not what it is supposed to be.

We all yearn for things to be much better. We imagine utopia on earth—a new world order—a great society permeated with peace and prosperity, where everything is made right.

So, is this even remotely possible? If so, who can possibly pull it off?

Well, it should be clear by now that this final, ‘ALTERNATE’ RESET we need for planet Earth will NOT COME as a result of ‘HUMAN’ EFFORT, no matter how heroic. Humanity has created the mess, and humanity will not be able to fix the mess, as hard as they may try. It just keeps getting worse. The reset will not be produced by climate change advocates, the WEF, the United Nations, peaceful protest, economic equality, antigovernment, better laws, world religions, nuclear discernment, or peace treaties.

The ONLY TRUE ‘RESETTER’ is the God of the Bible. Only the CREATOR can be the RE-CREATOR. Only the One who set the world in motion can reset it back to its original condition. God is the “Great Resetter,” and the work of total transformation will commence on the day when he sends Jesus, the Prince of Peace, back to the planet just as he promised 2,000+ years ago when Jesus ascended back into Heaven.

When Jesus fulfills that promise and comes back to earth, everything will change. His return to planet Earth is the ‘fulcrum’ of history. All hope for this dying, broken, disintegrated world flows from the reality that Jesus is coming again to conquer am receive the inheritance that Adam And Eve forfeited in the Garden of Eden (Genesis 3:22-24).

In the wake of the Rapture, a shocked, reeling world will scramble to find its ‘footing’ and pick up the ‘pieces’. Out of the chaos, according to the prophet Daniel, a group of 10 leaders—which we might call the “G10”—will rise in a reunited Roman Empire, probably centered in Europe (Daniel 7:7-8). The G10 will institute and oversee a return to some degree of order and calm and will elect a political strongman as head of their alliance (the “Antichrist”). He will usher in a brief time of global peace and safety (Revelation 6:1-2), but the peace will be short-lived, as the world will plunge headlong into a time of global ‘angst’ Scripture calls the Tribulation (Matthew 24:9, 21; 1 Thessalonians 5:2-3).

The divine purpose of the Tribulation is to punish the nations for their hardened, age-long rebellion against God, to purge and prepare Israel for its role in the science Kingdom, and to ‘redeem’ an innumerable host of people who will return to Jesus as their Savior during Earth darkest days (Revelation 7:9-17).

[ FYI: For more details on the Tribulation, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/final-tribulation-v246/ ]

A” ‘GREAT RESET’
The “MILLENNIUM” is the time that comes after Jesus’ Second Coming. It is the transition between the old Earth and the New Earth, and it will be a ‘foretaste’ of the New Heaven and a New Earth—a precursor of the eternal state. It will be different from life as we know it today, but it will still fall short of the absolute perfection of the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem (after the Millennium).

The Bible tells us that Jesus will return triumphantly to the earth, split the Mount of Olives in half, march through the Eastern Gate, and sit on David’s throne in Jerusalem. He will then start His rule of the world for 1,000 years in a mediatorial Messianic Kingdom on Earth.

This is a literal Kingdom, a theocracy, in which God fulfills His promises to the Jewish prophets that He would one day bring the Kingdom to Jerusalem and that the King would reign upon the earth. This will also be a time when Satan is bound in the “bottomless pit” for the same 1,000 years.

It will be an unprecedented time of peace, that will most likely serve as the greatest ‘harvest’ of souls in human history (becoming “born again”). In addition to this, part of the millennial Kingdom’s importance will be to fulfill the biblical covenant God has made throughout history: The Abrahamic Covenant (Genesis 12, 15); The Land Covenant (Deuteronomy 30); The Davidic Covenant (2 Samuel 7:12-16); and the New Covenant (Jeremiah 31:31-34).

– So, Why A ‘Millennium’?
So then, why even have a Millennium at all? Well, there are a few obvious purposes:

To ‘Reward’ The People Of God
God’s people will receive rewards for faithful service (Isaiah 40:10; Matthew 16:27; Revelation, 22:12).

To ‘Respond’ To The Predictions Of The Prophets
During the 1,000-year reign of Jesus, the prophecies and promises of the Old Testament prophets will be fulfilled. Many of the promises God made to Israel, have yet to be fulfilled, however, they will be during the Millennium (Psalm 72:11; Isaiah 9:7; Isaiah 60:21; Zachariah 9:10; Luke 1:32-33)

To ‘Receive’ The Answer To The Disciples’ Prayer
Jesus taught that the Kingdom will come. The ultimate Fulfillment will be in the Millennium. That is when the Kingdom will come in its ‘fullness’, and God’s will shall be done on earth as it is in Heaven (Matthew 6:10).

To ‘Re-emphasize’ Man’s Depravity And The Necessity Of Jesus’ Death
During the Millennium, Satan will be bound and cast into the bottomless pit. Again, however, at the end of the Millennium, the Devil will be temporarily released to stage one final worldly rebellion. This tells us that things will not be ‘perfect’ during the Millennium. Death, though rare, will occur. Sin, though diminished, will still be possible, and the human heart will still be capable of rebellion. Then, when Satan, newly released and furious, goes out into the world, he will deceive the nations again—demonstrating with absolute finality, the utter inability of human beings to ‘chart’ their way and to save themselves. This will be the final proof of the hopeless depravity of the human heart apart from God’s grace!

The following are a few of the prominent ‘features’ of the Millennium:

– Permanent Peace
– Perpetual Happiness
– Pervasive Glory
– Prevailing Justice
– Perfect Health
– Profound Prosperity

Another reason for the Millennial Kingdom is that Jesus must be, as theologian Charles Ryrie said:

“Triumphant in the same ‘arena’ where He was seemingly defeated. His rejection by the rulers of this world was on this earth (1 Corinthians 2:8). His exultation must also be on this earth. And so it shall be when he comes again to rule this world in righteousness. Hey has waited long for His inheritance; soon he shall receive it.”

So, try to imagine a time when there will be no more poverty, and every person will have all that their heart desires! Imagine that there will be no prisons, no hospitals, no mental institutions, no army bases, no gambling ‘dens’, no bars, no houses of ill repute, and no homes for the aged and the infirm. The wolf and the lamb, the calf and the lion, and a little child and the serpent will all play together! The implements of war will be relics of the past.

Longevity of life will return as in the days before the Flood of Noah. “No more shall there be in it an infant who lives but a few days, or an old man who does not fill out his days, for the young man shall die a hundred years old, and the sinner a hundred years old shall be accursed” [ Isaiah 65:20 ]. (That means that a normal lifespan will be multiple hundreds of years.) All who die during the Millennium will be resurrected at the end of the Millennium (Revelation 20:4-5) to face their ‘final’ judgment.

The Bible also reveals that all married couples will continue to have children throughout the Millennium. Now, even though the Millennium will involve the perfect government of Jesus, it will also include ‘fallen’ human beings. These people will give birth to babies and raise children, some of whom will not necessarily choose to follow Jesus. As long as they do not externally rebel against the government of Jesus, they are permitted to live during the Millennial Kingdom. But, all ‘outward’ rebellion will be stopped instantly.

– General ‘Characteristics’
The Bible also reveals that those who enter into the Millennial Kingdom will enjoy some very unique physical blessings:

– The ‘curse’ that the earth has been under since Adam and Eve sinned in the Garden of Eden will be lifted. The earth itself will begin to bloom and blossom so that even the desert will no longer be parched and dry (Isaiah 35:1).
– There will be a blessed and enhanced environment (Isaiah 35:1-2)
– Rain and food will be plentiful (Isaiah 30:23-24)
– Animals will live in harmony with each other and with humans (Isaiah 11:6-9)
– Physical infirmities and illness will be removed (Isaiah 29:18; Isaiah 33:24)
– Prosperity will prevail, resulting in joy and gladness (Jeremiah 31:12-14)
– The earth will experience a great population explosion. Most likely, by the end of the Millennium, there will be more people on the face of the earth than ever before in the history of mankind.

The Bible then reveals that Jesus will institute a perfect government, and it will have these characteristics:

– It will be global (Psalm 2:6-9; Daniel 7:14)
– It will be centered in Jerusalem (Isaiah 2:2-4; Jeremiah 3:17)
– He will reign on the throne of David (Jeremiah 23:5-6)
– It will be perfect and effective (Isaiah 9:6-7)
– It will bring lasting global peace (Micah 4:3-4)

In short, Jesus’ government will yield an ideal ‘climate’ for living on Earth. He will succeed where all human governments have failed before!

There will also be great spiritual blessings during the Millennial Kingdom (Jeremiah 31:31-34):

– The Holy Spirit will be present and will indwell all believers (Isaiah 44:3; Ezekiel 36:27; Ezekiel 37:14; Joel 2:28-29)
– Righteousness will prevail around the world (Isaiah 46:13; Isaiah 51:5; Isaiah 60:21)
– Obedience to Jesus will prevail (Psalm 22:27; Jeremiah 31:33)
– Holiness will prevail (Isaiah 35:8-10; Joel 3:17)
– Faithfulness will prevail (Psalm 85:10-11; Zachariah 8:3)
– All the world’s residents will worship Jesus (Zachariah 8:23)
– God’s presence will be made manifest (Ezekiel 37:27-28; Zachariah 2:10-13)

How AWESOME this will be!

HOWEVER, the thing is, the ‘heart’ of man is going to be no different during this Millennial period than it was before the Tribulation. Sin will be less because Satan and his demonic hoards will be restrained, but there will still be sin and rebellion in people’s hearts because all humans are born with a sin nature. According to Jesus, the evil that is in the world comes from ‘within’ man. All Satan does is multiply it through temptation. That is one of the purposes of the Millennium. God is going to use the Millennium to prove that Satan’s ‘religion’, humanism, is ‘bankrupt’ when it purports that the way to change the world is to change society. Humanists take that position because they believe that evil is rooted in society. But the Word of God says that evil is rooted in the fallen nature of man and that the only way to change the world is to change people’s ‘hearts’!

As the Millennium commences, the Temple has been built and the nations of the earth are coming there to worship the true God and Jesus there. Prosperity reigns in a paradise regained. The ‘Garden of Eden’ is back and it is worldwide! Poverty and injustice are unknown. Everyone has their heart’s desire. It will be an INCREDIBLE TIME!

The bloom of youth is on everyone’s cheek. Cemeteries are crumbling relics of the past and tears no longer flow! The “Golden Age” has dawned!

Jesus’ reign is righteous. Sin is visited with swift and certain judgment. It’s everything that you could never even imagine—BEYOND YOUR WILDEST DREAMS!

– ‘Peace’ At Last!
There is a day coming when Israel will no longer have to constantly be on high alert. A day is coming in which the term anti-Semitism will be relegated to ancient history. A day is coming in which the Jewish people will have complete peace and serenity. In that day, they will have turned to Jesus for salvation, entered into His Millennial Kingdom, and received the blessed covenant promises God made to them long ago. God is a promise keeper (Numbers 23:19; Joshua 23:14; 1 Kings 8:56), and is truly faithful!

These covenants will find their ultimate fulfillment in the future Millennial Kingdom over which Jesus will personally rule. This Kingdom is a common theme throughout Scripture (Revelation 20:2-7; Isaiah 65:18-23; Ezekiel 34:25-29; Daniel 7:13-14; Micah 4:1-7; and Zephaniah 3:9-20).

[ FYI: For more details about the Millennial Kingdom, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mankinds-destiny-v247/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/kingdoms-past-present-and-future-v262/ ]

Now, just to be clear about the ‘viewpoint’ I come from about the Millennium, I am a “pre-millennialist.” However, there are two other interpretations: Amillennialism and Post-millennialism.

An “Amillennialist” believes the Millennium on earth is NOT ‘LITERAL’, and Jesus is reigning in the spiritual realm right now. Amillennialists interpret Revelation’s prophecies about the Millennium as pure symbolism. They take all the promises given by God to Israel in the Old Testament and apply them to the New Testament Church.

The “Post-millennialist” view believes that Jesus is coming AFTER the 1,000 years of peace on the earth (the Rapture). The thing is, there are not many post-millennials around today since their theory about the world is getting better and better is rapidly being disapproved by the reality that our world is getting worse and worse (which is what the Bible teaches).

The “Pre-millennialist” then believes that Jesus must come BEFORE the Church can enjoy 1,000 years of peace on earth. Jesus will come in power (His Second Coming) and He will rule and reign from Jerusalem. God will give His nation Israel a second chance to repent, and they rise to political prominence.

[ In this day and age, the Pre-millennialist’s goal is to ‘prepare’ people for the Second Coming of Jesus by preaching the glorious saving Gospel. (Just one thing I’m trying to do with this post!) ].

[ FYI: For many more details about the Millennial Kingdom, click on the following link:
https://www.preceptaustin.org/the_millennium_3 ].

– ‘Final’ Judgment
As wonderful as the Millennial Kingdom will be, it will not be “Heaven.” Despite the amazing blessings and a prophetic fulfillment in the Millennial Kingdom, this time will be sandwiched between two important conflicts. Before the Millennial Kingdom, Satan and his forces are defeated by Jesus at Armageddon (at the end of the Tribulation). Then, at the end of the 1,000-year Millennial Kingdom, Satan is released for one final rebellion:

“And when the thousand years are ended, Satan will be released from his prison and will come out to deceive the nations that are at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them for battle; their number is like the sand of the sea. And they marched up over the broad plain of the earth and surrounded the camp of the saints and the beloved city, but fire came down from heaven and consumed them, and the devil who had deceived them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur where the beast and the false prophet were, and they will be tormented day and night forever and ever”
[ Revelation 20:7-10 ].

Satan’s second ‘coming’ will prove that even after 1,000 years, locked away in the abyss, Satan will be the same horrendous self he was when he was ‘thrown’ in there—is nature will remain unchanged!

Satan and his enemy army surround Jerusalem. However, the battle will be short-lived. This so-called ‘battle’ will serve as an ‘execution’. As a result, Satan, the global antagonist, and his demonic army will be instantly destroyed—with their souls entering the realm of punishment, the “Lake of Fire,” FOREVER! (Revelation 20:11-15)

Satan’s final sentence will be followed by the final judgment of all unbelievers, who refused to trust God’s gracious provision—Jesus—for salvation and forgiveness. In one of the Bible’s most sobering scenes, those who appear at the Great White Throne Judgment will be condemned to the lake of fire (Revelation 20:11-15).

The Millennial Kingdom is essential and fulfilling the long-awaited promise of an inheritance of the Messiah, Jesus Christ.

[ FYI: For WAY MORE details about the Millennium, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mankinds-destiny-v247/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/home-at-last-v290/ ]

This is “A” ‘GREAT RESET’ for the Earth. (“THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’ is yet to come!)

THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’
With all of the judgment finalized, this present universe will be destroyed in a fiery conflagration of cosmic proportions. The Apostle Peter describes the “refreshing” of the universe—taking it back to what God created in the first place:

“But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, and then the heavens will pass away with a roar, and the heavenly bodies will be burned up and dissolved, and the earth and the works that are done on it will be exposed.

“Since all these things are thus to be dissolved, what sort of people ought you to be in lives of holiness and godliness, waiting for and hastening the coming of the day of God, because of which the heavens will be set on fire and dissolved, and the heavenly bodies will melt as they burn! But according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth in which righteousness dwells”
[ 2 Peter 3:10-13 ].

After this, God will create a New Heaven, a New Earth, and a new heavenly city, the New Jerusalem. He will then make the New Earth His ‘capital’ for the new creation (Revelation 21:1-2).

– God’s ‘Renewal’ Program
God has never given up on His original creation. Somehow we have managed to overlook the entire Bible with the vocabulary that makes this point clear: Reconcile; Redeem; Restore; Recover; Return; Renew; Regenerate; and Resurrect. Each of these biblical words begins with the “re-“ prefix, suggesting a return to an original condition that was ruined or lost. God always seeks to ‘restore’ His original creation.

Religion professor Albert M. Wolters, in his book “Creation Regained,” wrote:

“[God] hangs on to his fallen original creation and salvages it. He refuses to abandon the work of his hands—in fact, he sacrifices his only son to save his original project. Humankind, which has botched its original mandate and the whole creation along with it, is given another chance in Christ; we are reinstated as God’s managers on earth. The original good creation is to be restored.”

If God wanted to consign us all to Hell and start all over, He could have done that. He could have made a new ‘Adam’ and a new ‘Eve’ and sent the old ones to Hell. HOWEVER, He did not do that. Instead, He chose to redeem what He started with—the heavens, earth, and mankind—to bring them all back to His original creation and intention. God is the ultimate ‘salvage’ artist. He loves to restore things to their original condition, and then to make them even better! God has never surrendered His ‘title deed’ to the earth. He owns it, and He will not relinquish it to his ‘enemies’ (Satan, demons, and even humanity!).

God planted mankind on earth to be ‘fruitful’, ‘multiply’, ‘replenish’, and ‘subdue’ the Earth to His glory (Genesis 1:28). However, that plan has never been fulfilled… yet! God determined, from the beginning, that He will redeem mankind and restore the earth—so His original plan will be ‘fulfilled’!

Jesus explicitly said that “all things” would be renewed (Matthew 1:28). The Greek word “paligenesia” translated as “renewal,” comes from two words that mean “new genesis” or “coming back from death to life.” So, “all things” appear to be all-encompassing! So, according to Jesus Himself, our destiny is to live forever on a ‘restored’ and ‘renewed’ Earth!

Theologian A. A. Hodge summarized this well:

“Heaven, as the eternal home of the divine man and of all the redeemed members of the human race, must necessarily be thoroughly human in its structure, conditions, and activities. Its joys and occupations must be all rational, moral, emotional, voluntary, and active. There must be the exercise of all the faculties, the gratification of all tastes, the development of all latent capacities, the realization of all ideals. The reason, the intellectual curiosity, the imagination, the aesthetic instincts, the holy affections, the social affinities, the inexhaustible resources of strength and power native to the human soul, must find in heaven exercise and satisfaction… Heaven will prove the consummate flower and fruit of the whole creation and of all the history of the universe.”

Despite vestiges of beauty and joy, something on this earth is terribly wrong. Not only God’s creatures but even inanimate objects seem to ‘feel’ it. However, there is hope! Reformer Martin Luther put it this way: “Our Lord has written the promise of the Resurrection not in the books alone, but in every leaf in springtime.” So, even the creation hopes for, even anticipates, the New Heavens and the New Earth:

“For the creation waits with eager longing for the revealing of the sons of God. For the creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of him who subjected it, in hope that the creation itself will be set free from its bondage to corruption and obtain the freedom of the glory of the children of God. For we know that the whole creation has been groaning together in the pains of childbirth until now. And not only the creation, but we ourselves, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan inwardly as we wait eagerly for adoption as sons, the redemption of our bodies”
[ Romans 8:19-23 ].

Now, as we think back to the scene in the Garden of Eden—in which Adam and Eve sinned against God—we remember that a ‘Curse’ was placed upon the earth by God (Genesis 3:17-18; Romans 8:20-22). Hence, before the eternal Kingdom can be made manifest, God must deal with this cursed earth.

Perhaps the most extended section of Scripture dealing with the passing of the old heavens and earth is 2 Peter 3:7-13:

“By the same word, the present heavens and earth are reserved for fire, being kept for the day of judgment and destruction of the ungodly.

“But do not forget this one thing, dear friends: With the Lord a day is like a thousand years, and a thousand years are like a day. The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. Instead, he is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance.

“But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar; the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything done in it will be laid bare.

“Since everything will be destroyed in this way, what kind of people ought you to be? You ought to live holy and godly lives as you look forward to the day of God and speed its coming. That day will bring about the destruction of the heavens by fire, and the elements will melt in the heat. But in keeping with his promise we are looking forward to a New Heaven and a New Earth, where righteousness dwells.”

Now, after the universe is ‘cleansed’, and God creates a New Heaven and a New Earth, all vestiges of the Curse in Satan’s presence will be forever removed. Theologian Albert Barnes put it this way:

“The earth will know more be cursed, and will produce no more thorns and the salt; man will be no more compelled to earn his bread by the sweat of his brow; women will be no more doom to bear the sufferings which she does now; and the abodes of the Blessed will be no more cursed by sickness, sorrow, tears, and death.”

John F. Walvood adds, “All that spoke of sin and its penalties is wiped away in heaven, and there is nothing left that is a reminder of soon. All are blessed, not cursed.” ALL things will be made new, and how blessed it will be!

This will be a COMPLETE ‘GREAT RESET’ back to the original creation!

– The New Heavens And New Earth
The biblical doctrine of the New Earth implies something startling: If we want to know what the ultimate Heaven—our eternal ‘Home’—will look like, the best place to start is by looking around us right now (as C. S. Lewis envisioned at the end Narnia series). We should not close our eyes and try to imagine the unimaginable. We should just open our eyes because the present earth is as much a valid ‘reference point’ for envisioning the New Earth as our present bodies are a compelling ‘guide’ for envisioning our new bodies (like Jesus’ resurrection body).

After all, we are living in the ‘remembrance’ (built ‘into’ humans) of a perfect world (Garden of Eden) and the remembrance of perfect humanity (Adam and Eve before the “Fall”). We should not be ‘concerned’ that the New Earth will have anything to do with what is wrong with this one. Can we not imagine what Earth would be like unhindered by ‘sin’, ‘disease’, and ‘death’? Can we not envision natural beauty untainted by ‘degradation’ (The Second Law of Thermodynamics)?

The idea of the New Earth, as a physical place, is the invention of a transcendent God who made physical human beings to live on a physical earth and who then becomes a man Himself (Jesus) to live on that same earth. He did this so He might redeem mankind and the earth, and to forever enjoy the company of humanity in a world He made ‘ESPECIALLY’ for them!

So, when this ‘new’ creation is finished, and God will have ‘purified’ and ‘renovated’ it—being the same Earth and the same Heaven—it will be made ‘fresh’ and new. All the things of sin will be gone! All the evidence of death and the signs of disease will all be gone! What, then, will the world be like?

– ‘Reversal’ Of The Curse
– ‘Restoration’ Of All Things
– ‘Removal’ Of The Seas

The New Heaven will be splendid beyond comparison, a place characterized by laughter without tears, life without death, singing without mourning, contentment without crying, and pleasure without pain! Then, a resplendent city will crown the New Heavens and New Earth, called the New Jerusalem!

At the dawn of the eternal age, this celestial city will descend with its glorious foundations and rest upon the Earth. We will live ‘within’ the New Heaven, ‘on’ the New Earth, and ‘in’ the New Jerusalem, ‘THE’ eternal City. Our eternal destinations will be an unlimited domain! Woo-hoo!!!

The eternal Heaven will be vastly different—much expanded—from the Heaven where God now dwells. In the consummation of all things, God will remake the Heavens and the Earth, merging His Heaven with this Earth in a perfect dwelling place that will be the believer’s ‘Home’ forever. In other words, Heaven, the realm where God dwells, will ‘expand’ to encompass the entire universe of creation—which will be fashioned anew in a manner fit for the glory of God!

The Apostle Peter described this as the hope of every redeemed person: “According to His promise, we are all waiting for New Heavens and a New Earth in which righteousness dwells” [ 2 Peter 3:13 ]. In addition to that, centuries previous, the prophet Isaiah gave some ‘insight’ into God’s promise for the New Heavens and the Earth (Isaiah 66:22). What we see in microcosm at the end of Isaiah is spelled out more fully at the end of the Revelation.

So, the New Heavens and the New Earth will come when the first Heaven and the first Earth have “passed away.” The Greek word translated “new” is “kainos,” which means “ New in nature, or something that has been refurbished or improved.” This stresses that the New Earth that God will create will not just be new—as opposed to old—it will also be ‘different’.

In Revelation, 21:1, the Greek word used for the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem is also “kainos.” So, they are not a different Heaven, a different Earth, and a different heavenly Jerusalem, but they have all ‘been restored’, ‘refurbished’, and ‘upgraded’ to brand-new condition.

The Apostle Paul also uses the same Greek word twice in 2 Corinthians 5:17: “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation. The old has passed away; behold, the new has come.” The word also denotes a change in ‘quality’. The New Heavens and New Earth, like a believer’s newness in Christ, will be glorified, free from sin’s curse, and will be eternal.

Now, the Bible doesn’t tell us exactly what the New Earth will look like, but we have reason to believe that it will be, in many respects, familiar. The city of Jerusalem will be there—albeit a New Jerusalem—which has streets, walls, and gates. The Apostle John also mentions a high mountain, water, a stream, and trees. Best of all, it is populated with the people of God—real, ‘physical’ people whom we will know and with whom we will have eternal fellowship! That’s going to be REALLY cool!

The New Earth’s natural wonders will presumably be more spectacular than those we know now. We can expect more magnificent mountains, more beautiful lakes, and more beautiful flowers than those on this earth today. When we see the New Earth, we will look back at the present Earth and conclude, creatively speaking, that God was just ‘warming up’ and getting started on creating our eternal home (i.e. C. S. Lewis’ “Shadowlands”).

So, just as a ‘thought starter’, take a look at God’s ‘track record’ in creating natural wonders in this universe. On Mars, the volcano Olympus Mons rises 79,000 feet, nearly three times higher than Mount Everest. The base of this volcano is 370 miles across and would cover the entire state of Nebraska. The “Valles Marineris” is a vast canyon that stretches one-sixth of the way around Mars—2,800 miles long, 370 miles wide, and 4.5 miles deep. Hundreds of our Grand Canyon could fit inside it. I’m thinking that we will all be STUNNED by the awesomeness of God’s renewed creation!

Now, the New Earth probably will have much more spectacular features than these. Then again, also imagine what we might find on the new Mars, or the new Saturn, or the new Jupiter after the entire universe has been ‘reconditioned’.

The Bible’s final two chapters make it very clear that every aspect of the new creation will be greater than the old. Just as the present Jerusalem is not nearly as great as the New Jerusalem will be, no part of the present creation—including the Earth and the celestial heavens—is as great as it will be in the new creation.

The Bible promises that have and will be a realm of perfect bliss. Tears, pain, sorrow, and crying will have no place whatsoever in the New Heavens and the New Earth. It will be a place where God’s people will dwell together with Him eternally, utterly free from all the effects of sin and evil! Woo-hoo!

The New Heaven and New Earth will be “where righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). Isaiah says that “the former things will not be remembered, nor will they come to mind” [ Isaiah 65:17 ]. Eden WILL BE ‘restored’.

The creation of the New Heavens and New Earth brings the promise that God “will wipe every tear from their eyes” (Revelation 21:4). This event comes after the Tribulation, after Jesus’ Second Coming, after the Millennial Kingdom, after the final rebellion, after the final judgment of Satan, and after the Great White Throne Judgment.

– An ‘Edenic’ Paradise
This world—including all of its natural wonders, culture, and people—gives us a ‘foretaste’ and a glimpse of the next world, only they all will be PERFECT!

Every joy on earth is an inkling, a ‘whisper’ of a greater joy to come. All of the 67 places I mentioned in a previous post (https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/) that were described as “heaven on earth” are just rough ‘sketches’ of what will be on the New Earth. The New Earth will be a place of sensory delight, breathtaking beauty, satisfying relationships, and personal joy!

So, if a deteriorating Earth is so stunning, what will it look like when it is made new, restored to the ‘original’? Well, Earth’s beauty will just gain even deeper beauty, since it will be ‘redeemed’ and perfect.

Author and lay theologian C. S. Lewis put it this way:

“We want something else which can hardly be put into words—to be united with the beauty we see, to pass into it, to receive it into ourselves, two bays in it, to become part of it.”

So, will the New Earth just ‘start over’ as a new Eden, and not have the cumulative benefits of all of the human knowledge and technology we have developed up to now?

Well, religion professor Albert M. Wolters said this about that:

“Life in the new creation will not be a repristination of all things—a going back to the way things were at the beginning. Rather, life in the new creation will be a restoration of all things—involving the removal of every sinful impurity and the retaining of all that is holy and good. Were the new creation to exclude the diversity of the nations and the glory of the kings of the earth, it would be impoverished rather than enriched, historically regressive, and reactionary rather than progressive. To express the point in the form of a question: is it likely that the music of Bach and Mozart, the painting of Rembrandt, the writing of Shakespeare, the discoveries of science, etc., will be altogether lost upon life in the new creation?”

C. S. Lewis so aptly said “In the truest sense, Christian pilgrims have the best of both worlds. We have joy whenever this world reminds us of the next, and we take solace whenever it does not.”

In one of Lewis’s books in the “Narnia” series—“The Last Battle”—he portrays the girl Lucy as she mourns the loss of Narnia, a great world created by Aslan, a beloved world that she assumed had been forever destroyed. Jewel, the unicorn mourns too, calling his beloved Narnia, “The only world I’ve ever known.”

Although Lucy and her family and friends are on the threshold of Aslan country (Heaven), she still looks back at Narnia and feels a profound loss. However, as she gets deeper into Aslan’s country, she notices something unexpected. What happens next, reflects Lewis’ interpretation (reasonably biblical) of the New Earth:

“‘If you ask me,’ said Edmund, ‘It’s like somewhere in the Narnian world. Look at those mountains ahead—and the big ice-mountains beyond them. Surely they’re rather like the mountains we used to see from Narnia, the ones up Westward beyond the Waterfall?’

‘Yes, so they are,’ said Peter. ‘Only these are bigger.’

‘I don’t think those ones are so very like anything in Narnia,’ said Lucy. ‘But look there.’ She pointed Southward to their left, and everyone stopped and turned to look. ‘Those hills,’ said Lucy, ‘The nice woody ones and the blue ones behind—aren’t they very like the Southern border of Narnia?’

‘Like!’ cried Edmund after a moment’s silence. ‘Why, they’re exactly like. Look, there’s Mount Pire with his forked head, and there’s the pass into Archenland and everything!’

‘And yet they’re not like,’ said Lucy. ‘They’re different. They have more colors one them and they look further away than I remembered and they’re more… more… oh, I don’t know…’

‘More like the real thing,’ said the Lord Digory softly.

Suddenly Farsight the Eagle spread his wings, soared thirty or forty feet up into the air, circled round and then alighted on the ground.

‘King and Queens,’ he cried, ‘We have all been blind. We are only beginning to see where we are. From up there I have seen it all—Ettinsmuir, Beaversdam, the Great River, and Cair Paravel still shining on the edge of the Eastern Sea. Narnia is not dead. This is Narnia.’

‘But how can it be?’ said Peter. ‘For Aslan told us older ones that we should never return to Narnia, and here we are.’

‘And it’s all so different,’ said Lucy.

‘The Eagle is right,’ said the Lord Digory. ‘Listen, Peter. When Aslan said you could never go back to Narnia, he meant the Narnia you were thinking of. But that was not the real Narnia. That had a beginning and an end. It was only a shadow or a copy of the real Narnia which has always been here and always will be here: just as our own world, England and all, is only a shadow or copy of something in Aslan’s real world. You need not mourn over Narnia, Lucy. All of the old Narnia that mattered, all the dear creatures, have been drawn into the real Narnia through the Door. And of course, it is different; as different as a real thing is from a shadow or as waking life is from a dream.’ His voice stirred everyone like a trumpet as he spoke these words: but when he added under his breath ‘It’s all in Plato, all in Plato: bless me, what do they teach them at these schools!’ The older ones laughed. It was so exactly like the sort of thing they had heard him say long ago in that other world where his beard was gray instead of golden. He knew why they were laughing and joined in the laugh himself. But very quickly they all became grave again: for, as you know, there is a kind of happiness and wonder that makes you serious. It is too good to waste on jokes.

The difference between the old Narnia and the new Narnia was like that. The new one was a deeper country: every rock and flower and blade of grass looked as if it meant more. I can’t describe it any better than that: if you ever get there you will know what I mean.

It was the Unicorn who summed up what everyone was feeling. He stamped his right fore-hoof on the ground and neighed, and then cried:

‘I have come home at last! This is my real country! I belong here. This is the land I have been looking for all my life, though I never knew it till now. The reason why we loved the old Narnia is that it sometimes looked a little like this. Bree-hee-hee! Come further up, come further in!’

He shook his mane and sprang forward into a great gallop—a unicorn’s gallop, which, in our world, would have carried him out of sight in a few moments. But now a most strange thing happened. Everyone else began to run, and they found, to their astonishment, that they could keep up with him: not only the dogs and the humans but even fat little Puzzle and short-legged Poggin the Dwarf. The air flew in their faces as if they were driving fast in a car without a windscreen. The country flew past as if they were seeing it from the windows of an express train. Faster and faster they raced, but no one got hot or tired or out of breath.

About half an hour later—or it might have been half a hundred years later, for a time there is not like time here—Lucy stood with her dear friend, her oldest Narnian friend, the Faun Tumnus, looking down over the wall of that garden, and seeing all Narnia spread out below. But when you looked down you found that this hill was much higher than you had thought: it sank down with shining cliffs, thousands of feet below them, and trees in that lower world looked no bigger than grains of green salt. Then she turned inward again and stood with her back to the wall and looked at the garden.

‘I see,’ she said at last, thoughtfully. ‘I see now. This garden is like the stable. It is far bigger inside than it was outside.’

‘Of course, Daughter of Eve,’ said the Faun. ‘The further up and the further in you go, the bigger everything gets. The inside is larger than the outside.’

Lucy looked hard at the garden and saw that it was not really a garden but whole world, with its own rivers and woods and sea and mountains. But they were not strange: she knew them all.

‘I see,’ she said. ‘This is still Narnia, and more real and more beautiful than the Narnia down below, just as it was more real and more beautiful than the Narnia outside the stable door! I see… world within world, Narnia within Narnia…’

‘Yes,’ said Mr. Tumnus, ‘Like an onion: except that as you continue to go in and in, each circle is larger than the last.

You do not yet look so happy as I mean you to be.

Lucy said, ‘We’re so afraid of being sent away, Aslan. And you have sent us back into our own world so often.’

‘No fear of that,’ said Aslan. ‘Have you not guessed?’

Their hearts leaped and a wild hope rose within them.

‘There was a real railway accident,’ said Aslan softly. ‘Your father and mother and all of you are—as you used to call it in the Shadowlands—dead. The term is over: the holidays have begun. The dream is ended: this is the morning.’

And as He spoke He no longer looked to them like a lion; but the things that began to happen after that were so great and beautiful that I cannot write them. And for us this is the end of all the stories, and we can most truly say that they all lived happily ever after. But for them, it was only the beginning of the real story. All their life in this world and all their adventures in Narnia had only been the cover and the title page: now at last they were beginning Chapter One of the Great Story which no one on earth has read: which goes on forever: in which every chapter is better than the one before.”

So, did you catch Lewis’ message? Our Earth is the “Shadowlands,” a ‘copy’ of something that once was, Eden, and yet will be, the New Earth. All of the old earth that matters will be drawn into Heaven, to be part of the New Earth!

Through “The Chronicles of Narnia” series, we can learn to envision the promised Heaven on Earth biblically and compellingly. We can learn to anticipate nature, culture, and humanity that will be, as Lord Digory put it, “More like the real thing.”

Then, Lewis goes even further later in the final book of the Narnia series, “The Last Battle”:

“‘Why!’ exclaimed Peter. ‘It’s England. And that’s the house itself—Professor Kirk’s old home in the country where all our adventures began!’

‘I thought that house had been destroyed,’ said Edmund.

‘So it was,’ said the Faun. ‘But you are looking at the England within England, the real England just as this is the real Narnia. And in that inner England, no good thing is destroyed’”

[ VIDEO: “Narnia Talk: The Last Battle – Death & The World’s End, Joy & Hope” ]

The reviewer in the above video, “Durban,” had a great comment about what Lewis was trying to communicate about being ‘Home’:

“The world has ended, and here they find themselves in Heaven. And yet Edmond and Peter and all of them are looking around saying. “This is flippin’ Narnia. Those are those so-and-so mountains. This is the so-and-so place.” They’re recognizing these places, but they’re like, “Why does it look the same and not the same?”

And it turns out it’s like Plato. That’s what they reference—it’s like Plato (his “Theory of Forms”). It’s the fact that they were in the Shadowlands. They were in the copy and now they’re in the real thing. So, all of Narnia was a land built off the model of this true land. This is the real land.

And I love how C. S. Lewis tried to describe it, because even as C. S. Lewis is describing this whole heavenly Narnia, he can’t describe it. Which, to me, even though this is total fiction, just him not being able to describe it adds that much more authenticity to where they are to the paradise that they’re in!

And the best he says, ‘It’s like,’ okay, ‘Imagine you’re like looking in a mirror and you see the reflection of the beach behind you. But then you turn around and you actually go to the beach. Yeah, you had the idea of what it looked like but once you’re actually at the beach, it’s bigger, it’s more real—because you’re not just looking at a reflection, you’re standing in the real thing.’

That’s what he’s saying. Narnia was the Shadowlands. Narnia was the copy. Now they’re in the real thing. And I think it was Jewel the unicorn and said, ‘Oh my gosh I didn’t know it until now this is home. This is why I love Narnia. This is why I found this or that beautiful. Because really I was craving this. Somewhere inside I knew about this. I knew about this real land. This is the real home. This is what I’ve desired all my life. I belong. I am at home.’”

So, all this to say, based on what Scripture tells, what Lewis envisions is very possible—we are currently in the “Shadowlands” of what the New Earth will be. On the New Earth, we will see the ‘real’ Earth, which includes the good things of God’s original creation, but also of mankind’s creative ‘expressions’ on the current Earth. When this Earth is ‘renewed’, no current ‘good’ thing will be destroyed!

A ‘PERSONAL’ RESET
A great global ‘reset’ IS coming—that much is for sure. All things will ultimately be MADE ‘NEW’ BY GOD HIMSELF! There is no greater hope for God’s people than that!

So, while they wait for their “blessed hope,” believers are eagerly looking for the End Times. But what about the meantime? How do we live in the meantime as we await Jesus’ coming? How can we effectively navigate the ‘human’ “Great Reset” before God’s FINAL GREAT ‘RESET’?

Well, as the World Economic Forum’s agenda is advancing and accelerating, believers in Jesus will find themselves increasingly in the ‘crosshairs’ of the global elites. Even now, believers are being vilified and viewed as the main opposition to progress. They are “in the way” of the elites’ agenda. So, how do faithful believers live today in a culture that is increasingly hostile to them and their beliefs?

The thing is, the Bible instructs believers, again and again, to expect opposition and persecution for what they believe. Jesus said, “Blessed are you when people insult you and persecute you, and falsely say all things of evil against you because of me” [ Matthew 5:11 ]. Jesus also said, “If the world hates you, keep in mind that it hated me first. If you belong to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you” [ John 15:18-19 ].

By God’s providence and mercy, America has largely been sheltered and shielded from religious persecution—but that is rapidly changing. A colossal cultural ‘shift’ is underway. The ‘winds of change’ are blowing, and an epic cultural ‘reset’ is sweeping the country. There is a spiritual climate shift, or what some call a “spiritual climate change.” Hostility against Christians is surging and they no longer enjoy a ‘home-field’ advantage in America. Pastor Erwin Lutzer said this:

“In the past, we, as American Christians, always had home-field advantage. We knew that in the crown there were those from the other team who were opposed to us, but the larger stadium crown was either on our side are indifferent to our wellness as Christians. All that has changed. Now we play our games on enemy turf. A minority is on our side while the wider culture sits in the stands shouting hateful epitaphs at us Power rejoicing in our losses. And the elitists in the skyboxes cheer them on.”

So, yes, the believer will experience mistreatment in the culture, however, they must ‘deposit’ themselves into God’s safekeeping, trusting that their deposit will yield eternal dividends: “Therefore let those who suffer according to God’s will entrust their souls to a faithful Creator while doing good” [ 1 Peter 4:19 ].

Entrusting oneself to God begins by entrusting one’s heart and soul to Him for the first time by trusting in Jesus as your Savior from sin. If you have never personally accepted Jesus as your Savior and entrusted your eternity to Him, then let me STRONGLY SUGGEST YOU ‘ACCEPT’ HIM RIGHT NOW—since none of us knows what will happen in the next year, month, day, hour, or even the next few minutes!

The Bible says that the ONLY ‘WAY’ to come into a relationship with God the Father and gain admission into Heaven is through His Son Jesus Christ. You must admit that you are a sinner, acknowledge that you cannot save yourself, and accept Jesus as the Savior you need. You must personally receive him by faith. You must accept Jesus and what he has done for you: “But as many as received him, do them he gave the right to become children of God” [ John 1:12 ]. When you receive Jesus, God promises to give you the precious gift of eternal life: “He who believes in the sun has eternal life” [ John 3:36 ].

[ FYI: For more details about how Jesus is the only ‘way’ to get to Heaven, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” Post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/the-only-way-v253/ ]

– Ultimate ‘Personal’ Reset
SO, if you have never trusted Jesus as your Savior, why not stop RIGHT NOW and call upon Him as your personal Savior? DON’T PUT IT OFF! You DO NOT know how long you have on this Earth!

[ FYI: If you need a bit of help on how to put into words what you are experiencing, consider reading the “Prayer of Repentance” below. The ‘words’ do not matter as much as the ‘desire’ in your ’heart’. ]

There is no doubt that it is thrilling to know the future of the world—to know what will happen to this planet. Yet, as exciting as that is, it is INFINITELY more ‘captivating’ to know ‘YOUR’ FUTURE—to know what will ‘happen’ TO YOU when your life ends or when Jesus comes back in the Rapture—whichever happens first!

There is nothing better than knowing that your eternal soul has been committed FOREVER to God for safekeeping!

It is my sincerest prayer that you will experience the ULTIMATE PERSONAL ‘RESET’ that comes through faith in Jesus!!!

WRAP-UP
The “Great Reset” is an initiative launched by the World Economic Forum (WEF) that aims to dismantle free enterprise and enforce radical leftist global social change.

Proponents of the “Great Reset” often play the “conspiracy-theory” ‘card’ to silence those calling attention to their subversive agenda. However, the plot truly is massive and threatens the fabric of free human society worldwide!

The “Great Reset” is a proposal that is breathtaking in its scope. Its backers support altering nearly every part of society, from the cars we drive to the food we eat, to the news reports we watch on television. Its core foundation was shaped almost entirely by a small, extremely wealthy, and well-connected group of people, one that includes highly influential business leaders, environmentalists, government officials, and bankers.

The goal of the “Great Reset” is both shocking and wildly ambitious: to transform the global economy, eliminate free markets, impose a new, more easily controllable, and malleable economic system, and change the way people think about private property and corporations. The reset part of the “Great Reset” is an allusion to “pushing the reset button” on the global economy.

Klaus Schwab, founder and executive chairman of the WEF, and Thierry Malleret, WEF co-founder and main author of WEF’s Monthly Barometer, co-wrote a book in 2020 called “COVID-19: The Great Reset.” In the book, they reveal a plan for reshaping society in an Orwellian mold, declaring that the COVID pandemic presented an “opportunity [that] can be seized… to reimagine our world.”

In early June 2020, the WEF met to launch a new campaign they call the “Great Reset” of the global economy, using the pandemic and climate change as justification for their proposed reforms to society.

Klaus Schwab explained in detail, some of the most important goals of the great reset. “COVID-19 lockdowns may be gradually easing, but anxiety about the world social and economic prospects is only intensifying.”

Schwab continued, “To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contract and working conditions… Every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ’Great Reset’ of capitalism.”

On its surface, the goals of the WEF elites appear benevolent, as they meet annually in Switzerland to advocate for public-private “cooperation.” Below the surface, however, their goals are far more ambitious and subversive.

The membership of the WEF is a ‘who’s who’ of major corporations, along with political and cultural elites. A long list of important figures in business, economics, and a variety of powerful organizations—from Apple to Volkswagen—are all calling for a great reset. These people include Antonio Guterres, the U.N. Secretary General, Jennifer Morgan, the Executive Director of Greenpeace International, Gita Gopinath, the Lead Economist at the International Monetary Fund, and Bernard Looney, CEO of BP, Ajay Banga, the CEO of MasterCard, and Bradford Smith, President of Microsoft (as well as many more).

[ Note: Check the “Articles” section below for a more comprehensive list of ‘members’ (from the WEF website) ].

To give you an idea of ‘where’ these people are coming from, Greenpeace’s Jennifer Morgan explained that the pandemic offered an opportunity to reshape the world in a way that is reminiscent of the “new world order” established after World War II ended:

“We set up a new world order after World War II. We’re now in a different world than we were then. We need to ask, what can we be doing differently? The World Economic Forum has a big responsibility in that as well—to be pushing the reset button and looking at how to create well-being for people and for the Earth.”

Sharan Burrow, the General Secretary of the International Trade Union Confederation, explained that the “Great Reset” will allow us to do differently is “design a better world” based on “solidarity” and “sharing” and above all, rebalancing economics:

“I can see how we could use this opportunity to design a better world… Solidarity and sharing and deciding on how you protect people—both within nations and globally—is absolutely critical at the moment.”

One of the ways in which the “Great Reset” supporters want to design a better world is by engaging in a massive wealth redistribution scheme, one that would promote economic “equality,” not only among citizens within individual nations but also between countries.

Al Gore, said, “I think this is a time for a great reset. We’ve got to fix a lot of these problems that have been allowed to fester for way too long. And that climate crisis is an opportunity to create tens of millions of new jobs, clean up the air, and reduce the death rate from pandemics, by the way, because the air pollution from burning fossil fuels heightens the death rate from coronavirus.”

John Kerry also promoted the “Great Reset” by saying, “This is a big moment. The World Economic Forum—the CEO capacity of the forum—is really going to have to play out front and center role in refining the “Great Reset” to deal with climate change and inequality—all of which is being laid bare as a consequence of COVID-19.”

Unlike many other plans promoted in the past by elites in government and business, the “Great Reset” is not dangerous because it ‘could’ lead to soft authoritarianism—or a form of fascism—at some distant time in the future, it is dangerous because it IS soft authoritarianism and it IS a new kind of fascism! It has merely been carefully ‘branded’ as a variation of capitalism (an “inclusive capitalism”) in order to fool well-meaning people who otherwise would not ever want to adopt its ideas.

The “Great Reset” is designed to move the world toward collectivism and soft authoritarianism through a combination of new monetary policies, tax regimes designed to punish “undesirable” industries, huge new “green” infrastructure plans, and sweeping social programs that seek to make the vast majority of people dependent on collective institutions and government programs.

If supporters of this proposal achieve even half of what they are setting out to accomplish, the whole world will never be the same. The “Great Reset” is not just about revamping the economy, it is also about totally transforming our way of life. It is an attack on virtually every part of American society, including the basic freedoms generation after generation have fought so hard to protect.

As Winston Churchill was working to form the United Nations after WWII, it has been said that he quipped, “Never let a good crisis go to waste.” It seems that just about everyone is now looking for ways to use the pandemic as a “serious crisis,” so they can expand their power and make people increasingly dependent upon the government.

This distractive tenancy has been perfectly illustrated by all the government reactions to the pandemic, which is playing a central role in how supporters of the “Great Reset” plan to implement radical reforms over the next decade and beyond. The pandemic shows how quickly tyranny can go ‘viral’.

THE ‘PROPOSED’ “GREAT RESET”
To borrow Aldous Huxley’s phrase, what does WEF’s “brave new world” look like? Well, a video from the organization gives us incredibly chilling insight. (A link to it is in the “Articles” section below.) It calls for the economic, social, and governmental transformation of the world by 2030 including:

– The End Of Individual Property Ownership
Owning a home, car, or even the clothes you’re wearing would be impermissible. Instead, you would rent all material items—including a Bible (if the state decides to make them available). Leases and subscription services are the way forward, according to the WEF, which means the second-hand market would be eliminated. (If a person does not own something, then that person cannot sell it to another party, even to turn a profit or recoup costs). This will incentivize black markets—a frequent side effect of socialism—and bans on buying and selling.

– Imposing A Digital Currency And Social Scoring System
Like communist China’s system, approved transactions build social “credit” and disapproved transactions cost social credit. Approved and disapproved transactions will be measured by the perceived obedience to leftist ideology.

– Orwellian “Big Brother” Program
This is already being implemented by financial institutions worldwide. Under the rubric of so-called ESG (Environmental, Social, and Governance) standards, banks have begun rewarding and punishing people for their compliance with or resistance to the woke dogma. Online activity data is already being tracked, analyzed, and compiled by digital media companies to create individual profiles of spending habits, travel, social interactions and interests, political views, and more.

– Digital Currency Will Replace Physical Currency
With all material goods rented, and online transactions becoming the norm, physical cash will no longer be needed. Even the United States has already begun the development of a digital dollar.

– Block People Who Do Not Adhere
This system is already a reality in communist China, and truthfully, America is not far behind. Chase Bank recently made headlines when without warning it closed the account of former Ambassador Sam Brownback’s National Committee for Religious Freedom, offering to consider re-opening it only if the tax-exempt organization would agree to provide a list of donors and political candidates it intended to support.

– A Global Charge On Carbon
In a push to force dependence on “green energy,” nations and corporations will be pressured to reduce their global “footprint” or face heavy fines for carbon emissions. This paves the way for laws driven by climate change activism based on whatever “science” benefits those in power.

– China Will Become The Blueprint To Emulate
Much of the “Great Reset” is built on the model of communist China’s socialist mixed economy. The Forum has long been an anti-American organization, as evidenced by its embrace of China and frequent criticism of U.S. policies. American independence and strength have always been an obstacle to globalist strategies.

– Meat Will Be A Rarity
Real meat will be replaced with engineered, manufactured convenience food that promises to be healthier. But data has already shown that one such company, Impossible Foods, (co-founded by Google, Jeff Bezos, and Bill Gates) produces imitation meat that contains glyphosate levels 11 times higher than its closest competitor (glyphosate has been registered with the EPA as a pesticide since 1974, been labeled as a probable carcinogen by the World Health Organization, and is currently the subject of several legal battles by individuals who have developed cancer after repeated exposure to Roundup). Although global elitists talk about animal rights, the concept of totally manufactured food the production of which is centrally controlled is vulnerable to abuse by those seeking to control the population for political or ideological purposes.

– Advancing The Systemic Racism Worldview
WEF’s website includes several articles advocating for dependency on the government, painting minorities as helpless to improve their financial condition. WEF material embraces the lie that police departments in America are racist and advocates for defunding and replacing police departments with unarmed teams of people to handle crime and funding “community initiatives.”

– Pushing For LGBTQ To Be Normalized
The WEF suggests that communities that are more inclusive of non-biblical sexual lifestyles will recover from events like a pandemic more quickly. One article mentions “inclusion dividends” for cities that embrace immorality.

Klaus Schwab and other “Great Reset” leaders have been making the same “end to the era of shareholder capitalism” argument since the 1970s. It has only gained traction recently because it is being propped up by the narratives of so-called climate change and wealth inequality.

John Kerry, former secretary of state and current special presidential climate envoy, stated in 2020 that “[The WEF] is really going to have to play a front and center role in refining the “Great Reset” to deal with climate change and inequity—all of which is being laid bare as a consequence of COVID-19.”

So then, what is the ‘endgame’ of the Great Reset? Well, during a talk delivered last year at Hillsdale College, Michael Rectenwald, Chief Academic Officer of American Scholars, put it this way:

“The foreseen result will be the merging of the physical, digital, and biological worlds, which presents a challenge to the ontologies by which we understand ourselves and the world, including the definition of a human being.”

In America, we have enjoyed many rights and privileges that people in other parts of the world do not. It seems that what Thomas Jefferson said—paraphrasing John Philpot Curran—“The price of liberty is eternal vigilance.”

A ’SHIFT’ IS ALREADY UNDERWAY
The idea of a “Great Reset” is already at work and well-advanced in the United States. It is just that other tags and terminology are used. If the ideas pushed in education, government and media take the nation to the desired result, within a ‘FEW’ YEARS the nation would be unrecognizable! This is NOT a conspiracy theory, just an observation of what various organizations involved in this push to reset America are saying, ‘out loud’!

America is in a most critical moment, perhaps the most dangerous of its history. While still the leading nation, there are ‘challengers’ who wish to overturn the present world order and take the lead.

China is a leading contender while other countries like Russia meddle in critical ways that pose imminent dangers (like cyberhacking, which China is also accused of). Other regional powers such as Turkey and Iran seek to shape the future of the Middle East. (“Gog and Magog” from Ezekiel 38 and 39).

Now, current movers behind the idea of a “Great Reset” have their end in mind, to shape a new global order. To counter the U.S. influence, they lend support to China’s long-held goal of becoming the dominant world power, attaining its supposed rightful position as the superior culture. Meanwhile, the European Union (EU) has a similar mission to shape a world in line with its historic culture and vision. [ They are also an End Times ‘player’. ]

Our world is poised to see a change in power relationships in the coming years—perhaps very soon. The pandemic will likely be seen as the initial opening into this new world. Historically, pandemics have ‘reset’ the world order. The plague that ravaged Constantinople in the mid-sixth century is such an example. Its impact determined the future of Europe and the Middle East in the period after the collapse of the Roman Empire in the West.

The thing is, what ‘experts’ and leaders who seek to create a New World Order do not know—nor care to understand—is the biblical worldview revealed in the Bible. The Bible lays out God’s plan throughout the ages—which includes a ‘map’ of world history from its beginning to its conclusion. A thorough understanding of what begins in Genesis and concludes in the book of Revelation brings the critical missing dimension of divinely guided history, otherwise known as prophecy.

Historians and political thinkers examine history and make predictions based on national power and observed patterns. Retrospective history easily sees the rise of Egypt, Rome, France, Russia, Great Britain, and America as dominant powers. Many factors such as geography, technology, wisdom, and technological advancement can explain the rise of great powers of the past. HOWEVER, this alone cannot account for why some rose to great heights and why others did not.

Why, for instance, in the fifth century, did the nomadic Huns not overrun all the old Roman Empire and the world saw a long line of emperors descend from Atilla? Why, in the 15th century, did China not move from its Asian fortress to dominate European powers and spread its culture over far-flung lands? Then, who would have predicted at the beginning of the seventh century that a dominating world religion would come from the sands of Arabia to spread its influence over the former lands of Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Rome?

The thing is, there is another ‘lens’ by which to view history—the Bible. There is a purpose by which you can understand why empires have risen and fallen through the ages and why today’s world is on the verge of a ‘reset’ beyond the imagination of those working hard to create one.

The Bible shows why there is injustice, racism, and failed governments that keep their people enslaved to systems that deprive them of freedom, adequate education, economic opportunity, proper health care, and knowledge of right values. It also shows the source of a coming global reset unlike any planned or sought by the world’s elites.

The book of Revelation is God’s prophetic message to the modern world. As a commentary on spiritual, political, and human affairs, it is accurate. It shows us a coming world superpower that, for a brief period, will dominate the world to create a time of peace and stability that will astonish everyone. This power is called in Scripture by the name “Babylon the Great” and the person that will be ‘leading’ it will be the Antichrist, Satan’s ‘final’ representative on this Earth.

[ FYI: For more details about Babylon the Great and the Antichrist, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/fearful-of-world-war-iii-v278/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/the-final-deception-v268/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/will-ai-be-worlds-singular-leader-v301/ ]

Since the onset of the pandemic and the government’s response to it, we have been watching and seeing the outlines of such a final world system taking shape. A careful analysis and understanding of what Scripture is saying can help us see the shape of the emerging “New World Order.”

ONLY THE ‘BEGINNING’
The “Great Reset” is only the beginning of something much bigger that’s just around the ‘corner’. Just like how, in the sport of boxing, a true professional boxer will never go for the knockout blow first—there’s always a ‘setup’ like a jab. But then, after he performs a few ‘setups’, he then will use the most popular combination in boxing, the “One, two.” which is the jab, and then the cross which is the ‘knockout’ blow.

If the pandemic is the warm-up ‘jab’, then the knockout blow is being called the “Great Narrative”—a collaborative effort of the world’s leading thinkers to fashion long-term perspectives and co-create a narrative that can help guide the creation of a more resilient, inclusive, and sustainable version of our collective future.

The “Great Narrative” is pretty much a how-to guide in terms of how the process will be implemented.

Many anticipate the ‘jab’ coming in the next year or two. There are three predictions:

– Implementation Of A National “Social Credit System”
The combination of both government and business surveillance gives citizens a score that can restrict the ability of individuals to take action such as purchasing plane tickets acquiring properties or taking out loans because of behaviors (It is been made famous in China).

– “Universal Basic Income”
This can be more easily implemented when there is economic stagnation—like there is now—especially in a scenario where wages are not going up, the economy is not growing, and inflation continues to rise.

[ Note: The State of California started ‘piloting’ a $35M UBI program in late 2021, sending monthly checks up to $1,000 to selected residents. (The State of New York tested it out in 2022, for a “small select group of individuals”) ]

– Nationalization Of Housing
The affordable housing crisis has gotten worse. The national median rent has skyrocketed, and many are saying that this may lead the government to purchase private property real estate and become a ‘landlord’.

Forbes released an article in January 2020 that predicted that the “nationalization” of housing could happen by 2030, where we could “see a housing economy in which federal, state, and local government set such limits on rental housing—its financing, development, and management—that, in effect, government will own and operate most rental housing in the United States.”

The article goes on to say, “Like health care or access to health care, those on the left are currently calling housing a “human right.” The National Economic and Social Rights Initiative (NESRI) says, “It is the government’s obligation to guarantee that everyone can exercise this right to live in security, peace, and dignity.” The book, In Defense of Housing, argues against what it calls the commodification of housing, meaning the same thing: everyone is entitled to some kind of housing.”

It continues by saying that this crisis is “an emergency!” [ Ed. Hmmm… sounds like one of the WEF’s ‘goals’ ].

So, the common ‘denominator’ is that less power and rights for the people and more reliance on a bigger and much more powerful government—just what the WEF wants to do with their “Great Reset”!

CAN ONE ‘RECOGNIZE’ WHAT’S HAPPENING?
The book of Revelation describes a moment when nations combine their power into a world system that achieves the age-old dream of “a tower that reaches to the heavens” (Genesis 11:4). Technology promises not only a convenient, connected world but also the hope of extended life and possibly even immortality through medical technology. The ability to reach into space and extend human civilization seems nearer to reality.

[ FYI: For more details about the “Tower of Babel,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/can-ai-achieve-world-peace-v299/ ]

World economic development has progressed, and the goods and services of the global community move unchecked across oceans and land bringing wealth to multinational companies and a rising standard of living for much of the world. Revelation 18 describes such a scene when it shows the goods shipped throughout the world under the guidance of the governing structure of this end-time Babylon. We see this even now. But what is described is something larger: “All who travel by ship, sailors, and as many as trade on the sea, stood at a distance” [ Revelation 18:17 ].

The move to a more fully integrated global economy is pressing relentlessly forward. Most multinational companies no longer think of themselves as large national companies. They have offices around the globe employing people of all nationalities. Call centers service customers from India while virtual meetings involving employees on multiple continents are routine. To move to a global standard of currency exchange and governance would only be the next logical step.

Loyalty is increasingly to a global order espousing universal values claimed to apply to all people regardless of sexual or gender identity, race, ethnicity, or national identity. Any distinction that does not match the evolving global norm is considered regressive, hateful, and discriminatory.

Now we are seeing attitudes and values shaped to accept the LGBTQ agenda as ‘normal’. We also see this in the conditioning behind “Critical Race Theory.” We also see this in the ‘reframing’ of our national history. In America, if enough young people of the next generation can be persuaded that the story of America is not worth saving, a significant goal is accomplished. It will then be easy to ‘jettison’ the nation as exceptional and a blessing and instead embrace a different narrative as part of a global order promising liberty, justice, and freedom for all to live and act as they determine—within, of course, newly approved bounds, designed by the ‘elites’!

DON’T THINK IT WILL HAPPEN?
So, does this sound impossible to you? You say, “It will never happen,” Then let me remind you how quickly the world began accepting a pandemic lockdown in March 2020. Within just weeks, schools were closed, all but “essential businesses” were shuttered, professional sports stopped playing, and people were working in their homes via ‘Zoom’ (and Microsoft Teams). No vote was taken, the discussion ended as quickly as it began, and the new normal was it!

The original “two weeks to flatten the curve” and no mask turned into a year and a half (in some places more) of national dysfunction. By mid-summer 2020 many had had enough, and some states slowly reopened only to shut down again if a surge of cases erupted. It took until mid-2021 for much of the world to reopen to domestic travel, while much of the world remained closed to foreign travel—and there are now some calls to do it all over again!

Many have marveled at the nature of the global lockdown we have experienced and its impact on culture. Relationships were altered. All age groups showed a marked increase in anxiety. Drug abuse and overdose deaths skyrocketed. The impact of what happened will take years to get a real understanding of it all. Yet, it all happened quickly, with a majority cooperating in the name of “science,” health safety, and goodwill. So, just imagine a future calamity—which will be a bit more ‘intense’—and then imagine the reaction.

As we saw, governments decreed and society complied—many to their harm. The thing is, many believe we have not seen the last of this kind of thing. The thing is, I and many others AGREE ‘WHOLEHEARTEDLY’ with this! Events described in the book of Revelation WILL happen through government ‘decree’. The entire world will be ‘reset’, and people will soon realize they are caught in a ‘trap’—the Tribulation—when Satan realizes he has but a brief time to reign over the kingdoms of this world.

Revelation describes the end stages of a coming ‘human’ great reset—the rise of a coalition of nations into a system the Bible labels as “Babylon the Great.” For a time, all will seem well. While the world will praise this system and benefit from economic cooperation, it will reject the servants of God who witness against and resist coming under the mark of its authority.

The thing is, we are living at a moment in history and prophecy like that of the age of the prophet Jeremiah. Jeremiah’s messages went to the nations who were being rooted out and pulled down. The old order was being reset in a time of building and planting. Babylon rose to direct and set the pattern for a world order that has endured to modern times.

We are seeing the leading ‘edge’ of a final revival of this age-long system that stands in defiance of the purpose and plans of God. Thankfully, as Revelation also shows, the world will not be left in the dark times ahead, for God has His own “Great Reset” coming beyond this one—with ‘A’ ‘reset’ happening with the return of Jesus and the establishment of the Kingdom of God during the “Millennium.”

LAYING THE ‘GROUNDWORK’
The World Economic Forum is an organization that profits from famine and disease. With everything falling apart they can ‘reshape’ and reset the world in ways they could not before.

This organization pushes fear and tragedies to further its agenda. The thing is, many believe that the next crisis is already waiting for us ‘around the corner’, one that will dictate what you own what you eat, and what you think, under the guise of a “sustainable future.”

Many believe that we are witnessing an orchestrated ‘dismantling’—or if you prefer a controlled ‘demolition’—of the old-world order to reset for the New World Order. It is an agenda that has been in the works for decades—for that matter, for centuries—but now it is reaching its final stage and one need.

look no further than this quote from Klaus Schwab the founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum. He said:

“The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world.”

Klaus Schwab believes that the World Economic Forum and the global elites have the answers to bring in a new dawn and even a new day. He pledged in 2022 that “the world can find salvation in Davos.”

The elites believe that they are going to bring ‘physical’ salvation to the world because they are going to save humanity from what they perceive as destruction—from global warming or climate change. They also see it as bringing “fairness” to the world—bringing everybody down to the same level. It is just a socialist totalitarianism that they want to bring in. Then through all this, they think they can bring ‘salvation’ to this world. (The thing is, the only “salvation” this world will ever attain is when Jesus comes back the “Prince of Peace.)

[ FYI: For more details about Jesus being the “Prince of Peace,” view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/longing-for-peace-v298/ ]

The whole policy reflects their idea of resetting everything “through fairness.” In other words, there needs to be a lowering of the economic status of people in wealthier nations, like the United States, relative to those of those who are in other parts of the world. The one interesting thing is they want all this fairness and redistribution except for the elites! That’s right, they want to be exempt from all this! ;^D

The thing is, their “Great Reset” could just simply be the ‘setup’ for the “Great Tribulation” described in the Bible—in the book of Revelation—where the fulfillment of a global reset will be the Antichrist with his one-world government over the whole planet.

Now, the real question is how far will they get in their agenda before the Rapture of the Church. Well, we are seeing a great sense of ‘velocity’ in the developments of their agenda and we are seeing this affect the whole world globally.—‘ripple effects’ that are going across the world from Davos. How far it goes we don’t know, but it is certainly a ramp-up to a perfect ‘storm’ for the Antichrist to appear on the scene to be the ‘savior’.

The global elites are planning to take over the whole world and that is exactly the agenda of the Antichrist (and it is Satan who is ultimately ‘behind’ all of this). The groundwork is being laid to create submissive citizens who are dependent and conditioned to bow to the need for edicts handed down from ‘on high’.

Everything is being prepared for the Antichrist who will have the ultimate answers to dilemmas that are almost incomprehensible. It is classic conditioning from a psychological standpoint—systematically wearing down the populace of the world getting them used to a series of crises that then turn into chaos and the government comes in and brings calm to. Then, after that, the populace finally just gives up and complies. However, by doing this it ‘handcuffs’ them—and it continues to tighten—loss of freedom—trading in freedom for security.

That is the pattern that we are seeing: Crisis; Chaos; Calm; Compliance; and finally Control. It is just conditioning for a world that is waiting for a messiah-like figure to come and to give them that ultimate sense of “It is all going to be okay. Peace is here.” Of course, the Bible says that person will be the Antichrist.

The thing is, the ULTIMATE ‘ACCELERANT’ to move this agenda forward is probably going to be the Rapture of the Church. When the Rapture takes place, there WILL BE global chaos. That is what is going to open the ‘door’ to a global ‘reset’—just the crisis for the man with the plan—the Antichrist—to step forward and bring about peace out of the chaos. HOWEVER, it is going to come at a ‘price’—people will have to surrender all their freedoms ultimately to him!

Last month I mentioned that when King Charles was a Prince, he said “We need a vast military-style campaign to marshal the strength of the global private sector. With trillions at his disposal, far beyond global GDP.” [ Ed. Hmmm… Who is “his”? ]

So, was the Prince saying “his” a ‘Freudian slip’ (when you say one thing but mean another)? Well, I—as well as many others—feel that he was not. The Prince—now the King—is a one-worlder, and many think that he is ‘applying’ for the job of “Global Leader.”

[ Note: The media has changed the word “his” to “its” everywhere it appears now. (even though you can hear the Prince say “his”). Hmmm… what are they trying to hide? ]

Now, what this does ‘speak’ to is the requirement of a ‘GLOBAL’ LEADER to bring about the necessary economic changes to mitigate the effects he sees of climate change.

King Charles is a globalist and a supporter of Klaus Schwab’s World Economic Forum, appearing on the WEF’s podcast about the “Great Reset.” Now, while he is not a supporter of the transhumanist agenda, he is a patron of the Left and has strong opinions on ecology and climate change.

[ Ed: It bears to note that the Bible speaks of an “Antichrist” of the End Times that controls a one world government, a one world economy, a one world religion, and has a cashless society. The prophecy states that 10 “kings” will give over their power to one global leader—the Antichrist—for a short time, seven years, (the “Tribulation”). ]

The next thing to impose is the ‘CASHLESS’ SOCIETY. Soon, central banks will be issuing national digital currency and they will be tracking every single transaction in the economy in real time! This is something that the global elites are working to implement as I write this. We are on the brink of a dramatic change where we are about to abandon the traditional system of money and accounting and introduce a new one—what is called “blockchain,” which has a perfect record of every single transaction that happens in the economy.

[ The Bible says that in the End Times, no one’s going to be able to buy or sell without the “Mark of the Beast (Revelation 131). That means the Antichrist is going to have total control over the world economy. ]

The next thing to control is ‘CLIMATE CHANGE’. We will be told, because of the ‘straights’ the Earth is in, what kind of car, where you can drive, what you can eat, what your thermostat is set on in your home, and many other things. It will delve into every area of our lives because there is a global catastrophe—the end of the world—waiting out there 10 years from now if we don’t do something about today!

[ FYI: MANY Ph.D. climatologists are saying that there is NO climate emergency: https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/ ]

COMING ‘FULL CIRCLE’
Satan is the master globalist. The whole world was gathered together after the flood and one place in Babylon—was ruled over by one man, Nimrod. Since then, the world has gone from globalism in his day, to tribalism after they were scattered around the world after the Tower of Babel fell, then to nationalism for many centuries now, and now we are going back to globalism again. Satan is trying to bring the whole world back together again under one person, exactly as he had after the Flood—and that is where everything is going today—everything is coming ‘full circle’.

So, the agenda is Satan’s—the brilliant ‘strategist’ that is ultimately the driving force behind all of this—however, these global elites are being used by him to bring this to pass, SINCE Satan will not have a lot of time—only seven years during the Tribulation—to execute his plan. So, he needs all this ‘stuff’ in place before he begins executing his plan.

The thing is, Satan has his sights set on an even greater goal: To sit on earth’s ‘pilot seat’—going back to the very beginning when he desired to be like God and usurp God’s place in Heaven, and take God’s throne.

A” ‘GREAT RESET’
The “MILLENNIUM” is the time that comes after Jesus’ Second Coming. It is the transition between the old Earth and the New Earth. The Millennium will be a ‘foretaste’ of the New Heaven and a New Earth—a precursor of the eternal state. It will be different than life as we know it today, but it will still fall short of the absolute perfection of the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem.

The Bible tells us that Jesus will return triumphantly to the earth, split the Mount of Olives in half, march through the Eastern Gate, and sit on David’s throne in Jerusalem. He will then start His rule of the world for 1,000 years in a mediatorial Messianic Kingdom on Earth.

This is a literal Kingdom, a theocracy, in which God fulfills His promises to the Jewish prophets that He would one day bring the Kingdom to Jerusalem and that the King would reign upon the earth. This will also be a time when Satan is bound in the “bottomless pit” for the same 1,000 years.

It will be an unprecedented time of peace, that will most likely serve as the greatest ‘harvest’ of souls in human history (becoming “born again”). In addition to this, part of the millennial Kingdom’s importance will be to fulfill the biblical covenant God has made throughout history: The Abrahamic Covenant (Genesis 12, 15); The Land Covenant (Deuteronomy 30); The Davidic Covenant (2 Samuel 7:12-16); and the New Covenant (Jeremiah 31:31-34).

The following are a few of the prominent features of the Millennium:

– Permanent Peace
– Perpetual Happiness
– Pervasive Glory
– Prevailing Justice
– Perfect Health
– Profound Prosperity

Another reason for the Millennial Kingdom is that Jesus must be, as theologian Charles Ryrie said:

“Triumphant in the same ‘arena’ where He was seemingly defeated. His rejection by the rulers of this world was on this earth (1 Corinthians 2:8). His exultation must also be on this earth. And so it shall be when he comes again to rule this world in righteousness. Hey has waited long for His inheritance; soon he shall receive it.”

The Millennial Kingdom is essential and fulfilling the long-awaited promise of an inheritance of the Messiah, Jesus Christ.

[ FYI: For WAY MORE details about the Millennium, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mankinds-destiny-v247/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/home-at-last-v290/ ]

This is “A” ‘GREAT RESET’ for the Earth. (“THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’ is yet to come!)

THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’
So, the New Heavens and the New Earth will come when the first Heaven and the first Earth have “passed away.” The Greek word translated “new” is “kainos,” which means “ New in nature, or something that has been refurbished or improved.” This stresses that the New Earth that God will create will not just be new—as opposed to old—it will also be ‘different’.

– All Things ‘New’
While all believers will be in the Lord’s ‘presence’ immediately after their life ends (Philippians 1:20), there is still a bit more waiting to do to get to the ‘eternal’ Heaven—the New Heavens, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem.

After the 1,000-year Millennial Kingdom and the Great White Throne Judgment, the Bible tells of the final ‘renewal’ of the current heavens and Earth (Revelation 21). Pastor W.A. Criswell said “The elements shall return to their primordial form, and that whole creation of God shall be burned fire (2 Peter 3:10, 12). It shall be cleansed. It shall be purged. Everything that is wrong in everything that is transgressing and sinful shall be taken out of it.”

The Apostle John began his description of the New Heaven and New Earth with the words, “Now I saw a New Heaven and a New Earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away” [ Revelation 21:1 ]. Pastor John MacArthur comments on this by saying, “Think about this: Heaven is where holiness, fellowship with God, joy, peace, love, and all other virtues are realized in utter perfection.” He suggests that all the qualities of the fruit of the Spirit will characterize Heaven because we have the life of God in us and the rule of God over us.

John’s description of the New Heaven and New Earth continues including an emphasis on three areas: God’s presence, perfect righteousness, and the Holy City. Eternity’s future will include the perfect plan prepared for the perfect people in the perfect place for people to live in forever.

In Revelation, 21:1, the Greek word used for the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem is also “kainos.” So, they are not a different Heaven, a different Earth, and a different heavenly Jerusalem, but they have all ‘been restored’, ‘refurbished’, and ‘upgraded’ to brand-new condition.

The Apostle Paul also uses the same Greek word twice in 2 Corinthians 5:17: “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation. The old has passed away; behold, the new has come.” The word also denotes a change in ‘quality’. The New Heavens and New Earth, like a believer’s newness in Christ, will be glorified, free from sin’s curse, and will be eternal.

Now, the Bible doesn’t tell us exactly what the New Earth will look like, but we have reason to believe that it will be, in many respects, familiar. The city of Jerusalem will be there—albeit a New Jerusalem—which has streets, walls, and gates. The Apostle John also mentions a high mountain, water, a stream, and trees. Best of all, it is populated with the people of God—real, ‘physical’ people whom we will know and with whom we will have eternal fellowship! That’s going to be REALLY cool!

– Spectacular ‘Natural’ Wonders
The New Earth’s natural wonders will presumably be more spectacular than those we know now. We can expect more magnificent mountains, more beautiful lakes, and more beautiful flowers than those on this earth today. When we see the New Earth, we will look back at the present Earth and conclude, creatively speaking, that God was just ‘warming up’ and getting started on creating our eternal home (i.e. C. S. Lewis’ “Shadowlands”).

So, just as a ‘thought starter’, take a look at God’s ‘track record’ in creating natural wonders in this universe. On Mars, the volcano Olympus Mons rises 79,000 feet, nearly three times higher than Mount Everest. The base of this volcano is 370 miles across and would cover the entire state of Nebraska. The “Valles Marineris” is a vast canyon that stretches one-sixth of the way around Mars—2,800 miles long, 370 miles wide, and 4.5 miles deep. Hundreds of our Grand Canyon could fit inside it. I’m thinking that we will all be STUNNED by the awesomeness of God’s renewed creation!

Now, the New Earth probably will have much more spectacular features than these. Then again, also imagine what we might find on the new Mars, or the new Saturn, or the new Jupiter after the entire universe has been ‘reconditioned’.

The Bible’s final two chapters make it very clear that every aspect of the new creation will be greater than the old. Just as the present Jerusalem is not nearly as great as the New Jerusalem will be, no part of the present creation—including the Earth and the celestial heavens—is as great as it will be in the new creation.

– Things That Are ‘No More’
The Bible promises that have and will be a realm of perfect bliss. Tears, pain, sorrow, and crying will have no place whatsoever in the New Heavens and the New Earth. It will be a place where God’s people will dwell together with Him eternally, utterly free from all the effects of sin and evil! Woo-hoo!

The New Heaven and New Earth will be “where righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). Isaiah says that “the former things will not be remembered, nor will they come to mind” [ Isaiah 65:17 ]. Eden WILL BE ‘restored’.

In the New Heavens and New Earth, Scripture says, there are seven things notable for their absence—things that are “no more”:

– No more sea (Revelation 21:1)
– No more death (Revelation 21:4)
– No more mourning (Revelation 21:4)
– No more weeping (Revelation 21:4)
– No more pain (Revelation 21:4)
– No more curse (Revelation 22:3)
– No more night (Revelation 22:5)

The creation of the New Heavens and New Earth brings the promise that God “will wipe every tear from their eyes” (Revelation 21:4). This event comes after the Tribulation, after Jesus’ Second Coming, after the Millennial Kingdom, after the final rebellion, after the final judgment of Satan, and after the Great White Throne Judgment.

The following is an ‘overview’ description of the New Heavens and New Earth:

[ VIDEO: “What are the New Heavens and the New Earth?” ]

– ‘Perfection’
The Apostle John then completes his thoughts on this matter when he writes: “People will bring into the glory and the honor of the nations. But nothing unclean will enter it, nor anyone who practices, abomination or falsehood, but only those who are written in the Lamb’s book of life” [ Revelation 21:26-27]. Here we see that all the nations of the world will align with the Kingdom. There will be no discord or resistance. Universal peace will reign over the entire earth. Also, note that only those found in the Book of Life will inherit the Kingdom of God! All others, regardless of whether they are church members or not, will NOT be allowed to enter if they have not been ‘reconciled’ to God the Father by Jesus!

The curse that began in the Garden of Eden will FINALLY be ‘reversed’! All creation will be redeemed. The environment will be perfect. Work will be a blessing and not a toil.

I can’t wait for the arrival of the New Jerusalem, where nothing accursed will be found. The new world will be a place of TOTAL ‘EUPHORIA’! Woo-hoo!!!

So, think of the most beautiful spot you have ever seen on earth, then multiply that by 100 Googolplexians and it still won’t hold a ‘candle’ to the beauty of the New Jerusalem!

[ FYI: For locations that people consider to be “heaven on earth,” view last month’s “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/ ].

– God’s ‘Presence’
Today, believers experience God’s presence in their lives through the Holy Spirit’s indwelling. However, soon existence, they will enjoy His presence as an all-encompassing experience directly in their midst. They will “see his face” (Revelation 22:4) and have an audience with him regularly! “Behold, the tabernacle of God is with man, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people. God himself will be with them and be their God” [ Revelation 21:3 ].

– Perfect ‘Righteousness’
Pastor David Jeremiah offers a compelling description of the believer’s existence in Heaven:

“When we get to the New Heaven and a New Earth, the curse will be reversed. It will be lifted; it will be dispelled forever. Oh, I think of it! The weariness that accompanies our work will be a forgotten memory. Nature will work as it should, the weather will always be in our favor, and the ground will grow flowers as naturally as it produces thorns and thistles today. We ourselves will not fall into the ground in death because we will never die”

Pastor and bible expositor A.T. Pierson also explained this well:

“There shall be no more curse—Perfect restoration. The throne of God and the lamb shall be in it—Perfect administration. His servant shall serve him—Perfect subordination. And they shall see his face–Perfect transformation. And his name shall be on their foreheads—Perfect identification. And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord giveth them light—Perfect illumination. And they shall reign forever and ever—Perfect exultation.”

– The ‘Holy City’
The New Jerusalem represents God’s first priority in the New Heavens and the New Earth. It is talked about before the mention of God’s presence and even before the removal of sin! This should encourage the believer—by God’s emphasis—for the creation of a perfect, eternal ‘location’ where they will live with Him forever.

Now, twelve is the of totality and completeness. There are multiple ‘twelves’ in the administration of God’s universe. There were 12 tribes of Israel and 12 apostles. There are 24 elders seated on 24 thrones (12 x 2) around the altar, and there will be 144,00 witnesses (12 x 12) spreading the Good News during the Tribulation.

Then, the Apostle John mentions that there will be 12 “gates” (three on each of the four sides of the city) with 12 angels standing at each gate, presumably to ‘welcome’ the children of God into the city.

An overview of the description of the City reveals:

– Splendor, like a Jasper stone
– A 240-foot high wall
– Gates made up of giant pearls
– A 1,500-mile ‘cube’
– The city is like clear glass
– The streets are of pure gold
– There is no Temple—God and Jesus are the ‘Temple’
– Light emanates from God and Jesus
– There will be no night
– All nations will be represented
– Gates are never closed
– It is a perfect environment

Pastor David Jeremiah observes that “Many people believe the city of the New Jerusalem will be like an immense Holy of Holies, which serves as the dwelling place of God in the temple of his new universe.” The good news is, anyone who wants to come into the presence of God will be able to (Revelation 22:17)—ANYTIME they want!

Now, people often have a “bucket list” wanting to travel and see the world before they die. Well, let me assure you, there will be millions and millions of things to do for all of eternity when one gets to the New Jerusalem. Try to create a bucket list for that! [ I have started one! ]. In the New Jerusalem, all the hopes and dreams that one has on earth WILL ‘ALL’ be finally realized!

The Bible indicates that the New Jerusalem will be returned to the inherent qualities of the Garden of Eden—only on a grander scale. Then, and only then, will God’s true intention for humanity finally be realized. Paradise will be, at last, ‘restored’ in the Holy City!

Jesus then offers additional words regarding the future and a final ‘testimony’. The opening section emphasizes a call to believers, while the second portion calls out to unbelievers. There is both a glorious eternal future for those who know God, and eternal punishment and separation from God for those who reject Him.

He emphasizes, once again, the time of His coming (Revelation 22:6-11) and the testimony of His coming (Revelation 22:12-21). Both aspects offer hope and warning for those living today!

– Final ‘Destination’
The believer will finally arrive at a ‘destination’ where every tear will be wiped away, sin, and death will no longer exist, and their joy will be complete (Revelation 21:4).

The believer will not exist as a different person but as a ‘glorified’ human with gratitude and gratefulness for the salvation they have been freely given—for eternity! Like a person who has been deathly ill and receives healing, the joy of the healing is amplified by the memory of the sickness. The joy of a believer’s salvation is amplified by the memory of what it was like to be lost. The days in their New Heavenly home will be amplified by the memory of what Jesus delivered them from.

Eternity may even be limitless! The galaxies, stars, planets, quasars, and other phenomena in space were put into place for future eternity. The limitlessness of time alone requires that creation be massively beyond comprehension, possibly even limitless—because of the limitlessness of God Himself!

The thing is, in the limitless eternity where time is irrelevant and space is endless, there could be a place where nothing has yet been created! Possibly in eternity, this could be a place where we will “call those things that do not exist as though they did” (Romans 4:17). Now, this may just be my fantasy or speculation, but there is nothing scripturally that indicates otherwise. It is just something to ponder!

Now, another thing, I’m quite sure that everything that God has for His children has not been written down, nor even thought of yet in the mind of men. One thing is for sure, with limitless time, limitless resources, and limitless travel abilities, believers will see things they have never seen, do things they have never done, and experience things in realms and dimensions presently unknown!

As a glorified Saint, the believer will walk in the likeness and image of their Creator. The things that are a joy here on earth will pale in comparison to their counterpart in The New Jerusalem. Their creativity, travel, and abilities will be so far beyond that of the natural man that boredom on any level will be an absolute impossibility!

Human imagination cannot even begin to graph the infinity of God and the limitlessness of time. There will no longer be regret or failure, and the love of God will fill them with a never-ending life of peace!

The believers’ best days are yet to come!

Now, the New Heavens, the New Earth, and the New Jerusalem will one day be that heavenly reality for the people of God—and ONLY for the people of God! As the Puritan scholar William Gurnall reminds us, “Nothing is more contrary to a heavenly hope than an earthly heart.”

– More Than We Can ‘Imagine’!
God has been described as “Who is able to do immeasurably more than all we ask or imagine” [ Ephesians 3:20 ]. Now, some of the things I have said in this post have had a bit of ‘speculation’ in them (which I mentioned). However, reading this verse, I’m thinking that I probably was a bit ‘conservative’ in my speculations!

The ‘upgrade’ from the old Earth to the New Earth will be VASTLY SUPERIOR! Gone will be a sin, the Curse, death, and suffering. In every way we will recognize that the New Earth is MUCH, MUCH, MUCH BETTER, and in no sense could it be any better!

Randy Alcorn, the author of the book “Heaven,” wrote a novel titled “Edge of Eternity,” in which the protagonist Nick beholds the Woodsman (Jesus) and the end of the world. He then realizes—like the Unicorn in Narnia—that it is the beginning:

“I saw a dying cosmos hold out its weak right arm, longing for a transfusion, a cure for its cancerous chasm. I saw the Woodsman, holding what appeared to be a tiny lump of coal, the same size as the blue-green marble he’d held before. The Woodsman squeezed his hand and the world around me darkened. Just as I felt I would scream from unbearable pressure, the crushed world emerged from his grip a diamond. I gasped air in relief.

“I saw a new world, once more a life-filled blue-green, the old black coal delivered from its curse and pain and shame, wondrously remade.

“It looked so easy for the Woodsman to shape all this with his hands. But then I saw his scars… and remembered it was not.”

Bingo! Bullseye!

[ FYI: For more details on ‘hitting the mark’, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/missing-the-mark-v222/ ].

– ‘Indescribable’!
Perhaps the most elaborate description of the heavenly City contained in the Bible is Revelation 21, where we read all about the New Jerusalem. Author Randy Alcorn makes this interesting observation regarding what this real City might be like:

“Everyone knows what a city is—a place with buildings, streets, and residences occupied by people and subject to A common government. Cities have inhabitants, visitors, bustling activity, cultural events, and gatherings involving music, the arts, education, religion, entertainment, and athletics. If the capital city of the New Earth doesn’t have these defining characteristics of a city, it would seem misleading for Scripture to repeatedly call it a city.”

Since believers will have their resurrected bodies by this time—that is, real persons with real bodies—it is logical that we would forever live and a ‘REAL’ CITY, the New Jerusalem (Revelation 21:2).

The description of the New Jerusalem in the Book of Revelation is astounding. Presented to our amazing gaze in Revelation 21 is a scene of such transcendent splendor that the human mind can scarcely take it in. This is the scene of ecstatic joy and fellowship of sinless angels and redeemed glorified human beings. Author J. Bourdeau described it this way:

“What sublime descriptions of the holy Scriptures give us of the blessed City of God! Her walls are built of jasper-stone, but the city itself is up sure and shining gold, like unto clear crystal. In the foundations of the city are adorned with all manner of precious stones. Her gates are pearls. The very street are transparent as glass. This glorious city has no need of the sun or of the moon to shine in her, for the glory of God is her light.”

Such words, based on the Apostle John’s own words in Revelation 21-22 no doubt represent a human attempt to describe the UTTERLY ‘INDESCRIBABLE’. John F. Walvoord, the late president of Dallas Theological Seminary, observed that “The overall impression of the city is a gigantic brilliant Jewel compared to Jasper, clear as crystal, indicates its great beauty. John was trying to describe what he saw related to what might be familiar to his readers. However, it is evident that his revelation transcends anything that can be experienced.”

Theologian Millard Erickson agrees, and offers these reflections on the glorious splendor of this heavenly city: “Images suggesting imminent size or brilliant light depict haven’t as a place of unimaginable splendor, greatness, excellence, and beauty… it is likely that while John vision employees as metaphors those items which we think of as being most valuable and beautiful, the actual splendor of Heaven far exceeds anything we have yet experienced.”

George Marsden, author of “Jonathan Edwards: A Life,” points out that Edwards “recounted the similes used in scripture to describe Heaven,” and that “his larger point was that, however wonderful it might be to imagine these things, earthly images are not adequate… These Biblical images, he explained, are ‘very faint shadows’ that represent the joys of Heaven humans are intended to enjoy.” In short, the HEAVENLY ‘CITY’ will be FAR MORE ‘WONDEROUS’ than we can imagine!

One thing is certain. The City is designed to reflect and manifest the incredible glory of God. As Walvoord put it, “The Constant mention of transparency indicates that the city is designed to transmit the glory of God any form of light without hindrance.” The human imagination is simply incapable of fathoming the immeasurably resplendent glory of God that will be perpetually manifested in the eternal city. Indeed, this is a scene of indescribable beauty with the light of the city playing upon the multi-colored stones.

Not only does the New Jerusalem descend to earth, but God Himself comes down as well. (Revelation 21:3). This is God’s ultimate goal. He wants to live permanently with us humans on Earth. By the way, this has always been his desire. In the Garden of Eden, for example, God walked and talked with Adam and Eve. He manifested His presence to them. They knew Him in a real and literal way. Even after He expelled them from Paradise, He did not abandon them or their offspring.

The thing is, God has always lived among His people, but only in a temporary way. The prophets, however, foretold of a day when God would descend from Heaven, to live permanently on earth (Ezekiel 37; Zachariah 2:10). The ultimate fulfillment of this place is the Kingdom of Heaven will be ‘ON’ EARTH!

It is impossible to ignore the fact that both the prophet Ezekiel and the Apostle John are describing a scene of breathtaking grandeur and dazzling beauty—a glory that far surpasses the limits of human language.

John paints a ‘picture’ that portrays Heaven as a bright, colorful realm of both splendor and delight. Again, let us not get in trying to read meaning into the symbols that we missed the rather obvious point: John is using these comparisons of two precious jewels to picture the ‘BREATHTAKING’ BEAUTY of heavenly glory, and this is WAY MORE than even the places people consider “heaven on earth.”

[ FYI: For more details about the breathtaking beauty of the New Earth, view this previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/ ]

The Apostle John tries to explain what he is seeing with the most stunning, glorious images he can conjure up. If the scene is hard for you to visualize, that’s okay, I have problems visualizing it, too, and I’m a trained architect who has a pretty good ability to ‘visualize’ building in my head! John is purposely painting a picture of glory that FAR ‘EXCEEDS’ one’s ability to imagine!

– Everything Is ‘Finished’!
Finally, the purposes of God are fulfilled! God’s plan of salvation, conceived in eternity past, is now brought into full fruition—and how glorious it will be! One of the great Bible commentariats, Wilbur M. Smith, described it this way:

“All the glorious purposes of God, ordained from the foundation of the world, have now been attained. The rebellion of Angels and mankind is finally subdued, as the King of Kings assumes his rightful sovereignty. Absolute and unchangeable holiness characterizes all within the universal kingdom of God. The redeemed, made so by the blood of the lamb, are in resurrection and eternal glory. Life is everywhere—and death will never intrude again. The earth and the heavens both are renewed. Light, beauty, holiness, joy, the presence of God, the worship of God, service to Christ, likeness to Christ—are all now abiding realities. The vocabulary of man, made for life here, is incapable of truly and adequately depicting what God has prepared for those that love him.”

Any way you look at it, the eternal city—the New Jerusalem—is going to be wonderful, FAR MORE so than any human mind could POSSIBLE ‘FATHOM’ or even begin TO IMAGINE! Believers are merely ‘pilgrims’ en route to their final frontier in the New Jerusalem, just “passing through” this brief “dot” of time on earth.

[ FYI: For an explanation of the brief “dot” of time, view last month’s “Life’s Deep Thoughts” post:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/ ].

The believers that are the wisest desire daily to follow the Apostle Paul’s advice:

“Set your hearts on things above, where Christ is seated at the right hand of God. Set your minds on things above, not on earthly things”
[ Colossians 3:1-2 ].

– Don’t Be ‘Denied’ Entrance!
To be forthright, I need to remind you that there will be people DENIED ‘ENTRANCE’ into the Eternal City (Revelation 21:7-8; Revelation, 21:25-27; Revelation, 22:14-15)

Now, of course, all of us are sinners. We have all lied, cheated, and stolen—however small. Many people have also had episodes of immorality, idolatry, and even murder in their pasts. The thing is, the above verses do not mean to imply that those sins will keep a person out of Heaven if they have asked Jesus for the forgiveness of those sins. HOWEVER, if one has not repented of their sins and placed their faith in Jesus, those sins WILL certainly ‘PREVENT’ them from walking the streets of gold!

Even people who ‘think’ they are Christians WILL NOT be allowed into Heaven. What? How could that be? Well, I will let Jesus tell you for Himself:

“Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter the Kingdom of Heaven, but the one who does the will of my Father who is in Heaven. On that day many will say to me, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and cast out demons in your name, and do many mighty works in your name?’ And then will I declare to them, ‘I never knew you; depart from me, you workers of lawlessness’”
[ Matthew 7:21-23 ].

‘Nominal’ Christianity cannot ‘save’ a person. A person can seem like a Christian in the eyes of other people, yet still can be an “evildoer” in God’s sight and will be sent away from His presence (Matthew 7:23). Only those who do the Father’s will and who are known of God will enter Heaven.

So, what is the Father’s will? Well, Jesus answered that one, too: “The work of God is this: to believe in the one He has sent” [ John 6:28-29 ]. God wants people to have faith in His Son: “This is His command: to believe in the name of his Son, Jesus Christ” [ 1 John 3:23 ]. Those who are “born again” by faith in Jesus will ‘produce’ good works to the glory of God (Ephesians 2:10). [ Good works WILL NOT ‘get’ you into Heaven, One will ‘do’ good works after they are ‘saved’ and the Holy Spirit dwells inside them. ]

It turns out that what matters is not so much that one knows ‘about’ God on some level, but that God knows them. As the Apostle Paul explained, “Whoever loves God is known by God” (1 Corinthians 8:3; Galatians 4:9). The Lord “tends His flock like a shepherd” (Isaiah 40:11), and He knows who are His ‘sheep’ (John 10:14).

‘Fake’ Christians whom Jesus says He never knew will not produce the fruit of the Spirit (Galatians 5:22-23)—“good works”—rather, they will produce the opposite, the works of the flesh (Galatians 5:19-21).

Jesus warns that one day He will tell a group of religious practitioners, “I never knew you,” and God takes NO ‘DELIGHT’ in sending people to Hell (2 Peter 3:9). HOWEVER, those who are told to depart have rejected God’s eternal purpose and plan for their lives (Luke 7:30). They have ‘spurned’ the light of the Gospel (2 Corinthians 4:4), choosing the darkness instead, because their deeds were evil (John 3:19).

At the judgment, they try to justify themselves as worthy of Heaven based on their works, but no one will be justified by his works (Galatians 2:16). While claiming to do all these good works in Jesus’ name, they failed to do the only work of God that counts: “To have faith in the One He sent” [ John 6:29 ]. So, Jesus, the Righteous Judge, will condemn them to eternal separation from Him! DON’T BE THIS KIND OF PERSON!

If you are failing to respond to Jesus’ gracious invitation, you will have NO ‘PART’ in the New Heaven, the New Earth, or the New Jerusalem! Only the people whose names are written in the Lambs Book of Life will be allowed in! There are NO ‘EXCEPTIONS’!

SO, if you have not accepted God’s plan for your life and have received His forgiveness for your sins, when the moment comes, you will be DENIED ‘ENTRANCE’ into Heaven, and into the City I just described. I DO NOT want that to HAPPEN TO YOU!

If you have not done so, MAKE YOUR ‘RESERVATION’ to have a ‘place’ in the Heavenly City! The last invitation in the Bible, from Jesus, says:

“The Spirit and the Bride say, ‘Come.”’ And let the one who hears say, ‘Come.’ And let the one who is thirsty come; let the one who desires take the water of life without price”
[ Revelation 22:17 ].

So, as I have said many times before, my ‘LIFE FOCUS’ is “To take as many people to Heaven with me as I can.” I want to be the guy behind you just outside the “pearly gate” that is taking the following picture of you!…

[ VIDEO: “The Pilgrim’s Progress” movie (by Revelation Media) -– “Welcome To The Celestial City” ]

SO, the eternal Heaven WILL exist someday ‘ON’ EARTH, and it will be ‘WAY’ MORE than anyone could EVEN ‘IMAGINE’! (Ephesians 3:20).

Again, I will conclude this month’s post just as I did in last month’s post, asking the “sixty-four dollar question” (something that is not known and on which a GREAT ‘DEAL’ depends): Are ‘YOU’ SURE that you are going to live among the New Heavens, on the New Earth, and in the New Jerusalem for eternity?

If not, you need to MAKE ‘SURE’… NOW!!!

– Finally, ‘Utopia’!
The Apostle John portrays, in picturesque language, the beauty of the eternal Kingdom and the blessings that will be ours:

“Then I saw ‘a New Heaven and a New Earth,’ for the first Heaven and the first Earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. I saw the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, coming down out of Heaven from God, prepared as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband”
[ Revelation 21:1-2 ].

Here we FINALLY will experience a peace that we have probably only experienced in our dreams— a ‘REAL’ UTOPIA! But, unlike man-made utopian communities that fail when they succumb to human nature, the Kingdom of God will last forever—because it is ‘Divinely’ crafted and maintained. It will not, and cannot fail—for a perfect, all-knowing, all-powerful God will have created it—as He did originally! A PERFECTLY PEACEFUL, ETERNAL ‘HOME’!

[ FYI: For WAY MORE details about the New Heaven, the New Earth, and the new Jerusalem, view these previous “Life’s Deep Thoughts” posts:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mankinds-destiny-v247/
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/home-at-last-v290/ ]

This is “THE” FINAL ‘GREAT RESET’ for the Earth, and the perfect FOREVER ‘HOME’ for EVERY believer!

So, above all else, make sure you will be part of this New ‘World’. Do not miss what life is all about—a relationship with the living God through His Son, Jesus, and a paid-in-full ’ticket’ into an ETERNAL HEAVEN!

Here on Earth, Jesus—with the help of the Holy Spirit—will ‘re-create’ your life and give you a new ‘reset’ if you call out to Him and trust Him for your eternal salvation. That ‘reset’ will secure your place in the future reign of Jesus in the re-created Heavens and Earth—FOR ETERNITY!!!

A “New World Order” WILL come to fruition, it just WILL NOT be implemented by the World Economic Forum or even the Antichrist. The universe WILL BE renewed, regenerated, and resurrected by the God of the Bible for the ‘FINAL’ time… FOREVER!

Be sure YOU are going to BE THERE!

[ EXCERPTS: S. Michael Houdmann; Michelle Bachmann; Jan Markell; José Ailton de Lima; Steve Miller; David Wheaton; Mark Hitchcock; Jeff Kinley; Matt Slick; RC Burris; Dr. J. Vernon McGee; RC Burris; Dr. David R. Reagan; Got Questions; Sam Kwak; Daniel Kwak; Glenn Beck; Truth & Liberty Coalition; Darris McNeely ]

[ MENTIONS: Klaus Schwab; Thierry Malleret; Ajay S. Banga; Mark Benioff; Lawrence D. Fink; Kristalina Georgieva; Al Gore; Christine Lagarde; David M. Rubenstein; Mark Schneider; Tharman Shanmugaratnam;  Jim Hagemann; Julie Sweet; Feike Sybesma; Zhu Min; Milton Friedman; Bill Gates; George Soros; King Charles; Angela Merkel; Ban Ki-moon; Antonio Guterres; Brad Wenstrup; Mohammad Al Gergawi; Ohood bint Khalfan Al Roumi; Omar Sultan AlOlama; Mohammad Bin Rashid Al Maktoum; Mohammad Al Gergawi; Herman Gref; Andrew Kakabads; Denis Healey; Étienne Davignon; Phyllis Schlafly; Lyndon LaRouche; Daniel Estulin; Nigel Farage; Michael Rectenwald; James Carville; Joe Biden; Feike Sijbesma; Dietrich Bonhoeffer; Alexander Solzhenitsyn; T.A. McMahon; William Booth; Elijah Mvundura; Charles Ryrie; Albert M. Wolters; A. A. Hodge; John F. Walvood; C.S. Lewis; Erwin Lutzer; John Kerry; Winston Churchill; David Jeremiah; A.T. Pierson; William Gurnall; Randy Alcorn; J. Bourdeau; Wilbur M. Smith ]

RELATED POSTS:

Will AI Be World’s ‘Singular’ Leader?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/will-ai-be-worlds-singular-leader-v301/

Will AI Cause Humanity’s ‘Extinction’?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/will-ai-cause-humanitys-extinction-v300/
[ 25th Anniversary! ]

Can ‘AI’ Achieve World Peace?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/can-ai-achieve-world-peace-v299/

‘Longing’ For Peace”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/longing-for-peace-v298/

Isreal Will ‘Stand’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/israel-will-stand-v297/

Are YOU ‘Adopted’?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/are-you-adopted-v293/

Jerusalem’s ‘Near’ Future”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/jerusalems-near-future-v292/

‘Home’ At Last!!!”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/home-at-last-v290/

‘Heaven’ On Earth?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heaven-on-earth-v289/

There’s No Place Like ‘Home’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/theres-no-place-like-home-v288/

Preparing For The ‘Future’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/preparing-for-the-future-v286/

Developing One’s ‘Character’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/developing-ones-character-v283/

Realistic ‘Expectations’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/realistic-expectations-v281/

Why Bother With ‘Predictions’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/why-bother-with-predictions-v279/

‘Fearful’ Of World War III?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/fearful-of-world-war-iii-v278/

‘Investigating’ Something”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/investigating-something-v277/

‘WHEN’ Will Something Important Happen?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/when-will-something-important-happen-v274/

‘WHERE’ You Return To”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/where-you-return-to-v273/

‘WHAT’ Have You Done Lately?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/what-have-you-done-lately-v272/

It’s ‘WHO’ You Know”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/its-who-you-know-v271/

What Really ‘Matters’?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/what-really-matters-v270/

A Sense Of ‘Urgency’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/a-sense-of-urgency-v269/

The ‘Final’ Deception”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/the-final-deception-v268/

The ‘Ongoing’ Deception”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/the-ongoing-deception-v267/

Being ‘Discerning’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/being-discerning-v266/

Gaining A Deep ‘Understanding’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/gaining-a-deep-understanding-v264/

‘Kingdoms’ Past, Present, and Future”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/kingdoms-past-present-and-future-v262/

‘Presence’ Withdrawn?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/presence-withdrawn-v257/

‘Protection’ Removed?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/protection-removed-v256/

Got Your ‘Attention’ Yet?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/got-your-attention-yet-v255/

The Only ‘Way’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/the-only-way-v253/

Are You ‘Blind’?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/are-you-blind-v252/

‘Heed’ The Warning”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/heed-the-warning-v251/

Being A ‘Watchman’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/being-a-watchman-v250/

Last ‘Generation’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/last-generation-v249/

Mankind’s ‘Destiny’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mankinds-destiny-v247/

‘Final’ Tribulation”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/final-tribulation-v246/

‘Blessed’ Hope”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/blessed-hope-v245/

‘Benefits’ Of Assurance”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/benefits-of-assurance-v244/

‘House’ Of Horrors”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/house-of-horrors-v237/

Ready For ‘Battle’?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/ready-for-battle-v235/

Missing The ‘Mark’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/missing-the-mark-v222/

‘Saved’ From Death”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/saved-from-death-v219/

‘Mayday!-Mayday!-Mayday!’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mayday-mayday-mayday-v218/

Are You ‘Prepared’?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/are-you-prepared-v210/

Be A ‘Peacemaker’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/be-a-peacemaker-v202/

Know ‘Peace’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/know-peace-v201/

Man’s ‘Chief End’”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/mans-chief-end-v191/

‘Trusted’ Prophecies”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/trusted-prophecies-v167/

Got Purpose?”:
https://markbesh.wordpress.com/sep-03-v55/


‘PRAYER’ OF REPENTANCE
In the Bible, there is a parable that Jesus told about a Pharisee and a tax collector praying in the Temple.

In the parable, we read of a Pharisee and tax collector who pray in the Jerusalem Temple. The Pharisee thanks God that he is more righteous than others, giving evidence to prove it such as that he fasted twice a week (Luke 18:10-12). He far exceeded the demands of the law, which requires fasting only on the Day of Atonement (Leviticus 16).

Reformed theologian John Calvin states in his commentary that the Pharisee’s problem does not lie in a rejection of the necessity of grace for salvation. His thanksgiving to God implicitly recognizes that his good works come from grace and are given to him by God—otherwise, there would be no need to thank God for his righteousness. The issue, Calvin argues, is that the Pharisee trusts in the merit of his works for salvation. It is not enough to confess that our good works come from God Himself, but we must also recognize that as good as these works may be, they are never perfect on this side of glory and cannot merit heaven. “All our righteous deeds are like a polluted garment” [ Isaiah 64:6 ].

Now, many first-century Jews regarded the Pharisees as paragons of true righteousness and tax collectors as terrible sinners. Thus, they were no doubt shocked when Jesus said that the tax collector, not the Pharisee, went away from the temple justified—that is, declared righteous. He was justified because he did not trust in his own works, even works given to him by God. The tax collector forsook his own righteousness, admitting his sin and humbly asking for mercy. Instead, he “beat his chest in sorrow, saying, ‘O God, be merciful to me, for I am a sinner’”—and Jesus said that the tax collector “went home justified,” he had been “born again” and ‘reconciled’ to God (Luke 18:13-14).

John Calvin writes, “Though a man may ascribe to God the praise of works, yet if he imagines the righteousness of those works to be the cause of his salvation, or rests upon it, he is condemned for wicked arrogance.” God gives His people good works to do, but our salvation is not based on those works. It is based only on Christ and His righteousness, which we receive by grace alone through faith in Jesus alone. “For it is by grace you have been saved, through faith—and this is not from yourselves, it is the gift of God—not by works, so that no one can boast. For we are God’s handiwork, created in Christ Jesus to do good works, which God prepared in advance for us to do” [ Ephesians 2:8-10 ].

So, if you are ‘sensing’ something like that right now, let me strongly encourage you to HUMBLE YOURSELF, CRY OUT to God, and PLEAD for Him to mercifully ‘SAVE’ YOU! None of us have a ‘claim’ on our salvation, nor do we have any ‘works’ that would cause us to deserve it or earn it—it is purely a gift of Divine grace—and all any of us can do is ask. So, CONFESS YOUR SINS and acknowledge to God that you have no hope for Heaven apart from what He provides through Jesus. [ See Psalm 51 ].

There is no ‘formula’ or certain words for this. So just talk to God, in your own words—He knows your ‘heart’. If you are genuinely sincere, and God does respond to your plea, you will usually have a sense of joy and peace.

Jesus said, “He that comes to Me, I will not cast out” [ John 6:37 ].

[ FYI: This is a great sermon on the “Call to Repentance” by John MacArthur from his book “The Gospel According to Jesus”: https://www.gty.org/library/sermons-library/90-22/the-call-to-repentance (Transcript: http://www.spiritedesign.com/TheCallToRepentance-JohnMacArthur(Jul-27-2019).pdf) ].

[ NOTE: If you have ‘tasted the kindness of the Lord’, please e-mail me—I would love to CELEBRATE with you, and help you get started on your ‘journey’ with Jesus! ].


<<< RESOURCES >>>


Fourth Industrial Revolution
By: Klaus Schwab

Enjoy a great reading experience when you buy the Kindle edition of this book. Learn more about Great on Kindle, available in select categories.
View Kindle Edition
The founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum on how the impending technological revolution will change our lives

We are on the brink of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. And this one will be unlike any other in human history.

Characterized by new technologies fusing the physical, digital, and biological worlds, the Fourth Industrial Revolution will impact all disciplines, economies, and industries – and it will do so at an unprecedented rate. World Economic Forum data predicts that by 2025 we will see: commercial use of nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than human hair; the first transplant of a 3D-printed liver; 10% of all cars on US roads being driverless; and much more besides.

In The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Schwab outlines the key technologies driving this revolution, discusses the major impacts on governments, businesses, civil society and individuals, and offers bold ideas for what can be done to shape a better future for all.


Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution
by Klaus Schwab and Nicholas Davis

World Economic Forum Founder and Executive Chairman Klaus Schwab offers a practical companion and field guide to his previous book, The Fourth Industrial Revolution.

Today, technology is changing everything–how we relate to one another, the way we work, how our economies and goverments function, and even what it means to be human.

One need not look hard to see how the incredible advances in artificial intelligence, cryptocurrencies, biotechnologies, and the internet of things are transforming society in unprecedented ways. But the Fourth Industrial Revolution is just beginning, says Schwab. And at a time of such tremendous uncertainty and such rapid change, he argues it’s our actions as individuals and leaders that will determine the trajectory our future will take. We all have a responsibility – as citizens, businesses, and institutions – to work with the current of progress, not against it, to build a future that is ethical, inclusive, sustainable and prosperous.

Drawing on contributions from 200 top experts in fields ranging from machine learning to geoengineering to nanotechnology, to data ethics, Schwab equips readers with the practical tools to leverage the technologies of the future to leave the world better, safer, and more resilient than we found it.


COVID-19: The Great Reset
By: Klaus Schwab and Thierry Malleret

“COVID-19: The Great Reset” is a guide for anyone who wants to understand how COVID-19 disrupted our social and economic systems, and what changes will be needed to create a more inclusive, resilient and sustainable world going forward. Klaus Schwab, founder and executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum, and Thierry Malleret, founder of the Monthly Barometer, explore what the root causes of these crisis were, and why they lead to a need for a Great Reset.Theirs is a worrying, yet hopeful analysis. COVID-19 has created a great disruptive reset of our global social, economic, and political systems. But the power of human beings lies in being foresighted and having the ingenuity, at least to a certain extent, to take their destiny into their hands and to plan for a better future. This is the purpose of this book: to shake up and to show the deficiencies which were manifest in our global system, even before COVID broke out.”Erudite, thought-provoking and plausible” — Hans van Leeuwen, Australian Financial Review (Australia)”The book looks ahead to what the post-coronavirus world could look like barely four months after the outbreak was first declared a pandemic” — Sam Meredith, CNBC (USA) “The message that the pandemic is not only a crisis of enormous proportions, but that it also provides an opportunity for humanity to reflect on how it can do things differently, is important and merits reflection”– Ricardo Avila, Portafolio (Colombia) “A call for political change in the post-pandemic world”– Ivonne Martinez, La Razon (Mexico)”History has shown, the book argues, that pandemics are a force for radical and lasting change”– Mustafa Alrawi, The National (UAE)


The Great Narrative
By: Klaus Schwab and Thierry Malleret

The Great Narrative is a guide for anyone seeking to better understand how the world has evolved since the pandemic started and what solutions can make us more resilient, equitable and sustainable.

The book recognizes that the problems for which we collectively must find solutions are both major and manifold. Vital issues abound: economic, environmental, geopolitical, societal and technological. But solutions do exist and are within our grasp. The Great Narrative proposes some hopeful and inspiring narratives around them. In that sense, it is an optimistic book that categorically rejects the negativity that permeates too many doomsday narratives ready to consign us to a future of oblivion. It asserts that human creativity, ingenuity and innate sociality will prevail, and it offers a comprehensive framework to explain why.

Professor Klaus Schwab is the Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum. He is a life-long advocate of “stakeholder capitalism”, the author of various books, including The Fourth Industrial Revolution, and the co-author (with Thierry Malleret) of the international best-seller COVID-19: The Great Reset. Thierry Malleret is the Managing Partner of The Monthly Barometer, a succinct predictive newsletter that also provides tailor-made research to its subscribers. He has written several business and academic books and published four thrillers.


The Great Reset and the Struggle for Liberty: Unraveling the Global Agenda
By: Michael Rectenwald

The Great Reset and the Struggle for Liberty: Unraveling the Global Agenda is the definitive treatment of the Great Reset. In a scholarly examination, Rectenwald treats the various components of the Great Reset, including the economic system it establishes, the deep history of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the population control “ethics” of the WEF and related globalist organizations, climate change catastrophism, the technologies of the Fourth Industrial Revolution (including transhumanism), and the question of conspiracy theory. Rectenwald ends with a nine-point plan for stopping the Great Reset in its tracks, as part of what he calls the Grand Refusal. Far from a conspiratorial rant, The Great Reset and the Struggle for Liberty is a thoroughly sourced account that lays bare the premises and implications of the Great Reset project.


Against the Great Reset: Eighteen Theses Contra the New World Order
By: Michael Walsh

Much more than a collection of essays by eminent writers, Against the Great Reset is intended to kick off the intellectual resistance to the sweeping restructuring of the western world by globalist elites.

In June 2020, prominent business and political leaders gathered for the 50th annual meeting of the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, under the rubric of “The Great Reset.” In the words of WEF founder Klaus Schwab, the Great Reset is a “unique window of opportunity” afforded by the worldwide COVID-19 panic to build “a new social contract” ushering in a utopian era of economic, social, and environmental justice. But beneath their lofty and inspiring words, what are their actual plans?

In this timely and necessary book, Michael Walsh has gathered trenchant critical perspectives on the Great Reset from eighteen eminent writers and journalists from around the world. Victor Davis Hanson places the WEF’s prescriptions and goals in historical context and shows how American politicians justify destructive policies. Michael Anton explains the socialist history of woke capitalism. James Poulos looks at how Big Tech acts as informal government censors. John Tierney lays out the lack of accountability for the unjustified panic over the virus. David Goldman confronts the WEF’s ideas for a fourth industrial revolution with China’s commitment to being the leader of a post-western world. And there are many more.

These writers see the goal of the Great Reset as not just a world without racism, disease, economic inequality, or fossil fuels—but rather, a world with no individual autonomy and power in which our betters rig the system for their own purposes. Find out what the Great Resetters ultimately have in store for you, and join the intellectual resistance—before it’s too late.


The Great Reset: Joe Biden and the Rise of Twenty-First-Century Fascism
By: Glenn Beck and Justin Trask Haskins

In The Great Reset: Joe Biden and the Rise of Twenty-First-Century Fascism, New York Times bestselling author and nationally syndicated radio host Glenn Beck argues that the American way of life will not survive the Great Reset and warns us to stop it before it’s too late to reverse course.

An international conspiracy between powerful bankers, business leaders, and government officials; closed-door meetings in the Swiss Alps; and calls for a radical transformation of every society on earth—the Great Reset sounds like it is one henchman-with-an-eyepatch away from being the plot for the next James Bond movie.

But the Great Reset is not a work of fiction. It is a highly influential movement among the world’s elite to “reset” the global economy using banks, government programs, and environmental, social, and governance metrics. If they are successful and the Great Reset is finalized, it would put substantially more economic and social power in the hands of large corporations, international institutions, banks, and government officials, including Joe Biden, the United Nations, and many of the members of the World Economic Forum.

In The Great Reset: Joe Biden and the Rise of Twenty-First-Century Fascism, Glenn Beck uses his trademark blend of humor, storytelling, and detailed analysis to reveal for the first time the unbelievable truth about the Great Reset, tying together nearly two decades of groundbreaking research about authoritarian movements and their efforts to fundamentally transform the United States.

The roadmap to stopping the Great Reset begins with fully understanding what the free peoples of the world are up against, and no resource provides more information about this radical movement than Glenn Beck’s The Great Reset: Joe Biden and the Rise of Twenty-First-Century Fascism.


Dark Future: Uncovering the Great Reset’s Terrifying Next Phase
By: Glenn Beck and Justin Trask Haskins Kendal

The Great Reset was just the beginning.

At important meetings in 2021 and 2022, powerful leaders from government, finance, media, and business who support the World Economic Forum’s plan for a Great Reset of capitalism launched a new “call to action” titled the “Great Narrative.” The Great Narrative campaign seeks to use the decay of traditional values throughout the West and new and future advancements in technology—including in the areas of artificial intelligence, automation, the metaverse, robotics, and more—to seize control of economies and societies in North America and Europe. The elites behind these proposals even plan to impact the way people across cultures and the planet understand what it means to be human and to have free will. According to the leaders of The Great Reset and Great Narrative movements, by the year 2030, your world will be fundamentally transformed.

Together, the highly influential and often extremely wealthy figures and institutions behind the Great Narrative are building a troubling new framework for humanity, one that has the potential to change life on earth forever. Just as worrisome, the Communist Party of China and Vladimir Putin’s authoritarian regime in Russia are adopting technology-centric approaches of their own to control citizens and institutions, both domestically and abroad.

In Dark Future: Uncovering the Great Reset’s Terrifying Next Phase, New York Times bestselling authors Glenn Beck and Justin Haskins reveal the most important technologies and social and cultural changes that will soon cause an unprecedented level of disruption in the United States, as well as in countless other nations. They also outline the dangers and opportunities associated with these disruptions and provide a plan to protect individuals and families from losing their liberty.

How the free people of the world react to the challenges outlined in this revolutionary book will change the course of history for generations to come. In this emerging, intense struggle for the future of humankind, whose side will you be on?


Rise of the New World Order 3: The Great Reset
By: J Micha-El Thomas Hays

Spurred to action by the initiation of the planned-emic, book 3 of this series brings you the elites’ proposed “Great Reset”, by which you will own nothing and be happy (their words, not mine).

In other words, global socialism is at the top of the playbook, and this was part of the Great Plan from the start.

Getting from a global capitalist structure to a socialist one will not be easy and people won’t want to go along with it unless they have no choice.

Enter the Great Reset…

A global fiat currency meltdown is in motion in September 2023. By the time the general public realizes it they won’t have time to salvage whatever they have accumulated as wealth and retirement as those numbers in cyberspace will evaporate before their very eyes.

This is just one facet of the Great Reset: economic Armageddon.

There are many others, including First World depopulation, of which that also has been implemented.

And hardly anyone knows it.

There’s a lot to go over, so I cherry-picked all the most pertinent info I had gathered to get you pointed in the right direction and kept this book as short as possible while still giving you the gist of what I feel is important for you to know right now.

The Great Reset. It’s just starting so you’ve still got time to learn and prepare.

https://www.amazon.com/Rise-New-World-Order-Great/dp/0988982080/

“The Great Reset 2030 – Agenda 21 – The NWO plans for World Domination Exposed!”
By: Rebel Press Media

This book exposes the agenda of global elites and the coming reset of human civilization.

Rebel Press Media delves deep into the untold truth about how the mainstream media has sold out and continues to lie about what’s really going on…

Connecting the dots between the current state of the world and the truth about the next world wars, population control, vaccine chips, and passports.

Rebel Media Press explains how The Great Reset will unfold and how our governments, globalists, China, and Russia will dictate future politics in the West.

This book will show you what’s coming in the next 10 years and how to prepare for it.

It’ll also tell you how to build back better after this reset has happened, so that we can avoid another dark age like the one that followed World War II.

This book will expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world.

What impact will “Build Back Better” have on you?
What will happen in the next world war?
What role will the coronavirus play in advancing the New World Order?
What does it all mean, and how can you prepare for the next chapter of our history?

You deserve to know what is happening so you can prepare yourself for the future, or at least be able to tell your kids about it when they ask why things were different back then.

Get this book today and learn how we got here and where we’re going next.


Agenda 2030-2050: The Great Reset – NWO – Economic Collapse, Hyperinflation and Food Shortage
By: Rebel Press Media

This book exposes the agenda of global elites and the coming reset of human civilization.

Rebel Press Media delves deep into the untold truth about how the mainstream media has sold out and continues to lie about what’s really going on…

Connecting the dots between the current state of the world and the truth about the next world wars, population control, vaccine chips, and passports.

Rebel Media Press explains how The Great Reset will unfold and how our governments, globalists, China, and Russia will dictate future politics in the West.

This book will show you what’s coming in the next 10 years and how to prepare for it.

It’ll also tell you how to build back better after this reset has happened, so that we can avoid another dark age like the one that followed World War II.

This book will expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world.

What impact will “Build Back Better” have on you?
What will happen in the next world war?
What role will the coronavirus play in advancing the New World Order?
What does it all mean, and how can you prepare for the next chapter of our history?

You deserve to know what is happening so you can prepare yourself for the future, or at least be able to tell your kids about it when they ask why things were different back then.

Get this book today and learn how we got here and where we’re going next.


Agenda 2030 – The Great Reset Exposed!: Our Freedom and Future in Danger? NWO & WEF plans for 2022-2023
By: Rebel Press Media

‘Decarbonization = depopulation. Eliminating CO2 means eliminating the human race’ – Period 2022 – 2024 will be crucial for all of us

CO2 is the “molecule of life” in our atmosphere. Without CO2, current life on our planet would not be possible. All climate propaganda notwithstanding – the level of CO2 in our atmosphere is still historically low (450-500 ppm), and is not far above the dangerous lower limit of 300 ppm. Below that level, everything that lives on this planet begins to die. So what a great idea of the West not only to significantly reduce CO2 emissions, but also to take it OUT of the atmosphere. In the US, a major project has now been launched to do exactly that. This is so absurd and dangerous, that it is more or less comparable to the scenario of well-known sf-movies in which an aggressive alien race ‘terraforms’ the Earth into another atmosphere, hostile to us, so that it becomes suitable for their form of life.


The Great Reset 2021-2030 Exposed!: Vaccine Passports & 5G Microchips, COVID-19 Mutations or The Next Pandemic?
By: Rebel Press Media

The Great Reset Exposed 2021-2030 exposes the agenda of global elites and the coming reset of human civilization.

Rebel Press Media delves deep into the untold truth about how the mainstream media has sold out and continues to lie about what’s really going on…

Connecting the dots between the current state of the world and the truth about the next world wars, population control, vaccine chips, and passports.

Rebel Media Press explains how The Great Reset will unfold and how our governments, globalists, China, and Russia will dictate future politics in the West.

This book will show you what’s coming in the next 10 years and how to prepare for it.

It’ll also tell you how to build back better after this reset has happened, so that we can avoid another dark age like the one that followed World War II.

This book will expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world.

What impact will “Build Back Better” have on you?
What will happen in the next world war?
What role will the coronavirus play in advancing the New World Order?
What does it all mean, and how can you prepare for the next chapter of our history?
You deserve to know what is happening so you can prepare yourself for the future, or at least be able to tell your kids about it when they ask why things were different back then.

Get this book today and learn how we got here and where we’re going next.


The Great Campaign Against the Great Reset
By: Jason Jones

“It’s like in the great stories, Mr. Frodo,” says Samwise Gamgee. “Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back, only they didn’t. They kept going, because they were holding on to something. That there is some good in this world, and it’s worth fighting for.”

Many have likened the past few years to a dystopian novel or a thriller movie due to unprecedented oppression, violence, loss of rights, and weaponization of science and technology at the hands of powerful people with dark intentions. It’s coming into ever-clearer focus that the unified, global pandemic response — the forced lockdowns, vaccine and mask mandates, fear-filled media coverage, and restrictions on public worship — stripped citizens of their civil liberties and transformed our society.

Leaving no stone unturned, award-winning film producer and human rights activist Jason Jones incisively lays out a full-scale campaign against this “Great Reset” to help equip you with the armor to protect and defend yourself, your loved ones, and all those vulnerable to the antihuman designs of global elites who have demonstrated a propensity for trampling basic human rights to achieve their one-world vision. Jones exposes the stealth tactics of the Great Reset leaders and reveals what they really mean by their “build back better” and “you’ll own nothing and like it” slogans. Reflecting on historical precedents dating back to biblical times, Jones sounds a red alert and offers a plan for pushing back against the political, Church, and corporate apostasy still unfolding around us.

The incessant fear-mongering and propagandizing by the radical reformers, Jones explains, is undermining the health of the nation and robbing young people of their ability to reason and experience authentic love. But we can reverse course, he argues, and the time to do so is now.

In this prescient work, you will find examples of people — past and present — who heroically model ways to overcome the mightiest walls of resistance. You will learn:

The five “ideologies of evil” that constitute a genuine pandemic (You will be shocked!)

Three forgotten aspects of piety that need restoration
How Victimism is used to gain wealth, power and totalitarian control of the entire planet
The secret to living the gospel and avoiding cooperating with evil
Practical ways to strengthen families and communities through subsidiarity
Why the right to private property is essential to preserving human dignity

Through the lens of the Gospels and classical thinking, Jones challenges readers to reclaim reverence for life and prescribes the “emergency medicine” we need to apply to revive and renew our Church, our nation, and our world.


2030: How Today’s Biggest Trends Will Collide and Reshape the Future of Everything
By: Mauro F. Guillén

“Bold, provocative…illuminates why we’re having fewer babies, the middle class is stagnating, unemployment is shifting, and new powers are rising.”
―ADAM GRANT

The world is changing drastically before our eyes―will you be prepared for what comes next? A groundbreaking analysis from one of the world’s foremost experts on global trends, including analysis on how COVID-19 will amplify and accelerate each of these changes.

Once upon a time, the world was neatly divided into prosperous and backward economies. Babies were plentiful, workers outnumbered retirees, and people aspiring towards the middle class yearned to own homes and cars. Companies didn’t need to see any further than Europe and the United States to do well. Printed money was legal tender for all debts, public and private. We grew up learning how to “play the game,” and we expected the rules to remain the same as we took our first job, started a family, saw our children grow up, and went into retirement with our finances secure.

That world―and those rules―are over.

By 2030, a new reality will take hold, and before you know it:

  • There will be more grandparents than grandchildren
  • The middle-class in Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa will outnumber the US and Europe combined
  • The global economy will be driven by the non-Western consumer for the first time in modern history
  • There will be more global wealth owned by women than men
  • There will be more robots than workers
  • There will be more computers than human brains
  • There will be more currencies than countries

All these trends, currently underway, will converge in the year 2030 and change everything you know about culture, the economy, and the world.

According to Mauro F. Guillen, the only way to truly understand the global transformations underway―and their impacts―is to think laterally. That is, using “peripheral vision,” or approaching problems creatively and from unorthodox points of view. Rather than focusing on a single trend―climate-change or the rise of illiberal regimes, for example―Guillen encourages us to consider the dynamic inter-play between a range of forces that will converge on a single tipping point―2030―that will be, for better or worse, the point of no return.

2030 is both a remarkable guide to the coming changes and an exercise in the power of “lateral thinking,” thereby revolutionizing the way you think about cataclysmic change and its consequences.


The Great Reset: How Big Tech Elites and the World’s People Can Be Enslaved by China CCP or A.I.
By: Cyrus Parsa and The AI Organization

This book is meant to be a neutral analysis and depiction of threats to world leaders, big tech elites, Silicon Valley, conservatives, liberals, WEF, nation states, the intelligence community, and the common person. This includes religious people and atheists. It is not against WEF, Silicon Valley, right, or left. Rather, I attempt to write on everyone’s behalf.

I will describe the Great Reset (4th industrial revolution) more in detail from the macro perspective with short and concise summary paragraphs of each major global component as it relates to AI, smart cities, and the geo-political challenges that exist. I will go a lot further and beyond what the World Economic Forum has published and is disclosing to the public with Mr. Klaus Schwab’s own book, COVID 19: The Great Reset, which shined may be 5% of what I disclosed in my previous book Artificial Intelligence Dangers to Humanity, and what I will be disclosing here, in this book.

I was the only human being in the world that knew the timing and worked hard to accurately warn and predict that the world’s people were in impending danger from a Bioweapon or disease (COVID 19, AKA CCP Virus) from China CCP in 2019, leading to conflicts with lockdown, famines, AI enslavement, and the entire Great Reset. Prior to and more accurate than Bill Gates, Elon Musk, WEF, intelligence agencies, or any government. Methods included Secret Service briefs, Fmr. CIA Covert Ops Director reports, published books Artificial Intelligence Dangers to Humanity, and numerous attempts to provide solutions to save lives and help governments, the intelligence community, media, and families.

The intention has always been altruistic, and to help my fellow citizen and their families from harm. I hope now, this book, my efforts, and The AI Organization, are taken more seriously and supported. Cyrus A. Parsa, The AI Organization,


The Tyranny of Big Tech
By: Josh Hawley

The reign of Big Tech is here, and Americans’ First Amendment rights hang by a keystroke.

Amassing unimaginable amounts of personal data, giants like Google, Facebook, Amazon, and Apple—once symbols of American ingenuity and freedom—have become a techno-oligarchy with overwhelming economic and political power.

Decades of unchecked data collection have given Big Tech more targeted control over Americans’ daily lives than any company or government in the world. In The Tyranny of Big Tech, Senator Josh Hawley of Missouri argues that these mega-corporations—controlled by the robber barons of the modern era—are the gravest threat to American liberty in decades.

To reverse course, Hawley argues, we must correct progressives’ mistakes of the past. That means recovering the link between liberty and democratic participation, building an economy that makes the working class strong, independent, and beholden to no one, and curbing the influence of corporate and political elites.

Big Tech and its allies do not deal gently with those who cross them, and Senator Hawley proudly bears his own battle scars. But hubris is dangerous. The time is ripe to overcome the tyranny of Big Tech by reshaping the business and legal landscape of the digital world.


Google Archipelago: The Digital Gulag and the Simulation of Freedom
By: Michael Rectenwald

Enjoy a great reading experience when you buy the Kindle edition of this book. Learn more about Great on Kindle, available in select categories.
View Kindle Edition
Google Archipelago: The Digital Gulag and the Simulation of Freedom begins with familiar cultural politics as points of entry to the book’s theme regarding the reach, penetration, and soon the ubiquity of the digital world. In a book about enormous sea changes brought about by digital technology, Google Archipelagobegins and ends with the political, in particular with the objectives of the Big Digi­tal conglomerates as global corporate monopoly capitalists or would-be-monopolies.

Google Archipelago argues that Big Digital technologies and their principals represent not only economic powerhouses but also new forms of governmental power. The technologies of Big Digital not only amplify, extend, and lend precision to the powers of the state, they may represent elements of a new corporate state power.

In contrast to academics who study digital media and bemoan such supposed horrors as digital exploitation, in Google Archipelago, Michael Rectenwald argues that the real danger posed by Big Digital is not digital capitalism as such, but leftist authoritarianism, a political outlook shared by academic leftists, who thus cannot recognize it in their object of study. Thus, while imagining that they are radical critics of Big Digital, academic digital media scholars (whom Rectenwald terms the digitalistas ) actually serve as ideological smokescreens that obscure its real character.

Two chapters interrupt the book’s genre as non-fiction prose. Part historical science fiction and part memoir, these chapters render the story of a Soviet Gu­lag survivor and defector, and the author’s earlier digital self. Google Archipelago intentionally blurs the lines between argument and story, fact and artifact, the real and the imaginary. This is necessary, Rectenwald argues, because one cannot pretend to describe the Google Archipelago as if from without, as something apart from experience. In any case, soon one will no longer go on the Internet. The Internet and cyberspace will be everywhere, while humans and other agents will be digital artifacts within it.

The Google Archipelago represents the coextension of digitization and physical social space, the conversion of social space and its inhabitants into digital artifacts, and the potential to control populations to degrees unimagined by the likes of Stalin, Hitler, or Mao.


The Great Reset: Global Elites and the Permanent Lockdown
by Marc Morano

Here is the antidote to the left’s sinister push to use a worldwide crisis to infuse our lives with the values of collasal statism and dystopian self-hatred, all accelerated by the duplicitous manipulation of the recent pandemic. From the nationally best-selling author of The Politically Incorrect Guide to Climate Change.

Welcome to 2030. I own nothing, have no privacy, and life has never been better.

This is the vision of the Great Reset, according to globalist leaders. While proponents of the Great Reset push slogans like “Build Back Better,” “The Fourth Industrial Revolution,” and “A New Normal,” the Reset is nothing short of a rebranded Soviet system, threatening to strip away property rights, restrict freedom of movement and association, and radically reshape our diets and way of life.

In The Great Reset: Global Elites and the Permanent Lockdown, bestselling author and ClimateDepot.com publisher, Marc Morano, unveils the origins of the Great Reset, who is behind it, how it is being implemented, and how COVID-19 and the alleged “climate emergency” accelerated its imposition on the United States.

Packed with telling statistics and damning quotes, The Great Reset is the essential handbook for the public, the media, and activists on how to critically analyze and expose the tyrannical policies silently strangling our liberties today.


The Great UN-Reset: Humanity’s Battle Against a Dystopian New World Order
By: Constantine du Bruyn

Why is it that our highly-interconnected and globalized world seems more chaotic and dangerous than ever? Have you ever wondered why the world seems to lurch from seemingly unconnected crisis to crisis? From the pandemic to climate change and net-zero policies? From food shortages to high inflation and collapsing markets? But are they really unconnected? This book explores the reality suggesting that, in fact, none of what is happening across the globe is happening by chance.

Right under humanity’s nose, supranational organizations such as the United Nations, the Club of Rome and Klaus Schwab’s World Economic Forum strive to usurp national sovereignties in the quest for a dystopian future, with the threat of transhumanism, the Fourth Industrial Revolution, central bank digital currencies, universal basic income and digital IDs looming ever closer.

How is it that with today’s technology and ubiquitous media opening up lines of communication with virtually anyone, anywhere in the world, we become seemingly more divided? Coupled with the absurdity of complicit mainstream and social media entities enforcing narrative control and policing ‘misinformation’, what was once seen as liberalization has pivoted to hyper-liberalization where opposing points of view are no longer permitted, statues are toppled, free-speech is silenced and history is erased.

The COVID-19 Pandemic ushered in unprecedented global lockdown restrictions with crippling effects on people’s livelihoods, education and mental health. The medical profession was dictated to rather than listened to and many world-leading health professionals were silenced, cancelled and struck off medical registers for speaking out against government mandates, the World Health Organization, Pfizer, Moderna and billionaire backers such as Bill Gates. In the background, Anthony Fauci’s declaration ‘I am the science’ rang out across the globe like a foghorn to those willing to listen.

The last few years have left many of us feeling lost and without a voice, in a state of perpetual fear of viruses, wars, or economic ruin, while the global elites persist on their journey towards a one-world government where, according to the World Economic Forum, we will all ‘own nothing and be happy.’

This book compiles hundreds of pieces of evidence to expose the dystopian goals of a global control matrix lying in the shadows, before concluding with lifestyle changes we can make to alter the way we interact with both our local community and wider society. By reading this book, you become part of humanity’s fight back against the new world order being forced on the globe. By spreading the word and uniting in numbers, we can fight for our freedoms and for those of generations to come.


Hidden In Plain View” (DVD)

The New World Order in Bible Prophecy

The implementation of Antichrist’s system will require a crisis and Jan shows how all human efforts are leading to the Rapture of the Church. From secret societies to the banking industry, from the billionaire cabals to Celine Dion and the entertainment industry, the world is preparing for a one-world scheme that will end in failure. Their seven year paradise will be the Tribulation. Thankfully, the believer looks forward to the one true globalist system known as the Millennium.

DVD: https://store.olivetreeviews.org/product/hiddeninplainview-dvd/


THE GREAT RESET: THE DEMENTED SOCIALIST PLAN TO PLACE HUMANITY IN CHAINS
By: Robert J Firth

My dear readers, unfortunately I have some seriously bad news. In case you weren’t aware, we are under attack. We, in this case, are the conservative gun-owning, bible-banging and gold hoarding band of brothers who have and will fight for freedom. The enemy is vast and powerful. They are many and, like Satan, have many names, Let’s call them the globalists, the one world government types, all leftists, socialists, communists, progressives, and liberals including China, Russia, Iran, Big Tech, the democratic party, the swamp or, if you prefer, the sewer critters, more than half of all members of congress and 95% of all the media. Clearly, a daunting and most determined foe.


The Great Reset: Preparing For Economic Armageddon
By: M.D. Creekmore

Introducing “The Great Reset: Bracing for Economic Armageddon,” a comprehensive guide that prepares you for the financial apocalypse that could be lurking just around the corner. Written by M.D. Creekmore, a seasoned prepper with an astute understanding of the world’s economic landscape, this book offers you the knowledge and tools to navigate and survive a global financial meltdown.

This guide delves deep into the heart of the Great Reset, an initiative by the World Economic Forum, which poses both opportunities and risks for the global economy. It provides a thorough analysis of its objectives, potential implications, and how it could trigger a complete societal shift.

As a prepper, you realize that the threat of an economic collapse is ever-present. In this book, you’ll find an invaluable resource that prepares you for such a scenario. Some of the crucial elements covered in the guide include:

Understanding the causes of an economic collapse, helping you identify the warning signs well in advance.

A detailed examination of the Great Reset agenda by the World Economic Forum, equipping you with the knowledge to comprehend and anticipate its repercussions.

A recount of the worst economic collapses in recent history, providing valuable lessons to avoid repetition.

Practical methods to evaluate your financial standing and devise a foolproof budget that ensures your survival during and after an economic crisis.
Expert advice on diversifying your assets, investing in precious metals, cryptocurrency, and real estate as means to buffer against financial turmoil.
Approaches to establish a self-sufficient lifestyle – from storing and purifying water, cultivating food, hunting, and foraging, to raising livestock.
The integral role of bartering in a post-collapse economy, and how to master it.

Essential prepping wisdom spanning across self-defense, first aid, and communication strategies in a post-collapse world.

Guidance on stocking up firearms and ammunition, addressing your safety in an unstable environment.

Detailed coverage of medical needs and first aid for post-collapse survival.
“The Great Reset: Bracing for Economic Armageddon” is not just a book; it’s a survival manual for the financially uncertain future we might face. Don’t wait for the eleventh hour to get prepared for an economic Armageddon. Acquire your copy of “The Great Reset: Bracing for Economic Armageddon” today, and step into the future with certainty and confidence.


The Great Reset: Ways to prepare for the coming Global Economic Reset by 2030
By: S.R. Cunningham

Are you looking for an actionable guide to show you the way to prepare your family for The Great Reset and beyond?

The Great Reset has many moving parts. The Pandemic set in motion the beginning of the economic collapse or yet worse World War III. This book puts actionable steps in motion to help you navigate, plan and know which step in the process we are in.

What you will find inside is what each piece of the puzzle is and what to do.

Where we are in the Economic Reset and how to plan.
Where we are in the Societal Reset and how to take action and plan.
Where we are in the Geopolitical Reset and how to take action and plan.
Where we are in the Environmental Reset and how to take action and plan.
This book skips all the fluff and gives you everything you need to know to get your family ready. As well as what you will need to purchase in the process beforehand.

So, if you are like I am and you want to know what to do now while you still have time to act, scroll up and click the buy button. See you inside!


Global Reset: Do Current Events Point to the Antichrist and His Worldwide Empire?
By: Mark Hitchcock and Jeff Kinley

Enjoy a great reading experience when you borrow the Kindle edition of this book with your Kindle Unlimited membership. Learn more about Great on Kindle, available in select categories.
View Kindle Edition
Global Reset will open readers’ eyes and alert them to how world leaders are using the “Great Reset” agenda to seize pandemics, natural disasters and catastrophes, civil disorder, political unrest, and other current events to reshape every facet of life—all pointing toward the universal economy and godless global government of the Antichrist.

COVID unleashed a cascade of consequences that are now reaching far beyond the pandemic itself. Governments have begun leveraging the coronavirus and even the vaccine as a power grab, setting the stage for further intrusions in the future. These accelerants are driving the world to the precipice of fundamental, irreversible transformation. The winds of change are blowing. Tectonic shifts are underway at every level.

These realities are alarming by themselves. And yet, there remains a still deeper, more sinister agenda imbedded within. According to prophecies found in the Bible, a one-world government will indeed emerge in the end times. According to the book of Revelation, a future unified government will encompass the whole earth, and Satan himself will be behind it for the ultimate purpose of ruling over all the earth and being worshipped by its inhabitants. While we aren’t in the end times, we’re on the edge of the precipice. In Global Reset, readers will discover:

The “Great Reset” agenda that sets the stage for the end time scenario prophesied in Scripture
How China and other great nations are beginning to play a dominant role in international, socioeconomic, and political dynamics
Possible scenarios regarding America in the end times and what believers can do to stem the tide of decline
God’s great reset planned for planet earth and humanity—the millennial reign of Christ
Every person’s needs for an eternal personal reset that can come only through Jesus Christ
Prepare yourself spiritually and arm yourself with information. Find answers to the questions everyone should be asking about current world events and how they may be ushering in Christ’s return.


LAWLESS: End Times War Against the Spirit of Antichrist
By: Terry James

Today, chaos and turmoil inflame daily life within the fever of uncertainty. Geopolitical and cultural/societal upheaval tear at the heart of America and the world. Much of humanity is in a state of growing rage, while an infinitesimally small enemy—visible only under powerful microscopes—holds populations in its fear-paralyzing, pandemic grip. LAWLESS: End Times War Against the Spirit of Antichrist is an intensely focused volume that answers questions about what’s really going on in these volatile, inexplicably strange times. What does it all mean? Why such a divide? Why such anger and hatred? People want to know answers, and the answer is spiritual. It’s all there in Bible prophecy. The tumult altogether constitutes a major indicator of how near we are to the end of this age—the Age of Grace. Deniers of man-made climate change that is purported to be destroying planet earth are accused of blaspheming the religion of Mother Earth worship. Such denial prevents the globalists-elite from bringing their long-prophesied changed world order to fruition. But it is the deniers of the God of Heaven within that globalist cabal who in actuality foment the chaos and lawlessness exploding across this troubled sphere. Seventeen writers, each steeped in spiritually attuned insights gleaned from God’s prophetic Word, expertly probe the issues and events of today—issues and events that almost certainly point to the imminence of Christ’s return.


The Great Reset Versus The Great Awakening: Revealing the Nefarious, Surveillance-Under-The-Skin, Transhumanism Plot to Enslave Humanity
By: Clay Clark

It should take you approximately 1 hour to read this book. As you read through this book, wrestle with the content. Take notes, look up everything I am referencing, Please assume that I am 100% wrong about everything and go to http://www.TimeToFreeAmerica.com/Revelation and click on the hyperlinks that show the patents and the proof I am presenting to prove every claim that I am making throughout the pages of this book. After you have invested the 1 hour of time total needed to understand the nefarious Great Reset transhumanism agenda, I encourage you, as well, to invest the time needed to read the scriptures (the 100% irrefutable word of God) referenced throughout the pages of this book. We must remember what Ephesians 6:12-13 reads:

“For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places 13 Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.”


The Great Reset: Positioning for the New World Order
By: Richard Rupnarain

In order to mobilize the world against God, the Devil needs to establish one universal political ideal and one global religious model. As the world continues to struggle with wars, and trade imbalances, and poverty, and environmental disasters, famine, drought and diseases, Satan will force world leaders to the conclusion that all our problems are rooted in two culprits – religion and politics. The mantra that will be sung is that there are too many religions, all claiming to be the right one, and that religious fanatics are always chomping at the bit for war to support their conviction. On the political front, governments of leading nations are already in agreement that there needs to be a common world government to solve global issues. As a result the world will buy into this Luciferic idea and will move towards a one-world political structure, led by the political genius known as the Antichrist or the Beast, and a one-world religious system led by the man known as the False Prophet. These two individuals will work hand in hand to create the most dangerous alliance in history. They would dismantle the separation of religion and state and lead the nations, not to global peace and equality, but to World War III, biblically known as Armageddon. Fortunately, for both the planet and its occupants’ sake, Jesus Christ will intervene and stop the madness, after which he will take control of his planet and rule it with an iron hand for a thousand years, that period of global peace and prosperity known as the Millennium.


America In the New World Order
By: Thomas J Hughes

Tom Hughes examines America’s future in light of the ancient Hebrew prophets. With a gift for making complex ideas clear, he takes a Biblical view of the intrigues behind the headlines. America in the New World Order explains what you need to know for your family’s well-being.


En Route to Global Occupation
by Gary H. Kah

The publisher says this book “exposes the political forces around the world that are cooperating to unite the people of this planet under a New World Order. Some of the most recognizable names in America are on this list!”


Dark Winter: How the Sun Is Causing a 30-Year Cold Spell
by John L. Casey

Climate change has been a perplexing problem for years.

In Dark Winter, author John L. Casey, a former White House national space policy advisor, NASA headquarters consultant, and space shuttle engineer tells the truth about ominous changes taking place in the climate and the Sun.

Casey’s research into the Sun’s activity, which began almost a decade ago, resulted in discovery of a solar cycle that is now reversing from its global warming phase to that of dangerous global cooling for the next thirty years or more. This new cold climate will dramatically impact the world’s citizens.

In Dark Winter, he provides evidence of the following:

The end of global warming
The beginning of a “solar hibernation,” a historic reduction in the energy output of the Sun
A long-term drop in Earth’s temperatures
The start of the next climate change to decades of dangerously cold weather
The high probability of record earthquakes and volcanic eruptions

A sobering look at Earth’s future, Dark Winter predicts worldwide, crop-destroying cold; food shortages and riots in the United States and abroad; significant global loss of life; and social, political, and economic upheaval.


Where Do We Go from Here?: How Tomorrow’s Prophecies Foreshadow Today’s Problems
By: Dr. David Jeremiah

Great Experience. Great Value.
Enjoy a great reading experience when you borrow the Kindle edition of this book with your Kindle Unlimited membership. Learn more about Great on Kindle, available in select categories.
View Kindle Edition
National Bestseller—New York Times, USA Today, Wall Street Journal & Publisher’s Weekly

Today’s headlines shout of modern plagues, social tensions, economic crises, and rampant depression. Many are asking, what day is it on God’s prophetic calendar? Trusted Bible teacher and Pastor Dr. David Jeremiah opens the Word of God to reveal what it has to say about the days we are living in.

Sharing how prophecies and wisdom from centuries ago still speak the truth today and point the way forward for tomorrow. Whether one is new to biblical prophecy or a longtime student of the Bible, this timely message will encourage and recalibrate us to the mission of God in our daily lives. Journey with Dr. Jeremiah back to the Bible to find out, Where Do We Go from Here?

A Cultural Prophecy: Socialism
A Biological Prophecy: Pandemic
A Financial Prophecy: Economic Crisis
A Political Prophecy: Cancel Culture
A Geographical Prophecy: Jerusalem
And how these all lead to the Final Prophecy—the Triumph of the Gospel. The day of Christ’s return is coming. We haven’t long to wait. But until then, we need to understand what the age requires—and we need to do what the Lord commands.

Interested in learning more? Check out other books by Dr. David Jeremiah:

The Great Disappearance
Where Do We Go from Here
The World of the End
Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World
Is This The End?
The Book of Signs
After the Rapture


Living for Christ in the End Times: Coping with Anarchy and Apostasy
By: David Reagan

How are Christians to live in the midst of a society that is collapsing into anarchy and a church that is being overwhelmed by apostasy? In other words, how are we to respond to increasing paganism? Are we to ignore it, embrace it, or take a stand against it in behalf of righteousness? Dr. Reagan begins this hard-hitting book with a breathtaking review of the breakdown of society and the apostasy that is raging within the church. He then outlines how we are to live for Christ by: Standing on the Word of God Believing in the Power of God Relying on the Holy Spirit Practicing Tough Faith Ordering Priorities Keeping an Eternal Perspective Standing for Righteousness Persisting in Prayer Surrendering in Worship Clinging to Hope The book concludes with a survey of God s prophetic promises for the future which guarantee believers a great victory over this world when the Lord Jesus Christ returns.


1984

Written 75 years ago, 1984 was George Orwell’s chilling prophecy about the future. And while 1984 has come and gone, his dystopian vision of a government that will do anything to control the narrative is timelier than ever…

This 75th Anniversary Edition includes:

  • A New Introduction by Dolen Perkins-Valdez, author of Take My Hand, winner of the 2023 NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work—Fiction
  • A New Afterword by Sandra Newman, author of Julia: A Retelling of George Orwell’s 1984

“The Party told you to reject the evidence of your eyes and ears. It was their final, most essential command.”

Winston Smith toes the Party line, rewriting history to satisfy the demands of the Ministry of Truth. With each lie he writes, Winston grows to hate the Party that seeks power for its own sake and persecutes those who dare to commit thoughtcrimes. But as he starts to think for himself, Winston can’t escape the fact that Big Brother is always watching…

A startling and haunting novel, 1984 creates an imaginary world that is completely convincing from start to finish. No one can deny the novel’s hold on the imaginations of whole generations, or the power of its admonitions—a power that seems to grow, not lessen, with the passage of time.


Brave New World
By: Aldous Huxley

Now more than ever: Aldous Huxley’s enduring masterwork must be read and understood by anyone concerned with preserving the human spirit

“A masterpiece… One of the most prophetic dystopian works.” — Wall Street Journal

Aldous Huxley’s profoundly important classic of world literature, Brave New World is a searching vision of an unequal, technologically-advanced future where humans are genetically bred, socially indoctrinated, and pharmaceutically anesthetized to passively uphold an authoritarian ruling order–all at the cost of our freedom, full humanity, and perhaps also our souls. “A genius [who] who spent his life decrying the onward march of the Machine” (The New Yorker), Huxley was a man of incomparable talents: equally an artist, a spiritual seeker, and one of history’s keenest observers of human nature and civilization. Brave New World, his masterpiece, has enthralled and terrified millions of readers, and retains its urgent relevance to this day as both a warning to be heeded as we head into tomorrow and as thought-provoking, satisfying work of literature. Written in the shadow of the rise of fascism during the 1930s, Brave New World likewise speaks to a 21st-century world dominated by mass-entertainment, technology, medicine and pharmaceuticals, the arts of persuasion, and the hidden influence of elites.

“Aldous Huxley is the greatest 20th century writer in English.” — Chicago Tribune

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

SPECIAL ‘GENERAL’ RESOURCE

ApologetiX Songbook
(An interactive PDF)

It features the lyrics to every song on every CD and every “download” from 1993-2020

Special features:

  • indexed by title, original song, original artist, subject, and Bible verse
  • each song’s page has icons showing what albums it appears on
  • each song’s page has a commentary from lyricist J. Jackson
  • each album’s page includes liner notes and track listing
  • print any pages you like or use for slides in church
  • photos from ApologetiX’s debut concert in 1992
  • discography of out-of-print cassettes
  • downloadable in PDF format

New features in this edition:

  • all song commentaries from J. Jackson updated and expanded
  • also indexed by year when original song spoofed was a hit
  • J.’s original handwritten rough lyrics to 40 ApX classics
  • scads of photos from ApX 25th-anniversary concerts
  • list of 40 ApX parodies most likely to be redone
  • over 200 new parodies and journal entries
  • list of the first ApX concerts in each state
  • six new full-length feature articles
  • DVD discography and synopses
  • never-before-seen rare photos
  • lyrics for over 700 parodies
  • over 1000 pages!

Interactive features:

  • click on any page number in indexes or TOC to go to that page
  • click on any album icon to go to its liner notes and track listings
  • click on any song title on an album page to go to that song

Note: This e-book is a download-only and doesn’t include sheet music.

The songbook is available for a donation of $50 or more. After we receive your donation, we’ll send you a follow-up email with the link.

Get the Songbook for a donation:
http://www.apologetix.com/store/store.php#songbook

Songbook Demo Video: https://rumble.com/vfazhl-apologetix-songbook-2020-demo.html


“THE SEARCH FOR MEANING” WEBSITE

This site presents discussions on the 12 most commonly asked questions about the Christian faith.

The 12 discussions are accessed by the “tabs” at the bottom of the page. The tabs are numbered 1-12. Roll your mouse over them and you will see the question displayed at the right. Click on the number to select that question.

Within each question (i.e. tabs 1-12), there are subtopics (or dialogues) to select that appear as smaller tabs underneath the numbered tabs. Roll your mouse over them and the title of these topics is also displayed to the right. Click on the open rectangle to select that dialogue.

For each question (1-12), a link to related resources and an optional flowchart is provided. To access this material, click on the respective words, “Related Resources” or “Options Flowchart.”

To play a more detailed discussion of the subject, between two people, select the desired dialogue and click on “Play Audio Dialogue.”

In the upper right-hand corner of the page, there is an icon that looks like binoculars looking at a question mark. Click on this icon to return to the homepage.

In the upper right-hand corner of a “Related Resources” page, there is an icon that looks like some books. Click on this icon to get to an “overview” page that has links to all of the resources for all of the questions. There also are additional “appendices” for most of the questions.

In the upper right-hand corner of a “Flowchart” page, there is an icon that looks like an Org chart. Click on this icon to get to an “overview” page that has links to all of the flowcharts.

http://4vis.com/sfm/sfm_pres/sp_q1_d1_1of10.html

[ Content by: Bill Kraftson and Lamar Smith; Website by Mark Besh ]


“FRUITS OF THE BEATITUDES” WEBSITE
(The ATTITUDES of Jesus that produce the CHARACTER of Jesus)

CLICK ON THE LINK to view:
http://fruitsofthebeatitudes.org/

FACEBOOK PAGE:
https://www.facebook.com/FruitsOfTheBeatitudes/

[ Mark Besh ]


[ P.S.: If you would like to investigate further about what you need to do to ‘qualify’ for Heaven, visit the following link:
https://4vis.com/sfm/sfm_pres/sp_q9_d1_1of10.html


<<< ARTICLES >>>


8 Predictions For The World In 2030

[ World Economic Forum ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hx3DhoLFO4s


Bilderberg agenda is SCARIER than the WEF, with more bizarre guest list

What are the Bilderberg Meetings? A meeting that happened last weekend in Washington of powerful and unelected people. It is basically Davos 2.0 What are they discussing? Oh you know, controlling you. Controlling China and Russia. Preventing money from falling into the hands of the people. That kind of cabal agenda. That’s all.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

Commentary: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uirBmYAcvIc


Overview of Bilderberg Meeting Topics

List: https://bilderbergmeetings.org/meetings/meetings-overview.65716


What Is The Bilderberg Group And Do They Control The World?” (2016)

The Bilderberg Group gathers CEOs, politicians, and Wall Street moguls for secretive meetings. So what do we know about this conference?

[ Now This World ]

Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LlIGEZp0nLg


What is the ‘Bilderberg Group’? | Decoded

Is there such a thing as the New World Order?

[ Al Jazeera English ]

Documentary: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4pmvJYsDeLY


15 Things You Didn’t Know About The Bilderberg Group

In this video we’ll be answering the following questions:
What is the bilderberg group?
Is the bilderberg group real?
Who are the members of the bilderberg group?
How can you join the bilderberg group?
Who attends the meetings of the bilderberg group?

[ Alux ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_XfWA8ryfPM


World Economic Forum – 2020 Meeting Attendees

Who’s coming? Top political leaders taking part include:

ARTICLE: https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/01/davos-2020-who-is-coming-and-everything-you-need-to-know/


“World Economic Forum Annual Meeting – 2023

“Cooperation in a Fragmented World”
The world today is at a critical inflection point. The sheer number of ongoing crises calls for bold collective action.

The Annual Meeting will convene leaders from government, business, and civil society to address the state of the world and discuss priorities for the year ahead.

It will provide a platform to engage in constructive, forward-looking dialogues and help find solutions through public-private cooperation.

ARTICLE: https://www.weforum.org/events/world-economic-forum-annual-meeting-2023/


“Eve of Destruction: Klaus Schwab Pledges the World Can Find Salvation at Davos 2022

Famine, floods, pestilence, drought, plague, war, and rumors of war. These are the key issues facing the world today and the invitation-only World Economic Forum (WEF) next week in Davos, Switzerland, is just the place to find the answers provided by the select globalist elites, founder Klaus Schwab declared Wednesday.

“The return of war, epidemics and the climate crisis, all those disruptive forces have derailed the global recovery,” Schwab, the forum’s executive chairman, told journalists in an almost biblical prognostication ahead of the convention’s start on Sunday.

“Those issues must be confronted in Davos, and the global food crisis in particular needs our immediate attention,” he added in an online briefing, according to the Irish Times.

The return of a 2,500-strong in-person gathering after the coronavirus pandemic comes as the world struggles to meet the challenge presented by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.

It all comes down to trusting in the WEF to find the correct outcomes and implement them as instructed, Schwab and his unelected workers submit.[more…]

[ Simon Kent ]

ARTICLE: https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2022/05/19/eve-of-destruction-klaus-schwab-pledges-the-world-can-find-salvation-at-davos-2022/


You will own nothing, and you will be happy”? | The Great Reset

This week, the World Economic Forum reprised its annual meeting, albeit virtually, organised around “The Great Reset,” its effort to rethink the global economy. How do we separate the various conspiracy theories associated with the WEF from the genuinely dangerous ideas lurking beneath its stated agenda?

[ Russell Brand ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mD-ioJM8v64


Davos Manifesto 2020: The Universal Purpose of a Company in the Fourth Industrial Revolution

A. The purpose of a company is to engage all its stakeholders in shared and sustained value creation. In creating such value, a company serves not only its shareholders, but all its stakeholders – employees, customers, suppliers, local communities and society at large. The best way to understand and harmonize the divergent interests of all stakeholders is through a shared commitment to policies and decisions that strengthen the long-term prosperity of a company. [more…]

ARTICLE: https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2019/12/davos-manifesto-2020-the-universal-purpose-of-a-company-in-the-fourth-industrial-revolution/


“2045: Russian Billionaire Dmitry Itskov Says We Could All Be Immortal”

The search for immortality continues to become a race (or even a game) for those in power with loads of money. The biggest question is: If it were possible and available would you seek it?

Russian billionaire, Dmitry Itskov, has no doubts. After making more than $1B from his media company New Media Stars, in 2011 he decided to start the “2045 Initiative,” an organization that has assembled the best scientists of artificial systems in organs, robotics, and neural interfaces.

Itskov is motivated by the fear of death and a fascination of a new ideology where breakthrough technology can improve humanity and their environment. His team is ready to take the science of life to a new level by eliminating aging and even death and to overcome the inherent limits of physical and mental capabilities of the human body.

The Goal
Their goal is to create and realize a new strategy for spiritual enlightenment of humanity. This is based on five principles of ‘high’ spirituality, culture, ethics, science, and technologies. Dmitry Itskov states he is 100% confident his project will allow all of us to live forever or he would never have developed the project. [more…]

[ Matthew Von Daven ]

ARTICLE: https://www.jetsetmag.com/lifestyle/technology/2045-russian-billionaire-dmitry-itskov-says-we-could-all-be-immortal/


“2045: Strategic Social Initiative”

International Manifesto of the “2045” Strategic Social Initiative:

Mankind has turned into a consumer society standing at the edge of a total loss of the conceptual guidelines necessary for further evolution. The majority of people are almost exclusively absorbed in merely maintaining their own comfortable lives.

Modern civilization, with its space stations, nuclear submarines, iPhones and Segways cannot save mankind from the limitations in the physical abilities of our bodies, nor from diseases and death.

We are not satisfied with modern achievements of scientific and technical progress. Science working for the satisfaction of consumer needs will not be able to ensure a technological breakthrough towards a radically different way of life.

We believe that the world needs a different ideological paradigm. Within its framework it is necessary to form a major objective capable of pointing out a new direction for the development of all mankind and ensuring the achievement of a scientific and technical revolution.

The new ideology should assert, as one of its priorities, the necessity of using breakthrough technology for an improvement of man himself and not only of his environment.

We believe that it is possible and necessary to eliminate aging and even death, and to overcome the fundamental limits of the physical and mental capabilities currently set by the restrictions of the physical body.

Scientists from various countries in the world are already developing technology that ensures the creation of an artificial human body prototype within the next decade. We believe the biggest technological project of our times will become the creation of such artificial human body and a subsequent transfer of individual human consciousness to such a body.

Implementation of this technological project will inevitably result in an explosive development of innovations and global changes in our civilization and will improve human life.

We believe that before 2045 an artificial body will be created that will not only surpass the existing body in terms of functionality, but will achieve perfection of form and be no less attractive than the human body. People will make independent decisions about the extension of their lives and the possibilities for personal development in a new body after the resources of the biological body have been exhausted. [more…]

WEBSITE: http://2045.com/manifest/


“‘You will own nothing, and you will be happy’: Warnings of ‘Orwellian’ Great Reset”

A terrifying coalition of big business and big tech are so confident and brazen they are promising the public “you will own nothing, and you will be happy” in an advertising campaign for a global reset, according to Sky News host Rowan Dean.

[ Rowan Dean – Sky News ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NcAO4-o_4Ug


“You will OWN NOTHING, and you will be HAPPY”

‘The Great Reset’ is an idea put forward by the World Economic Forum to fundamentally restructure the global economy in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic. David Ansara of the CRA speaks with author, Douglas Kruger, about the ideological underpinnings of the ‘Davos agenda’ and the risk it poses to property rights.

[ Douglas Kruger ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=60MzTlrOCXQ


“WEF has been ‘upfront’ about ‘Great Reset’ agenda”

Sky News host Cory Bernardi says the WEF has been “upfront” about its “agenda” for the public.

“WEF founder Klaus Schwab even wrote about it in a book entitled the Great Reset – that’s where you’ll own nothing and be happy,” Mr Bernardi said.

“These same leaders celebrate movements that rely on deceit, destruction and chaos to divide society while a largely compliant media mostly report only the official interpretation of events.

He said “agents of political change” are now so emboldened they will “happily lie and seem to have no fear of being exposed”.

“They will misrepresent everything, from war to science, from economics to biology, in order to condition you to endorse what is unacceptable,” Mr Bernardi said.

“These things are being done before our very eyes, and yet, most people refuse to see.”

[ Sky News Australia ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Iy-YrmDMX4


“The Great Reset”

The World Economics Forum (Davos) say ‘it’s time to press the reset button on capitalism’.

They call for a ‘Great Reset’ replacing the economic system with a new globalist alternative.

It has been described as the most ambitious economic and social engineering project ever.

Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum and António Guterres, Secretary General of the United Nations signed an agreement in June 2019 to accelerate the implementation of the UN’s 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.

This Agenda has been agreed by ALL 193 member countries of the United Nations.

Schwab says that Covid-19 has created a unique ‘opportunity’

But others oppose the WEF’s deal with the United Nations

They denounce it as being:

‘the corporate capture of the UN…moving towards.. privatised and..less democratic global governance’

400 organisations signed a letter calling for the termination of the
UN/WEF’s agreement.

They point out that the WEF’s membership of 1,000 of the largest global corporations are responsible for much of the environmental damage they now claim they will reverse.

And without democratic accountability why should we believe that they would act in our interests rather than their own commercial
interests, as before?

[ YouPolitics.UK ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fd8CpQvkcFA


“[ PROOF ] The Great Reset Is HAPPENING!”

Mass protests in Sri Lanka are happening as farmers continue to protest in the Netherlands and Germany. Is it really a coincidence that these are happening at the same time?

[ Russell Brand ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CA_Phpz4woY


“If you thought DAVOS Was Scary – WATCH THIS Next Level SH*T!!!”

Original Davos, the Bilderberg Group is back after two-year pandemic gap. With elites from the world of politics, media, Big Tech, business in attendance, is this the time for yet another notoriously secret meeting between the world’s most powerful people?

[ Russell Brand ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P02GtDoqkJQ


“WEF: This is EVIL | New World Economic Forum Plans Revealed Under Great Reset”

The world economic forum or WEF has publicly announced their new plan to control the human population and its evil. Interest rates are about to rise again according to the federal reserve. Walmart and Target are quietly cancelling billions in purchases as they prepare for recession and Biden stands by his word that the US will go to war with China if they attack Taiwan.

Jerome Powell and the Federal Reserve will sink the US economy, stock market and middle class in order to cool down hot inflation. Biden again says US military will defend Taiwan against China. WEF or World Economic Forum wants lab created meat not land created meat. They say its ethical to grow meat from stem cells vs the old fashioned way. Walmart and Target are stopping billions of dollars in purchases as they prepare for a recession on stop of inflation. Ron DeSantis will be investigated for human trafficking because he is a republican but democrats can move immigrants and it is not called racist or trafficking.

[ Stephen Gardner ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xHHFsSOlsdU


“Who is Lining Up to Replace Klaus Shwab at World Economic Forum – You Will not Believer the Answer!”

Rumor has it that Tony Blair is lining up to be the next head of the World Economic Forum! Could he be the one to decide our fate?

[ YouPolitics.UK ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ywPD6oBdISM


“A Global ESG System Is Almost Here. We Should Be Worried”

Day two of the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Annual Meeting in Davos, Switzerland started off on a concerning note.

Some of the chief architects of environmental, social, and governance (ESG) scores met during a session called “Global ESG for Global Resilience,” and have clearly decided to double down on their objective for a new global economic order that transcends national borders and replaces free-market capitalism.

Destroying free-market capitalism in favor of a new “stakeholder” model, in which global elites hold all the power, has been their objective for years. A single ESG system gets them much closer to this goal, and will be significantly more effective at eroding national sovereignty, circumventing democratic processes, coercing companies into compliance, and ultimately restricting individual choice.

Early in the session, Hong Kong Stock Exchange Chairman Laura Cha got right to the point. She revealed, “To make ESG disclosures meaningful, we need to have a harmonized standard… It would be very good in terms of the work that the ISSB (the International Sustainability Standards Board) is doing to bring about standardized global measures.” [more…]

[ Jack McPherrin ]

ARTICLE: https://iowaclimate.org/2022/05/28/a-global-esg-system-is-almost-here-we-should-be-worried/


“Why Tesla CEO Elon Musk Is Calling ESG a ‘Scam’”

May 25, 2022
Elon Musk-led electric car manufacturer Tesla lost its place this month on the S&P 500 index dedicated to companies excelling at environmental, social, and governance (ESG) issues. Though there were 34 other companies also removed from the index following its annual reshuffle, the company stands out for its focus on environmentally conscious transportation.

In a blog post published May 17, S&P Dow Jones Indices’ head of ESG indices for North America Margaret Dorn explained that, although Tesla’s ESG score has remained relatively “stable” year-on-year, it had been outflanked by global industry peers. The index provider cited several contributing factors to this change, including alleged incidents of racial discrimination at one of the company’s factories that resulted in the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing bringing a lawsuit against Tesla. The company said in a February 2022 statement that it strongly opposes all forms of discrimination and harassment and called the lawsuit “unfair and counterproductive, especially because the allegations focus on events from years ago.”

Musk, who is the CEO of Tesla, tweeted his displeasure with the index reshuffle, claiming that “@SPGlobalRatings has lost their integrity [sic]”. The world’s richest man complained that oil giant Exxon Mobil—which has been mired in controversy over claims of climate denialism—was listed in the top 10 for ESG, while his electric car company was booted off the list entirely.

Here, why Tesla lost its place on the S&P 500 ESG Index, and what it means for the company:

[more…]

[ ELOISE BARRYMAY – Time Magazine ]

ARTICLE: https://time.com/6180638/tesla-esg-index-musk/


“The case against Universal Basic Income (UBI)”

My case against Universal Basic Income, otherwise known as UBI. Today, I’m going to be discussing some of the pros and cons I see to us moving into a centralised world where our governments are responsible for our very survival.

[ Sorelle Amore ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=amUekHvGEvk


“A terrifying prediction for 2030 (the Great Reset)”

Is this the Great Reset agenda for 2030? By now, I’m sure you’ve heard of the World Economic Forum, otherwise known as the WEF. But what are their real intentions for us?

The WEF is an organisation that as I’ve said in a previous video, is groundskeeping our planet. In short, taking massive steps to create our economic, environmental, and financial world in an image they believe is right for all of us. However, what’s always concerned me is the fact that the WEF, and its leader Klaus Schwab, aren’t elected by anyone. But despite this, they’re putting their members, who share their beliefs, in positions of power all around the world.

There are some big predictions as to what the Great Reset could bring about by the year 2030. And in this video, I’m going to explore a hypothetical world that could come to pass, if some of the things the WEF have spoken about, or are working towards, become a reality.

[ Sorelle Amore ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DpE5cBgl11U


“World Economic Forum Head Lays Out His Creepy Utopia, Point by Point”

Dave Rubin of “The Rubin Report” talks about Klaus Schwab clearly laying out the goals of the World Economic Forum; the Netherlands’ Mark Rutte’s connections with the Great Reset; the Dutch farmer protests more commonly known as boerenprotest; Robert Malone coming around to the Great Reset; Joe Rogan and Gina Carano laughing at globalists; Justin Trudeau refusing to answer Rebel News’ questions; John McEnroe supporting Novak Djokovic and coming out against sports vaccine mandates; Xavier Becerra predicting the next wave of COVID; Ben Smith trying to tell Tucker Carlson he’s a racist; Joe Biden’s approval ratings going so low that even CNN’s Jake Tapper can’t not laugh; and White House press secretary Karine Jean-Pierre’s blatant denial of the presidential approval rating. First Dave shares a clip of Klaus Schwab laying out a clear plan for how corporate dissenters to The Great Reset will be dealt with. Even Robert Malone initially thought that a lot of what he was hearing about The Great Reset was a conspiracy theory. After reading the book by Klaus Schwab he’s not so sure. Next, a clip of Joe Rogan making Gina Carano cry from laughing at his Klaus Schwab impression. Meanwhile, Justin Trudeau was confronted by Alexandra Lavoie of Rebel News with a reasonable question about vaccine passports. Trudeau showed himself to be the coward he is with his shameless response. Journalist Ben Smith confronted Tucker Carlson and called him a racist. Tucker gives a perfect response and tells him who he actually hates. Finally, Joe Biden’s approval rating has hit such shocking lows with Democrats under the age of 30 that even Jake Tapper can only laugh at how bad it’s gotten.

[ The Rubin Report]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XBpTVr0hB28


Chilling Video from World Economic Forum Head Makes His Plans Clear”

Dave Rubin of “The Rubin Report” talks to the BlazeTV host Sara Gonzales, Nick Searcy, and Rebel News’ Ezra Levant about a clip of Klaus Schwab the founder of the World Economic Forum and face of the Davos globalist set. In his message he says that “no one will be safe” until everyone is vaccinated. As the COVID pandemic recedes, why are unelected globalists like Klaus Schwab still able to influence public policy?

[ Rubin Report ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zC5bMHckGOQ


“The dangerous consequences of ‘The Great Reset'”

Will Cain digs deep to break down why he believes ‘The Great Reset’ is dangerous.

[ Will Cain ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-7SDc8yLhF4


“Agenda 2030 and the World Economic Forum Plan to Remake the World”

The World Economic Forum recently wrapped up its meeting in Switzerland, where billionaires and world leaders discussed their plans and priorities for the coming years. The meeting brought into focus the WEF’s initiatives, including its cooperation with the United Nations on its Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030 programs to reshape the world.

We speak with Alex Newman, an award-winning international journalist and Epoch Times contributor, who has been investigating these programs, about the World Economic Forum and its plans and the United Nations’ Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030. We also speak about the World Health Organization’s pandemic treaty, and its upcoming meetings to try again to advance its powers.

[ Joshua Philipp interviews Alex Newman ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yNZ1-7u7THw


“WHO OFFICIAL TESTIFIES: VACCINE PASSPORTS WERE A SCAM TO PROMOTE GLOBAL VACCINATION AGENDA”

A HIGH-RANKING OFFICIAL AT THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION (WHO) HAS CONFESSED DURING A DRAMATIC TESTIMONY THAT THE VACCINE PASSPORTS ADVOCATED BY THE AGENCY WERE NOTHING MORE THAN A RUSE TO FURTHER THE WORLDWIDE VACCINATION DRIVE.

Dr. Hanna Nohynek, serving as the WHO’s chair of the Strategic Group of Experts on Immunization and also holding the position of chief physician at the Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare, delivered the bombshell admission in a Helsinki courtroom. Her testimony unfolded in a lawsuit brought by Finnish citizen Mika Vauhkala, who was denied entry to a café for lacking a vaccine passport.

During her court appearance, Dr. Nohynek disclosed that despite her warnings to both the WHO and her government against the necessity of vaccine passports, her concerns were disregarded. She told the court that Covid mRNA shots were deemed ineffective in halting virus transmission, rendering the passports and vaccinations essentially ineffective and providing a false sense of security to the public.

Moreover, Dr. Nohynek unveiled that as early as the summer of 2021, both the WHO and the Finnish Institute for Health were cognisant of the Covid mRNA shots’ failure to prevent virus spread. Despite this knowledge, the WHO persisted in promoting the vaccines, jeopardising public safety.

These revelations cast a shadow over the WHO’s credibility, particularly as it touted in 2021 its efforts to establish a globally trusted framework for safe travel.

In New Zealand, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern stated that the implementation of vaccine passes, or as she referred to them, ‘vaccine certificates’, was aimed at ‘safeguarding the vaccinated from exposure to the unvaccinated.’

However, it raises questions as to the true intention behind the introduction of vaccine certificates, especially considering they were not introduced until November 2021. Seven months prior, Ardern had acknowledged the likelihood of vaccinated individuals still contracting Covid-19. So, by November, the certificates could not genuinely have been about protecting the vaccinated.

Ardern openly described vaccine certificates as a means to bolster vaccination rates on various occasions.

The certificates effectively created distinct categories of individuals in New Zealand – the vaccinated and the unvaccinated, as Ardern candidly admitted – were not primarily about safeguarding the unvaccinated. Rather, they served as another tool to incentivise as many people as possible to receive the experimental mRNA gene therapy marketed to the public as a ‘COVID vaccine’.

[ Daily Telegraph – New Zealand ]


“Biden Set To Cede Future Pandemic Response To WHO Next Month”

Congressional Republicans are calling on President Joe Biden to abandon plans for a pandemic treaty that would strengthen the World Health Organization, citing that global body’s numerous failures during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Sen. Ron Johnson, R-Wis., backed by about half of all Senate Republicans, signed a letter to Biden urging him to withdraw from two agreements with the World Health Organization that would boost its authority to declare public health emergencies and give it new powers over the U.S. and 193 other member states during such emergencies.

The letter to the president from Senate Republicans also asks that he submit any such pandemic agreement with WHO–criticized for going easy on China during COVID-19–to the Senate for ratification.

“China has far too much control over the WHO. We certainly don’t want the WHO to control our individual health decisions,” Johnson said at a press conference Thursday outside the Capitol, flanked by several House Republicans and other conservative leaders.

“I have a bill that would deem any agreement between the Biden administration and the WHO a treaty to come before the Senate for debate and ratification. That is absolutely crucial,” Johnson said. [more…]

[ Fred Lucas – Daily Signal ]

ARTICLE: https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=6836


“WARNING! Federal Reserve Plans To CRASH The Stock Market & Economy In GREAT RESET Move”

WARNING! The Federal Reserve Plans To CRASH The US Stock Market & Economy In GREAT RESET move as Jerome Powell seeks to stabilize the Federal Reserves assets even to the detriment of the middle class. Todd ‘Bubba’ Horwitz lays out the next moves we will see from the Fed and the reaction in the stock market. He shares 44 years of wisdom on how to manage, cash, stocks, 401k money and IRA money during this great reset. Todd Horwitz believes the stock market indexes could experience another 50-60% drop as the market crashes back to well before covid money printing by the Federal Reserve. Check Out https://bubbatrading.com to learn about Todd Bubba’s Horwitz Monday night strategy calls for the coming weeks trades. Now is the time to be wise, re-balance your holdings and hold on for dear life.

[ Stephen Gardner ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nO_aQzgep5w


“WEF Is Gaslighting us [Prophecy Update]”

Gaslighting is an evil way to manipulate and psychologically control people. People are given false information by the perpetrator to the victim to cause the victim to question what they know to be true about God, reality, others and themselves. It causes people to doubt their memory, their perception of things, and even they’re mental state. In this message, we dive deep into this subject…

[ Brandon Holthaus ]

COMMENTARY: https://rumble.com/v18me2k-6-16-22-wef-is-gaslighting-us-prophecy-update.html


“‘Are We ready For a New World Order’ [Prophecy Update]”

The Globalist Are Ushering in the New World Order ASAP. Are you and I prepared?

[ Brandon Holthaus ]

COMMENTARY: https://rumble.com/v12fctv-4-25-22-are-we-ready-for-a-new-world-order-prophecy-update.html


“Yuval Harari: The Oracle for the Digital Dictatorship [Prophecy Update]”

Yuval Noah Harari is often referred to as “the prophet.” He a Jewish vegan, openly gay, pro-transhumanist who is obsessed with rejecting the God of his fathers and turning humans into gods. He is the lead advisor to Klaus Schwab of the WEF. His words are very antichrist-esk. The things he wants to do sound familiar to what eventually the antichrist will do in the future. Although he is not the antichrist, he definitely has the Spirit of Lawlessness working through him. We will examine what he says on today’s broadcast.

[ Brandon Holthaus ]

COMMENTARY: https://rumble.com/v1e4lu6-7-30-22-yuval-harari-the-oracle-for-the-digital-dictatorship-prophecy-updat.html


“BIDEN EXECUTIVE ORDER SIGNALS ALIGNMENT WITH WEF”

We are entering the 4th Industrial revolution – that’s what the World Economic Forum is telling us. And, the target is you, humanity. The transhumanism push aims to merge humanity with artificial intelligence. Jefferey Jaxen breaks down the latest Executive Order signed by President Joe Biden to develop artificial intelligence that will ‘unlock the power of biological data,’ signaling a conceding alignment with the WEF’s agenda.

[ The Highwire ]

P=COMMENTARY: https://thehighwire.com/ark-videos/biden-executive-order-signals-alignment-with-wef/


“John Haller’s Prophecy Update ‘The Beginning of a New Error'”

Big trouble is coming…and every thing is driven (or not) by energy. John will blow your socks off with this update and the stark reality of many in the world going without utility service in the very near future, not from a lack of it, but a total mismanagement that will see many homes go dark.

[ John Haller ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=39AHlL-KyC0&t=4817s


“Schwab Cancels Twitter Rejects Free Speech”

Klaus Schwab has shown his true colors of authoritarianism. He is against democracy, freedom, and basic God-given human rights. With his Davos group next month, the World Economic Forum (WEF), Schwab who is a control freak by nature, has endorsed the cancel culture banning Twitter, and listing the various Chinese state-controlled social media apps to “follow along” with Davos Man. Schwab follows Marx and believes that he can create the perfect world and that he is far superior to anyone else and this can shape and design how society should function.

That was the very same attitude of Marx and Lenin. Those ideas resulted in over 200 million people dying. That’s OK. We are just collateral damage on his yellow-brick road to perfection. Schwab looks down upon society as the dirt beneath his feat. He fails to understand why communism even failed because it suppressed human nature and in so doing, it eliminated curiosity and imagination. Children under communism could not imagine their future. They were told by the state what they will be according to the needs of the state.

Schwab WEF End of Democracy
We are far too stupid to know what is best for us. Only the elite understand how to shape the future. We are to surrender everything in our own lives and have no say in our future. This is Schwab’s dream to control society 150%. We are to surrender our very beliefs and our aspirations to the state. These ideas have been tried throughout history so many times. They have always ended in stagnation and total collapse and many dead in the process. The real question is why do some people feel they must control everyone?

[ Martin Armstrong ]


“World Economic Forum ‘Deepens Relationship’ with the CCP”

[ Trevor Loudon ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z13Jc0vz1i0


“WEF Begins Preparations for Next Pandemic”

[ Crossroads with JOSHUA PHILIPP ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tx_SRR9scuU


“Was the G20 Used to Advance the Great Reset Agenda?”

[ Crossroads with JOSHUA PHILIPP ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=owhV1vs9I7s


“Why Does The World Seem To Be In A Constant State Of Crisis?”

For over four years now, almost everyone who pays attention to what’s going on in the world lives in a constant state of anxiety. The reason? They’re waiting for the next shoe to drop – the next major global event that will upend their lives.

This is understandable. Over the past four years, we’ve endured COVID, the government response to COVID (lockdowns, passports, mandates, etc.), global supply chain issues, global inflation, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the October 7th Hamas attack on Israel, the shutdown of Red Sea shipping lanes, and numerous rumors of other major events set to break at any moment. So what’s next? Will it get worse before it gets better? The answer is yes, and this article reveals why.

The Interregnum
One of the reasons we see all these events taking place is the interregnum. What does that mean? Well, The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language, 5th Edition defines an interregnum as:

“The interval of time between the end of a sovereign’s reign and the accession of a successor.”

This typically describes a time period between two reigning kings, but in this instance, we’re using it to describe the time period between one superpower or group dominating global affairs and second rising to take its place. The last time we experienced an interregnum of this type was the 1914 to 1945 timeframe. Needless to say, this was quite a tumultuous era – 31 years that included two world wars and a global depression.

When 1914 started, the Royal Navy of the British Empire ruled the high seas. The colonies of the British Empire spanned the globe, and it had dominated the 19th Century global order – controlling the world’s shipping lanes, issuing the world’s global reserve currency (the pound), and boasting the world’s premiere center of international finance (London). [more…]

[ Britt Gillette ]

ARTICLE: https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=6832


“Are We Trending Towards a Civil War?”

Ken Mikle and Pastor Josh Schwartz consider the trend toward an American civil war as we move closer to the Tribulation. The trajectory is towards complete implementation of the Great Reset. There is no turning back.

[ Olive Tree Ministries ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YxpeRZDW4HI&t=1060s


“Cold War 2.0: Who will shape the new world order?”

[ Gravitas Plus: ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v-nHs-89PNA


“This is the danger of a one-world government”

Kentucky senator reacts to the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland on ‘Jesse Watters Primetime.’

[ Rand Paul ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KknfRwyckpM


“Wake Up Call – New World Order (Full Doc / 2008)”

For all the people who somehow think that something in the government has changed because of the election, this is your WAKE UP CALL! Before you dismiss this film as some sort of conspiracy nonsense, I challenge you to DO YOUR OWN RESEARCH on the topics covered! Its time to WAKE UP!

This is a documentary compiled by John Nada. Some of the topics covered in the film are: The New World Order, Federal Reserve, Bilderberg Group, Trilateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations, North American Union, The Rockefeller and Rothschild families, Freemasonry, Bohemian Grove, The Illuminati, Problem-Reaction-Solution, 9/11, war profiteering, the phony ‘War on Terrorism’, the impending ‘Big Brother Surveillance Society’, the war on civil liberties, microchipping, mind control, media control and ‘education system’ indoctrination…

Topics Covered: The New World Order, Federal Reserve, Bilderberg Group, Trilateral Commission, Council On Foreign Relations, North American Union, The Rockefeller / Rothschild Families, Freemasonry, Bohemian Grove, The Illuminati, Illuminati Symbolism, Problem Reaction Solution, 9/11, War Profiteering, The Phony ‘War On Terrorism’, The Impending ‘Big Brother Surveillance Society’, The War On Civil Liberties, Microchipping, Mind Control, Media Control And ‘Education System’ Indoctrination.

[ Compiled by Jihn Nada ]

DOCUMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BMOPZzz2_DY&t=1s


“THE PLAN – WHO plans for 10 years of pandemics, from 2020 to 2030”

THE PLAN shows the official agenda of the World Health Organization to have ten years of ongoing pandemics, from 2020 to 2030. This is revealed by a WHO virologist, Marion Koopmans. You will also see shocking evidence that the first pandemic was planned and abundantly announced right before it happened.

[ Stop World Control ]

PRESENTATION: https://rumble.com/v13kefy-must-see-the-plan-who-plans-for-10-years-of-pandemics-from-2020-to-2030.html


“Analyzing the WHO Pandemic Agreement”

What on earth does the vaguely worded document mean in practice?

I recently tried to treat a bout of insomnia by reading the REVISED Draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement, dated March 7, 2024. [more…]

[ Courageous Discourse – John Leake ]

ARTICLE: https://petermcculloughmd.substack.com/p/analyzing-the-who-pandemic-agreement


“King Charles and WEF just aligned on Great Reset agenda”

Did you know that Prince Charles, now King Charles, was the first to announced the Global Reset? Boy was that prophetic. Farmers in the Netherlands are being persecuted more than ever to stop providing food to the masses. What is this all about? We break it down.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZgKX6vPo6Cc


“This is The Great Reset unfolding before our eyes. No meat for you!”

Leaders at the COP27 conference this weekend took on meat and global food supplies. They continue to tell us that the way we eat destroys the planet and that there isn’t enough for everyone. So what is their solution? Reducing animal farmland with lab-grown meat is just one of many solutions. There is something to it. Would you eat lab-grown meat? We take a closer look and ask: Where’s the beef! (Get it!?”)

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9IBFny0kWOA


“Klaus Schwab announces NEW plan to rule the world”

Why are unelected leaders speaking at the G20 conference? The G20 is a summit for global elected leaders, yet Bill Gates and Klaus Schwab are both there. As one person put it on Twitter: It is no longer a conspiracy theory to ask why those unelected leaders are there talking about a new world order!

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GCxvWSipIXo


“They just moved us one step closer to THE GREAT RESET”

The globalist cabal just moved us one step closer to the great reset by trying to limit the flow of Russia’s gold. It’s all part of the plan to consolidated power and take mineral resources away from you.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lsdGpIC1HaY


“The WEF just admitted the TRUTH about the coming recession and China is watching”

The WEF is warning that a major economic recession is coming in 2023 and China will be target number one. And something really fishy is going on with these central banks hoarding gold. We already knew that Russia and China we’re buying up the gold, but now western central banks too?

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UOOs8qP1frk


“WEF is building the world’s biggest ARMY to take away your rights”

Why are government agencies stockpiling weapons? What is unfolding with the world economic forum or global deep state governments? Hint: More guns for them, less power for you.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8VOb5s4FRR8


“This is an ABSOLUTE disaster, WEF forces collapse of economies”

The shattering of the world food supply by the World Economic Forum elites.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cHYzaJrYGrw


“They’re hiding the TRUTH about the Great Reset”

The Great Reset is in motion and it calls for a consolidation of power away from individuals in favor of unelected billionaires. But there are a few big problems with their plan. Klaus Schwab was hoping you wouldn’t notice.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K0sh0rol4o8


“Something BIG is happening and the WEF is being exposed”

For the past two years, the unelected globalists at the WEF have told us that the rising price of fuel can be blamed solely on one catastrophic event. The covid pandemic. The WEF told us this was the case, and then every major western leader, parroted that storyline, but then something unexpected happened to ruin their script: Vladimir Putin.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9psr0JT-FNI


“Hang on, the WEF is now doing THIS to our internet?”

The United Nations admits that they work with Google to suppress searches about science. So trust the science? Even when science that globalists don’t like is suppressed in cahoots with Google?

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AI3oQ9M0sAg


“This is UNBELIEVABLE and shows The Great Reset in action right now”

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://rumble.com/v1ybs7q-this-is-unbelievable-and-shows-the-great-reset-in-action-right-now-redacted.html


“What the WEF just did at Davos in the Desert is INSANE”

The “Davos men” are meeting this week in Saudi Arabia at an event that is nicknamed “Davos in the Desert.” It is formally the Future Investment Initiative and it takes place in Saudi Arabia. Like Davos, the event features unelected powerful and wealthy people discussing “humanity.” As in, life for us all. We take a look at their agenda to see if there is anything there that we humans need to know about.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ykBPgiq9k-8


“What! The WEF is giving our kids bugs for school lunches?”

Kids in Norway are being exposed to bug eating as the WEF continues to tell us that this is the way to save the planet. How do you get kids who won’t eat their broccoli to eat bugs exactly? In our house, it is NOT kid approved. And why are we doing this again?

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zIGRiidtl0I


“The WEF plan to REMAKE Mexico, US, and Canada’s borders EXPOSED!”

Does the United Nations have a plan to flood the United States with immigrants to erase borders and create a North American super power? It sure feels like it and that is what journalist Lara Logan says is happening, according to her high level source.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iRSs3sTIi0Q


“Oh No, something BIG is happening in Germany, the WEF is make it worse”

The insane globalists at the World Economic Forum are pushing Germany and the rest of Europe into catastrophe. Germany just turned down cheap natural gas from Vladimir Putin with the fixing of the Nord Stream pipeline. But of course, because it’s all part of the plan. One CEO of one of the biggest banks in the world has a message for Klaus Schwab, “you’re sending Europe into the dark ages.”

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d676CVPsp0k


“The World Health Organization’s pandemic treaty will control us all”

The World Health Organization has released a draft of its pandemic preparedness plan and the plan is to scoop up a whole lot of power. From you and your country! We go over the pieces that are most concerning of this draft document that we hope makes its way into the recycle bin!

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yCozSubmM5A


“Something BIG is happening Europe, and the WEF is winning”

The Dutch farmers are losing their battle against the globalist WEF and these draconian environmental policies. Over 17,000 farmers in the Netherlands are being effected. The story doesn’t end there because it’s crushing farmers from Germany to New Zealand. Academic Researcher Ralph Schoellhammer joins us to dissect the latest developments.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xrm6Iov70kE


“Oh SH*T, the WEF climate lockdowns are already starting”

Does the World Economic Forum want you to voluntarily lock down for the environment? Maybe Covid lockdowns were a warm up because left-leaning leaders seem to be signaling that they want to take away the life you know for the health of the planet. And their own enrichment of course.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2oQvSNK1IpE


“WEF caught LYING about their plan to control our bank accounts”

Will a cashless society make us all more vulnerable to global powers? Why are we being pushed to ditch cash in favor of a currency that governments can more easily control? What are the ways to hedge bets when governments want to control your bank account?

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6VSpaP51ZeI


“The WEF economic COLLAPSE is about to get worse, here’s why”

The WEF’s plan to consolidate power and throw Western governments into recession is coming together. The U.S., Canada, U.K. and Europe are facing a massive economic collapse. In today’s video we’re looking at some of the major catalysts and how to protect our families against a group of unelected billionaires.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YyR0r16NEMA


“Even Klaus Schwab WOULDN’T do this! U.N. Planetary Emergency COMING!”

Globalists are about to meet this fall to plan a “Technocratic Takeover.” That is what our guest Derrick Broze calls the upcoming United Nations Meeting called “Summit of the Future” where nations will sign the so-called “Pact for the Future.” It is expected to declare a “planetary emergency.” We don’t like the sound of any of that! Broze is an independent journalist who writes for TheConsciousResistance.com and he joins us to discuss this.

[ Redacted with Clayton Morris ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eSRqUktMZ6w


“Australian Senator WITH BALLS Calls Out Klaus Schwab”

[ Street Politics Canada ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rCqFJ0juKzE


“Stability of the World’s Economy: How Close Are We to the Edge?”

The world is facing potential economic instability. Central banks all over are tackling inflation. With the global pandemic behind us, we have international debts and threats to commerce causing geopolitical unrest. This is in addition to protests, mass illegal immigration, climate change policies, and wars that are coming to a boiling point. What is on the horizon? How stable is the world’s economy?


“The biggest threat to our financial freedom – CBDC”

This is how they may take our financial freedom, with a CBDC. CBDC stands for Central Bank Digital Currency, and is a new form of digital money that is on the horizon for just about every nation on Earth.

CBDCs have already been launched fully in 11 countries, but are being tested in more than 100, including in nations that account for more than 95% of our planet’s total GDP. In other words, if a CBDC hasn’t hit your country yet, it very likely will soon. The criticism around CBDCs is that they will be used as the ultimate tool of surveillance and control, allowing governments to monitor citizens’ every move. However, the United States and the Netherlands are already implementing laws to do just that, potentially requiring new reporting standards on almost all transactions.

The truth is, there may not be a lot we can do to stop a CBDC from arriving in our nations. But we can refuse to use one when they arrive, if they are as terrible for financial freedom as many believe.

[ Sorelle Amore ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P20tDdxy_yc


“The 5 Year Countdown To Bring About Global Digital ID & Digital Currency”

Dozens of national governments are joining with the United Nations and billionaire population-control fanatic Bill Gates on a global program to impose “digital public infrastructure” (DPI) on their citizens within five years. This “DPI” includes central bank digital currencies (CBDCs), digital identification, comprehensive data systems, and more, all functional across national borders.

The new scheme, unveiled late last year and moving ahead rapidly, is known as “50 in 5” because 50 governments expect to have the Orwellian “digital infrastructure” of tyranny in place within five years. Almost a dozen governments, including numerous corrupt kleptocracies and socialist regimes, have volunteered their populations to serve as “First Mover” countries so far.

However, the UN’s assumption is that every government will eventually impose this on every person on Earth. This is clearly expressed throughout its announcements. “All countries, regardless of income level, geography, or where they are in their digital transformation journey, can benefit from being a part of 50-in-5,” the UN agency behind the scheme declared. “Joining the campaign helps ensure countries don’t have to tackle DPI implementation alone or start from scratch.”

Led by the UN Development Programme (UNDP), the new “digital infrastructure” is being framed as a tool to accelerate the imposition of the highly controversial UN’s 2030 Agenda “Sustainable Development Goals,” referred to in 2015 by key UN leaders as the “Master Plan for Humanity.” The SDGs, as they are known, call for global wealth redistribution and drastically more government power over people’s lives at all levels. China has boasted of playing a “crucial role” in developing the plan. [more…]

[ Patrick Wood ]

ARTICLE: https://www.prophecynewswatch.com/article.cfm?recent_news_id=6807


“SWIFT planning launch of new central bank digital currency platform in 12-24 months”

LONDON, March 25, 2024 (Reuters) – Global bank messaging network SWIFT is planning a new platform in the next one to two years to connect the wave of central bank digital currencies now in development to the existing finance system, it has told Reuters.

The move, which would be one of the most significant yet for the nascent CBDC ecosystem given SWIFT’s key role in global banking, is likely to be fine-tuned to when the first major ones are launched.

Around 90% of the world’s central banks are now exploring digital versions of their currencies. Most don’t want to be left behind by bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, but are grappling with technological complexities.

SWIFT’s head of innovation, Nick Kerigan, said its latest trial, which took 6 months and involved a 38-member group of central banks, commercial banks and settlement platforms, had been one of the largest global collaborations on CBDCs and “tokenised” assets to date. [more…]

[ Marc Jones ]

ARTICLE: https://www.reuters.com/business/finance/swift-planning-launch-new-central-bank-digital-currency-platform-12-24-months-2024-03-25/


“People DON’T KNOW What’s Coming!” Prepare For The CHANGING WORLD ORDER”

If you haven’t tuned into the news lately, you may be living in a peaceful and unique environment. Turning on the news these days can literally induce stress and anxiety as you try to digest the total sum of horrifying events that are changing the world you live in Burying your head in the sand and being oblivious is always an option you can choose to do, but that will likely leave you unprepared for what’s coming.

[ Ray Dalio ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E-6bv8_pj-E


“Principles For Dealing With The CHANGING WORLD ORDER! (How To Prepare)”

[ Lewis Hwes interviews Ray Dalio ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=utcARXCjjlI


“Explaining the Great Reset to Your Family and Friends”

Explaining the Great Reset to Your Family and Friends. So you’re watching this video because a friend or a family member may have sent this to you… about the Great Reset. First of all, they care enough about you to send this video. And second, this video will begin to scratch the surface as to what the Great Reset is actually all about.

[ The Kwak Brothers ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uptk5yqwE38


“The Fed Just CONFIRMED The Great Reset (3 Major Plots)”

The Fed Just CONFIRMED The Great Reset (3 Major Plots). The Federal Reserve just raised the interest rates and plan on doing so 6 more times this year. What does this have to do with the Great Reset? Well, in this video I unpack what this has to do with with the evil plot and I point out some things going on right now that play right into the sinister plan.

[ The Kwak Brothers ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KoEkieHv7c4


“The Great Reset Confirms Dollar CRASH”

The Great Reset Confirms Dollar CRASH. With the recent WEF Davos 2022 meeting, Central Bank Digital Currencies were a huge talking point during the meeting. So are they hinting that they will push for the Dollar to crash so they can implement their CBDCs? Why does the Dollar crash matter to all of this?

[ The Kwak Brothers ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_0Zc3oApGXg


“The Dollar Crash, China, & The Great Reset with George Gammon”

Uncertainty, that is what most people are feeling in the US and the rest of the World right now with everything happening. The US Dollar is crashing…….China is threatening the US Currency with Saudi Arabia, and it’s all looking like this is falling into, you know, The Great Reset agenda. So stick around with this interview, really take in what George is saying. “

[ The Kwak Brothers ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kkoJzYnu7Qw


“THIS IS SERIOUS! “The Crisis Will Wipe Out Everyone” – Robert Kiyosaki’s Last WARNING”

Robert Kiyosaki and Adam Taggart warn about a giant crash ahead. They also discuss bonds as an investment and elaborate on how people can protect their portfolios from what is coming.

[ Robert Kiyosaki ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V9GVpoblUIk


“The UN has CONFIRMED The Great Reset…”

The UN has CONFIRMED The Great Reset. As you will see right when you click on this video, the UN announced their partnership with the Klaus Schwab & the WEF back in 2019. What does this mean? How will this accelerate the Great Reset agenda? How does this fit into the UN’s 2030 Agenda? Why did the UN partner with the WEF? Was it to be the muscle behind the Great Reset?

[ The Kwak Brothers ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3rs5oxfypHg


“Is the Great Reset Happening?”

At the World Economic Forum meeting last November, Klaus Schwab, the founder, and chairman of the WEF, Henry Kissinger, heads of state, and other billionaire power brokers determined that by 2030, the little people “will own nothing and be happy.” Today’s guest explains that these ideologies are both dangerous and evil.

Henry Kissinger is quoted as saying, “If you control the food, you control a nation. If you control the energy, you control a region. If you control the money, you control the world.” History tells us this is true.

Mark Moss, author of his new book “Uncommunist Manifesto” says, “Per the UN, it’s estimated 860 million people could starve to death in the next 24 months.”

[ Robert Kiyosaki ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fI16ylFLLz8


“’BE CAREFUL! It’s The Biggest Crash In World History’ — Robert Kiyosaki’s Last WARNING”

Robert T. Kiyosaki is an American businessman, investor, and best-selling author. One of his most popular books is “Rich Dad Poor Dad” and it’s a great educational tool on the way to financial freedom. Kiyosaki is well known for revealing the truth about money and finances that they don’t teach in any school.

[ Robert Kiyosaki ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oVk70vby79Q


“USA Collapse Is Far WORSE Than You Think…” — Robert Kiyosaki’s Last WARNING”

Robert T. Kiyosaki is an American businessman, investor, and best-selling author. One of his most popular books is “Rich Dad Poor Dad” and it’s a great educational tool on the way to financial freedom. Kiyosaki is well known for revealing the truth about money and finances that they don’t teach in any school.

[ Robert Kiyosaki ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ydwcXvMtzW8


“How to Prepare for the Great Reset”

Tom welcomes a new guest to the program Mark Moss. Mark is an investor, strategist, founder of the “Market Disruptors” and a nationally syndicated radio host.

[ Mark Moss ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y8MdJyc_M5w


“Klaus Schwab Sermon Series”

[ Billy Crone ]

Part 1: https://rumble.com/v2a6n3a-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-1.html
Part 2: https://rumble.com/v2ayefc-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-2.html
Part 3: https://rumble.com/v2bp45a-march-4-2023.html
Part 4: https://rumble.com/v2dtfsm-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-4.html
Part 5: https://rumble.com/v2ev1hm-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-5.html
Part 6: https://rumble.com/v2jy5re-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-6.html
Part 7: https://rumble.com/v2l8zze-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-7.html
Part 8: https://rumble.com/v2nq8ey-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-8.html
Part 9: https://rumble.com/v2p05gq-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-9.html
Part 10: https://rumble.com/v2qgrca-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-10.html
Part 11: https://rumble.com/v2w4wps-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-11.html
Part 12: https://rumble.com/v2xddj8-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-12.html
Part 13: https://rumble.com/v305rbq-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-13.html
Part 14: https://rumble.com/v31latm-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-14.html
Part 15: https://rumble.com/v34w2he-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-15.html
Part 16: https://rumble.com/v3i8qe4-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-16.html
Part 17: https://rumble.com/v3k424i-september-23-2023.html
Part 18: https://rumble.com/v4p1uoo-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-18.html
Part 19: https://rumble.com/v4q02p5-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-19.html
Part 20: https://rumble.com/v4r8ws9-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-20.html


“Billy Crone – Klaus Schwab Sermon Series 19”

VIDEO: https://rumble.com/v4q02p5-billy-crone-klaus-schwab-sermon-series-19.html

[ “New World Order” starts at 24:50 ]


“The Great Reset: What can Christians do about it?”

With the appeal of the people behind the World Economic Forum, particularly business titans, politicians, and celebrities, that we need to have this ‘great reset’. It all boils down to the questions: what can be the impact of this to us as individuals? What it is going to look like? And what’s the Christian perspective for all these?

With this video, I want to offer some ways and perspectives on what we can do to reassess our lives and how we can focus on what’s really important during these challenging times.

[ Wealth With Purpose ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HgiHvdILBYE


“The Great Reset: Global Government & Digital Currency by 2030?”

On today’s Watchman Newscast, host Erick Stakelbeck is joined by the Kwak brothers to break down why the year 2030 is so pivotal for the Great Reset agenda—and how the push for global government and a digital currency is growing at an alarming rate. Does this sinister movement have prophetic implications?

[ Erick Stalelbeck interviews the Kwak Brothers ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9JsldnQkk_g


“The Collapse of Culture Continues”

On the Not By Works podcast, JB Hixson and David Fiorazo talk about biblical and moral issues relating to America, the church, and how our culture is rapidly spiraling out of control.

[ JB Hixson & David Fiorazo ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k4gHgGJVfVw


“How Close is the Mark of the Beast?”

How far away is the world from seeing the Revelation 13 mark of the beast implemented?

While we can’t know a specific date, we can know this… Our generation is the first one capable of seeing the mark of the beast system implemented outside of supernatural means. In other words, mark of the beast technology didn’t exist until our generation.

In today’s video, we discuss what this means, we talk about the measures we’re seeing put in place right now, and how all of these developments set the stage for the roll-out of the mark of the beast system. But most important of all, we talk about why you can have peace and joy even though this system of evil is coming upon the world.

[ Britt Gillette ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t3AFo3IGWZw


“How Close Are We to a Full-Blown Technocracy?”

[ Dr. J.B. Hixson interviews Patrick Wood ]

PODCAST – #880: https://notbyworks.podbean.com/e/880-how-close-are-we-to-a-full-blown-technocracy-jb-hixson-and-patrick-wood/


“Digital ID and the Looming Global Lockdown”

[ Dr. J.B. Hixson interviews Leo Hohmann ]

PODCAST – #881: https://notbyworks.podbean.com/e/881-digital-id-and-the-looming-global-lockdown-jb-hixson-and-leo-hohmann/


“2030: The Master Plan for Humanity”

Jan Markell and Alex Newman report that the New World Order crowd is busy, in part, worshipping the creation rather than the creator. Their 2030 agenda is racing towards reality as they prepare for heaven on earth. The coming CBDC system will ensure that you cannot buy or sell.

[ Jan Markell interviews Alex Newman ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jQdOKQaXo9k


“What’s Really Happening Here?”

[ Tom Hughes interviews Alex Newman ]

INTERVIEW: https://subsplash.com/hopeforourtimes-ca/media/mi/+wxzdsp2


“End-Time Delusion”

Pastor Brandon Holthaus interviews Jan Markell. They consider so much end-time delusion abounding today! Even though this was predicted, it can be overwhelming to observe.

[ Brandon Holthaus interviews Jan Markell ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e3uHnaHZE3g


“The Christian Worldview Speaker Series”

Alex Newman’ presentation

[ Beacon of Hope Church ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gOdPH7kXAUg&t=2168s


“The Great Taking: How the Deep State Will Ensure You Own Nothing”

A longtime investment banker named David Webb is exposing a global plot dubbed “The Great Taking” to steal stocks and other assets from Americans and people across the world, explains The New American magazine Senior Editor Alex Newman in this episode of Behind The Deep State. As part of the plan, laws were quietly changed to strip security owners of their property rights and instead give them a “security entitlement.” Now, those assets have been used as collateral by financial institutions as part of the massive derivatives complex. And when the system crashes, which Webb suspects will happen this year, you will own nothing, and ordinary investors will be left out to dry as unsecured creditors while the megabanks take priority. Thankfully, there are efforts to stop this in its tracks.

[ Alex Newman ]

ARTICLE: https://thenewamerican.com/video/the-great-taking-how-the-deep-state-will-ensure-you-own-nothing/


“The Great Taking – Documentary”

David Webb exposes the system Central Bankers have in place to take everything from everyone.

[ The Great Taking ]

DOCUMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dk3AVceraTI


“Prophecy Update | June 2022 | The Devil at Davos”

The Bible gives us clear details about what the geopolitical, economic, and religious systems will look like under the leadership of Antichrist during the Tribulation. In our monthly Prophecy Update, we take a closer look at a group of people and their policies who are currently setting the stage for this coming New World Order and how Christians should react in light of these things.

[ Brett Meador ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pKWfH8t6YHc


“Get Ready for the Great Reset”

Have you heard about the Great Reset?

Well, you may not have heard of it, but its leaders certainly have an incredibly intricate plan for you and your future.

The Reset has been designed by the World Economic Forum for a number of years, and the term has been used specifically since at least 2017.1 The WEF was also preparing for “a very severe pandemic” since at least October of 2019.2

What is the WEF, you ask? According to an article from Forbes, these are “the people who nominally run the global economy.”3

The WEF was founded in 1971 by Prof. Klaus Schwab, who also serves as its executive chairman. Schwab stated this past year: [more…

[ Paul J. Scharf ]

Part 1: https://sharperiron.org/article/get-ready-for-great-reset-part-1
Part 2: https://sharperiron.org/article/get-ready-for-great-reset-part-2
Part 3: https://sharperiron.org/article/get-ready-for-great-reset-part-3
Part 4: https://sharperiron.org/article/get-ready-for-great-reset-part-4
Part 5: https://sharperiron.org/article/get-ready-for-great-reset-part-5
Part 6: https://sharperiron.org/article/get-ready-for-great-reset-part-6


“GLOBALISM AND THE GREAT RESET”

Should we be concerned about the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset? How does it line up with Bible prophecy?

[ Prophecy Pros ]

PODCAST: https://prophecyprospodcast.com/s3e5-globalism-and-the-great-reset/


“How is the Great Reset connected to Bible prophecy?”

Season 7, Episode 9

[ Prophecy Pros ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=em32oX37jfQ


“13 Ways to Avoid the Great Reset – As Long As Possible”

[ Health And Homestead ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HHAwhZ7TOU8


“WATCH OUT!! What The WEF Is Planning!! How To RESIST!?”

[ Coin Bureau ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6o02uGWuMD0


“The Great Reset and the Coming New World Order”

Join us for the first night of the Futures Conference with Pastor Jack Hibbs and Charlie Kirk as they discuss Charlie Kirk The Great Reset and the coming New World order.

[ Jack Hibbs interviews Charlie Kirk ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gkBbMokaxmE&t=1996s


“3. The Next Great Global Crisis”

“History is seasonal, and winter is coming.”

― William Strauss, The Fourth Turning: An American Prophecy

Regarding the geopolitical seasons that seemingly guide/influence our modern era, we are presently in what some have deemed as the Fourth Turning Point. The turning points are eighty-year generational shifts (plus or minus ten years) in a nation that are broken down into twenty-year zeitgeist-like movements (ex. spirit of the age) that govern the mindset and worldviews of said particular generation. According to the chief proponents of this theory, William Strauss and Neil Howe, these turnings are labeled as: “The High”, “The Awakening”, “The Unraveling” and “The Crisis.” [more…]

[ Pete Garcia ]

ARTICLE: https://www.rev310.net/post/3-the-next-great-global-crisis


“THE GREAT RESET?! WHAT IN THE WORLD IS GOING ON IN THE CHURCH!?”

If you haven’t been aware of this reality, it might be shocking. People are leaving the Church and their faith altogether at an alarming rate. Why is it happening and what can we do to not be a part of the statistic? It’s been said that, “what you win them with is what you win them to.” Dr. John Neufeld from Back to the Bible Canada joins host Andrew Marcus to talk about the greatest reset that needs to take place in the Church. Now more than ever, we need to be grounded on absolute truth found only in the Word of God.

[ Indoubt Show ]

SHOW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4kRK_bMrQoI


“The Great Reset-How Klaus Schwab and WEF fit into bible prophecy”

We are living close to the rapture of the church. The bible predicts that during the Tribulation the Antichrist and the False Prophet will initiate a “great reset” having to do with the economics of the world. One will not be able to buy, or sell, or work without taking the mark of the beast. In 2020, Klaus Schwab introduced their plans for “the great reset”. The plans they have including the “fourth industrial revolution” to right into the Antichrist agenda. I believe that this is a powerful sign that we are living close to the Tribulation period. Christ could return in the rapture of the church at any moment.

[ Bob Millsaps ]

SERMON: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-EgtK-e_j9s


“How should a Christian view the Great Reset by the World Economic Forum?”

The Great Reset has long been associated with unprovable conspiracy theories about a globalist takeover of world economic and political systems. However, recent developments on the world stage have lent some credence to at least some of the theories. Advocates for the Great Reset are quite vocal about their plans, and they use that term.

In June 2020, the World Economic Forum (WEF) held their fiftieth annual conference in Davos, Switzerland. The theme of the conference was “Stakeholders for a Cohesive and Sustainable World,” and the purported goal was “to overcome income inequality, societal division and the climate crisis” (from the official WEF website). Significantly, the Davos 2020 Conference used the term The Great Reset and launched what they call “The Great Reset Initiative.” The term The Great Reset goes back at least to 2010 and the publication of the book The Great Reset by Richard Florida. [more…]

[ Got Questions ]

ARTICLE: https://www.gotquestions.org/Great-Reset.html


“CCA II: The Great Reset?”
November 7-10, 2021

In 2020, members of the world’s elite met at the World Economic Forum and launched the Great Reset initiative to transform the world economy. Klaus Schwab, the founder and executive director of the Forum, wrote, “Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism.” This second CCA of the 2021-2022 academic year will consider the idea of the Great Reset, its ramifications for America, and pro-freedom alternatives.

[ Michael Rectenwald ]

PRESENTATION: https://freedomlibrary.hillsdale.edu/programs/cca-ii-the-great-reset/what-is-the-great-reset


“What Is the Great Reset?”

Imagine a not-so-distant future where you own nothing and have no privacy. It’s a cashless society where everyone must use digital currency and possess a digital ID while living under the rule of a global government. It may sound like something straight out of George Orwell’s chilling novel, 1984. Yet today, some very powerful global players, led by the World Economic Forum and with the enthusiastic backing of some Western leaders, major corporations and the UN, are promoting this radical transformation of society. They call it “The Great Reset.” How does it affect Christians? What role does the United States play? How far along is the plan and does the Bible have anything to say about it? Erick is joined by Pastor Jack Hibbs,The Kwak Brothers, Victor Davis Hanson and more to break down the true agenda of the Great Reset and how Christians should respond.

[ TBN Special ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKAxtkJjETM


“The Great Global Reset – Episode 1”

Jack Posobiec exposes the global elite and their plot to destroy society as we know it. Arm yourself with the TRUTH you need to fight back against global tyranny and preserve freedom for the future generations of your sons and daughters.

Dive even DEEPER into the WEF’s cynical agenda with TPUSA’s newest documentary series—The Great Global Reset

[ Turning Point USA ]

PRESENTATION: https://rumble.com/v1kvicz-the-great-global-reset-episode-1.html


“End Times Author Breaks Down the ‘Great Reset,’ the Antichrist and a One-World Government”

End-times author Jeff Kinley hopes to inspire readers to be informed, equipped, and ready for what the Bible prophesies will one day unfold. “We need to be prepared for the return of Jesus Christ,” Kinley recently told CBN’s Faithwire. And that’s the topic of a new book he authored alongside fellow eschatological mind Mark Hitchcock. Titled “Global Reset: Do Current Events Point to the Antichrist and His Worldwide Empire?” the book covers some fascinating ground, particularly concerning the intersection of prophecy and current events. Watch him discuss the Great Reset, theology, prophecy, and more.

[ CBN News ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BvPyk3QG4bM


“World Government Accelerated”

Concerning world government: on July 19, 2022, UN Sec.-Gen. Guterres and WEF founder Klaus Schwab witnessed the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to form a strategic partnership and to accelerate the “Transforming our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”

The UN and WEF have agreed to cooperate on fast-tracking world government.

It is important that God can slow down or delay world government, or He can also accelerate it if He wants.

The acceleration of world government is good news for many that are concerned about inflation, food shortages, nuclear war, etc., but it is bad news for those that are not saved.

Here are more stories that made the news in the last few days.[more…]

[ Daymond Duck ]

ARTICLE: https://www.raptureready.com/2022/07/31/world-government-accelerated-by-daymond-duck/


“The Global Reset”

What we used to call the New World Order has morphed into a carefully planned system of control, well on its way to controlling the entire planet. How did we get here? And how did it happen so fast? When we hear that the World Economic Forum has been meeting for the last 50 years it makes us realize just how long these plans have been going on in secret. But the Global Reset is no longer a secret. It’s out in the open and on the verge of becoming reality.

[ Prophecy Watchers – Mondo Gonzalez interviews Mark Hitchcock ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kBAFa-j1Aw4


“Ye Shall Be As Gods”

Enjoy our Understanding the Times’ event for October, 2022. Pastor Billy Crone, Pastor Mark Henry, and Jan Markell spend an evening looking at Transhumanism and the quest for immortality apart from God. They consider many other last days’ issues as well. Watch the stunning convergence happening today that the panel considers.

[ Olive Tree Ministries ]

PRESENTATION: https://rumble.com/v1n877q-ye-shall-be-as-gods.html


“The Rise of the Technocrats”

Every now and then God sends a new voice our way. A deep thinker who has flown under the radar, unnoticed by the masses, even prophecy experts. Imagine our excitement to discover Patrick Wood, perhaps the world’s leading expert on Globalism, Technocracy and Transhumanism.

[ Prophecy Watchers interviews Patrick Wood ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RhNQzuT6L6c


“The Reset Rising”

This is our June Understanding the Times event in Minneapolis. Mark Hitchcock, Jeff Kinley, Jan Markell and Mark Henry consider the staggering rise of the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset. What does this mean for you and those you love?

[ Jan Markell ]

EVENT: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n40E8v3x8_Q&t=82s


It’s Not a Conspiracy”

Jan Markell talks with Michele Bachmann for the hour. The globalist agenda is not a conspiracy. It is reality. Jan and Michele explain what is happening in the open and behind the scenes this hour. It is following the predicted biblical outline of things to come.

[ Jan Markell interviews Michele Bachmann ]

INTERVIEW: https://rumble.com/v17vk6w-its-not-a-conspiracy-michele-bachmann.html


“The Reset Rising “

Jan plays two short messages given at our recent one-night Understanding the Times conference with Jeff Kinley and Dr. Mark Hitchcock. While the Great Reset is likely the Tribulation, we are watching the shocking set-up for it today. Since Schwab & associates plan to have this in place in the next couple of years, how late is the hour?

[ Jan Markell interviews Jeff Kinley and Dr. Mark Hitchcock ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r_2RsDAX7Ns


“World Government Looming”

People called globalists, the Global Elite, the Shadow Government, and various other names want to create and run a New World Order.

A New World Order implies the demise of the current world order.

The slogan of many globalists (including the Biden Administration, the UN, and Pope Francis) is “Build Back Better,” but to build back, the current world order must be destroyed first.

To Build Back Better implies a better world, but globalists are really trying to gain total control of everyone on earth (our religious system, our political system, our economic system; what we buy, what we sell, what we say, what we own, where we live, where we work, who we worship, and more). [more… ]

[ Daymond Duck ]

ARTICLE: https://www.raptureready.com/2021/01/03/world-government-looming-by-daymond-duck/


“Ramping Up!”

Pastor Josh Schwartz and Ken Mikle give a weekly update on events and apologetics. Crises are ramping up as we head into a long hot summer. Just who is creating various crises so they can manage them? And history is now repeating itself but not in a good way.

[ Olive Tree Ministries ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A2fbZ6p3Q2Y


“The Center of the Storm”

[ Jan Markell interviews Michele Bachmann ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ptWnlC4T3Tw&t=2402s


The Approaching Global Storm”

Jan Markell spends the hour with Jeff Kinley. Noah’s Ark is a type of Christ and the Rapture as it saved the righteous. How do our days reflect the days of Noah? There are consequences to the gravity of depravity. God is getting ready to judge again in the Tribulation outlined in Revelation.

[ Jan Markell interviews Jeff Kinley ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ve_2G2_Hj1Y


“The Set Up Is in Process: Ken Mikle, Josh Schwartz, David Fiorazo – Understanding the Times”

Jan Markell talks to Ken Mikle, Pastor Josh Schwartz, and author David Fiorazo. The set-up for the conclusion of the Church Age is in process. Artificial intelligence demands to be worshipped. Theology matters! And the consequences of removing God from society are staggering.

[ Olive Tree Ministries ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZhAem_wsPWc


“Accelerating the Adoption of a Digital World”

See the rapidly evolving digital world in this prophecy update. We look into the latest developments that are shaping the future of technology and society. Join us as we examine the implications of these changes and what they might mean for the fulfillment of biblical prophecies.

[ Brandon Holthaus ]

PRESENTATION: https://rumble.com/v4nibj2-accelerating-the-adoption-of-a-digital-world-prophecy-update.html


“Hidden in Plain View: The New World Order in Bible Prophecy”

The implementation of Antichrist’s system will require a crisis and Jan shows how all efforts are leading to the Rapture of the Church. From secret societies to the banking industry, from the billionaire cabals to Celine Dion and the entertainment industry, the world is preparing for a one-world scheme that will end in failure. Their seven year paradise will be the Tribulation.

[ Jan Markell ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_Unkgcu9Aqk


“You’ll Own Nothing and Be Happy”

Alex Newman, Pastor Mark Henry, and Jan Markell discuss the slow takeover of society by the globalists who are revealing their last days’ plan for all of us. How much of this does the Church see? This was at our spring Understanding the Times’ event in Minneapolis.

[ Olive Tree Ministries ]

EVENT: https://youtu.be/UvnxGnI8sRM?t=475


“Digital Currency Deception”

We’re the Prophecy Watchers. We have a long history of working to bring the truth of Bible prophecy to an audience of Christian believers who may not have local access to sound prophetic teaching, based upon the inspired writings of the Apostles and the traditional doctrine concerning the rapture of the church. Though we don’t believe in setting dates, it is clear that the rapture of the church is imminent, perhaps much nearer than we think.

[ Prophecy Wathers interviews Dr. J.B. Hixson ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m7lxW1nRVro


“America in Freefall”

SITREP 4.18.24

[ Monkey Werx US ]

COMMENTARY: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6P1OX0Sa6lk&t=208s


“APOSTASY STARTS WITH–CHURCH LIGHT & The Fundamentals of the Faith Get Abandoned”

All around us, the winds of apostasy are blowing stronger each day. As we open to Revelation 6, let me ask you: Are you anchored in the Doctrine of Christ?

More and more individuals who claim to be born-again Christians, and their churches and their denominations are slowly caving into growing public opinion and societal pressures.

Satan, the god of this world is more at work than ever before. He is older, smarter, and has a vast communications system of world media consumption.

Our world is slowly self-defining God and His laws instead of honoring His Word. That falling away is called apostasy in the Bible from the compound Greek words: apo (from) and histemi (standing): apostasy – literally, “a leaving, from a previous standing.”

Beware of Apostasy

Apostasy is not only denial of the Deity of Christ, or the Trinity of God.

Apostasy also encompasses the denial of Creation as described by the Bible, and substitutes ideas postulated by creatures, over the record given by the Creator.

[ John Barnett ]

TEACHING: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JerRtQ5jRsw


“The Reuniting of the Roman Empire”

In Daniel 7, the four great beasts symbolize empires. The Babylonian empire, the Persian empire, the Greek empire and the Roman empire. These happened in succession just as Daniel said. But the fourth and final empire, represented by the fourth beast with the ten horns, is pictured on a stage where it is ruled over by ten kings, ten individuals. That is in place whenever Jesus returns. We know historically, this has never been in place so since everything else in that prophecy was all literally fulfilled, we believe that has to be literally fulfilled as well. That has been the basis for what a lot of theologians have called a reuniting or a revived Roman Empire. The old Roman Empire was a lot of Europe, the western part of Asia, the northern part of Africa — we don’t know what the exact nations are but it does tell us there will be a reviving of the Roman Empire under 10 rulers. This is just one more prophecy that provides signs of Jesus return.

[ 100Huntley interviews Mark Hitchcock ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2pVRykQ1c28


“The End Game: The World As One”

Jan Markell talks to Gary Kah for the hour. The world’s governments are rushing toward a one-world system that will be short lived. They may employ “polycrises”—multiple global crises such as the new “Disease X.” This year’s global summit at Davos revealed many of their plans. They see the world as one.

[ Jan Markell interviews Gary Kah ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CJ3bH759U5g


“The Deep State Behind the Deep State”

Alison Steinberg interviews Alex Newman

[ One America News Network ]

INTERVIEW: https://rumble.com/v3lvr8b-in-focus-the-deep-state-behind-the-deep-state-with-alex-newman-oan.html


“The End Of A Superpower: The Shadows Of The End Intensify!”

In this thought-provoking video, Britt and I dive into a topic that is being overlooked yet holds immense significance on multiple levels and fronts for the entire world. We explore the perplexing scenario where our own Navy, equipped with its state-of-the-art ships and weapons system, finds itself unable to subdue the Houthis and control the region.

This seemingly impossible situation raises questions about the current state of the world’s superpower and its potential and rapid decline.

What does this mean for the rest of the globe? What kind of repercussions and “fallout” can we expect? Tune in to gain a deeper understanding of this underreported issue and its exponential ramifications.

[ The Serpents & Doves Podcast ]

VIDEO: https://rumble.com/v4kk57l-the-end-of-a-superpower-the-shadows-of-the-end-intensify.html


“Who’s Behind the Shadow Government?”

Jan Markell spends the hour with Alex Newman. Questionable figures really are creating a deep state and a shadow government. Can this fit into an end-time biblical scenario? We think so. They have a plan with a target date of 2030

[ Jan Markell interviews Alex Newman ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4iDzYaE3-pg


“Be Prepared for What’s Coming!”

Olive Tree reps Ken Mikle and Pastor Josh Schwartz review the news and then give insights on how to prepare ourselves for what is coming in these last days.

[ Olive Tree Ministries ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ozP2rDMRb30&t=830s


“Breaking Down Deception, Global Currencies and Chairs”

Mondo Gonzales and J.B. Hixson discuss global currencies and how they will impact end times.

[ Prophecy Watchers interviews Dr. J.B. Hixson ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OMZ-2iv-Opg


“Big Brother is Listening in On You”

Let’s join Dr. Dave Bowen in a deep dive into how IoT and IoB technologies are helping build the Antichrist’s kingdom!

[ Dr. David Bowen ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1W3rVAFlhWI


“Bankers & Governments Lying about Coming Financial Crisis”

Britt Gillette exposes the banking system’s lack of ‘transparency’ and the government’s ulterior motives for bailouts and “bail ins,” as well as the future of currency and banking.

[ David Fioeazo interviews Britt Gillette ]

INTERVIEW: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tjg323QeuF4&t=1012s


Why Is The EU Parliament Building Modeled After The Cursed Tower Of Babel?”

The EU Parliament Building is the first monument representing a superstate and reveals, through its intense symbolism, hatred of religion, plans for a New World Order and their subtle endorsement of tyranny.

The construction of the EU Parliament in the image of the Tower of Babel sends the message that Nimrod had the right philosophy and his Tower of Babel was a good idea.

“And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the LORD came down to see the city and the tower, which the children of men builded. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the LORD did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the LORD scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth. “ Genesis 11:4,5,9 (KJV)

Recently, we have been writing on a particularly interesting character, the new PM of Greece, Alexis Tsipras. Many Christians are now looking at this man with heightened interest. He seems to embody many of the Biblical descriptions of the coming Antichrist. Time will tell, and we will be watching.

In this article, I will be reporting on something that I find as interesting as Tsipras himself. We will look at the EU Parliament Building, and more specifically at their building. Ever since it was completed in December of 1999, the EU parliament has raised questions and many eyebrows by its peculiar architecture. Although it is meant to have a modernist look, many say that it was fashioned after Nimrod’s Tower of Babel from the Scriptures.

Why does it look unfinished?
Promoters say it reflects the “unfinished nature of Europe”. However, some research on the subject reveals the dark and deep symbolism of the building. Exposing the real source of inspiration behind the Louise Weiss building is exposing the esoteric beliefs of the world elite, their dark aspirations and their interpretation of ancient scriptures.

We’ll go straight to the point: the Louise Weiss building is meant to look like painting “The Tower of Babel” by Pieter Brueghel the Elder in 1563. Story says that the Tower of Babel was never completed.

So, the UN Parliament is basically continuing the unfinished work of Nimrod, the infamous tyrant, who was building the Tower of Babel to defy God.

Do you think this is a good source of inspiration for a “democratic institution”?

The Story of Nimrod and the Tower of Babel [more…]

[ Geri Ungurean ]

ARTICLE: https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/eu-parliament-building-tower-babel-common/


“Global warming ‘isn’t the great threat we were told’”

Sky News host Andrew Bolt says we have to hold the government “to account” over their “idiotic” energy policy.

“Global warming isn’t the great threat we were told,” Mr Bolt said.

“Solar and wind aren’t the great solution we were told.

“And, by the way, Labor’s plan will cost an absolute nightmare.”

[ The Bolt Repoert ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VlIfdLE8nQw


“Is There Really a Climate Emergency?”

The climate is the most complex system on Earth. Is it really possible to project with any precision what it will be like 20, 40, or even 100 years from now? Steve Koonin, former Undersecretary for Science in the Obama Administration, challenges the confident assumptions of climate alarmists.

[ Steve Koonin ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/is-there-really-a-climate-emergency


“ESG: Woke to Broke”

What’s more important for a company: to make a profit, or to do “social good?” More and more companies seem to be focusing on the latter. But is that a good business strategy? And, what does that mean for the economy, for you… and your bank account?

[ Andy Puzder ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/esg-woke-to-broke


“How Much Energy Will the World Need?”

Are we heading toward an all-renewable energy future, spearheaded by wind and solar? Or are those energy sources wholly inadequate for the task? Mark Mills, Senior Fellow at the Manhattan Institute and author of The Cloud Revolution, compares the energy dream to the energy reality.

[ Mark Mills ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/how-much-energy-will-the-world-need


“What They Haven’t Told You about Climate Change”

Since time immemorial, our climate has been and will always be changing. Patrick Moore explains why “climate change,” far from being a recent human-caused disaster, is, for a myriad of complex reasons, a fact of life on Planet Earth.

[ Patrick Moore ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/what-they-havent-told-you-about-climate-change


“Do 97% of Climate Scientists Really Agree?”

Is it true that 97% of climate scientists agree that climate change is real? Where does the 97% figure come from? And if it is true, do they agree on both the severity of and the solution to climate change? New York Times bestselling author Alex Epstein, founder of the Center for Industrial Progress, reveals the origins of the “97%” figure and explains how to think more clearly about climate change.

[ Alex Epstein ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/do-97-of-climate-scientists-really-agree


“What’s the Deal with the Green New Deal?”

There’s been a lot of talk about The Green New Deal. Beyond the headlines, what is it really? Given our energy needs, is it practical? Can we have an abundance of energy and a clean planet? Alex Epstein, the author of The Moral Case for Fossil Fuels, considers these questions and has thought-provoking answers.

[ Alex Epstein ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/whats-the-deal-with-the-green-new-deal


“The Truth about CO2”

Global Warming activists will tell you that CO2 is bad and dangerous. The EPA has even classified it as a pollutant. But is it? Patrick Moore provides some surprising facts about the benefits of CO2 that you won’t hear in the current debate.

[ Patrick Moore ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/the-truth-about-co2


“Is Climate Change Our Biggest Problem?”

Is man-made climate change our biggest problem? Are the wildfires, droughts and hurricanes we see on the news an omen of even worse things to come? The United Nations and many political leaders think so and want to spend trillions of tax dollars to reverse the warming trend. Are they right? Will the enormous cost justify the gain? Economist Bjorn Lomborg, director of the Copenhagen Consensus Center, explains the key issues and reaches some sobering conclusions.

[ Bjorn Lomborg ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/is-climate-change-our-biggest-problem


“Climate Change: What’s So Alarming?”

Are droughts, hurricanes, floods and other natural disasters getting stronger and more frequent? Are carbon dioxide emissions, global temperatures and sea levels putting us on a path for climate catastrophe? Bjorn Lomborg, Director of the Copenhagen Consensus Center, breaks down the facts about the environment and shows why the reality of climate change may be very different from what you hear in the media.

[ Bjorn Lomborg ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/climate-change-whats-so-alarming


“The Paris Climate Agreement Won’t Change the Climate”

The Paris Climate Agreement will cost at least $1 trillion per year, and climate activists say it will save the planet. The truth? It won’t do anything for the planet, but it will make everyone poorer–except politicians and environmentalists. Bjorn Lomborg explains.

[ Bjorn Lomborg ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/the-paris-climate-agreement-wont-change-the-climate


“Are Electric Cars Really Green?”

Are electric cars greener than conventional gasoline cars? If so, how much greener? What about the CO2 emissions produced during electric cars’ production? And where does the electricity that powers electric cars come from? Environmental economist Bjorn Lomborg, director of the Copenhagen Consensus Center, examines how environmentally friendly electric cars really are.

[ Bjorn Lomborg ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/are-electric-cars-really-green


“Climate Change: What Do Scientists Say?”

Climate change is an urgent topic of discussion among politicians, journalists and celebrities…but what do scientists say about climate change? Does the data validate those who say humans are causing the earth to catastrophically warm? Richard Lindzen, an MIT atmospheric physicist and one of the world’s leading climatologists, summarizes the science behind climate change.

[ Richard Lindzen ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/climate-change-what-do-scientists-say


“The Great Texas Freeze of 2021”

In February 2021, the temperature in Texas dropped below zero. Not a big deal, right? Texas is the energy state. Just go home, turn on the heat, and hunker down. That’s how it should have gone. But it didn’t. What happened, and why?

[ Jason Isaac ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/the-great-texas-freeze-of-2021


“Nuclear Energy: Abundant, Clean, and Safe”

If you truly want to save the planet from global warming, there’s one energy source that can do it. It’s not wind or solar. It’s not coal, oil, or natural gas, either. So what is it? Michael Shellenberger, founder of Environmental Progress, has the answer in this important video.

[ Michael Shellenberger ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/abundant-clean-and-safe


“What’s Wrong with Wind and Solar?”

Are wind, solar, and batteries the magical solutions to all our energy needs? Or do they come with too high a price? Mark Mills, Senior Fellow at the Manhattan Institute, analyzes the true cost — both economic and environmental — of so-called green energy.

[ Mark Mills ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/whats-wrong-with-wind-and-solar


“Fossil Fuels: Greener than You Think”

To make the earth cleaner, greener and safer, which energy sources should humanity rely on? Alex Epstein of the Center for Industrial Progress explains how modern societies have cleaned up our water, air, and streets using the very energy sources you may not have expected—oil, coal, and natural gas.

[ Alex Epstein ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/fossil-fuels-greener-than-you-think


“Can We Rely on Wind and Solar Energy?”

Is green energy, particularly wind and solar energy, the solution to our climate and energy problems? Or should we be relying on things like natural gas, nuclear energy, and even coal for our energy needs and environmental obligations? Alex Epstein of the Center for Industrial Progress explains. Learn about Alex Epstein’s book, The Moral Case for Fossil Fuels: http://www.moralcaseforfossilfuels.com/

[ Alex Epstein ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/can-we-rely-on-wind-and-solar-energy


“Do We Have to Destroy the Earth to Save It?”

Do wind turbines and solar farms hold the keys to saving the environment? Michael Shellenberger, founder of Environmental Progress and noted climate activist, used to think so. Now he’s not so sure. He explains why in this important video.

[ Michael Shellenberger ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/do-we-have-to-destroy-the-earth-to-save-it


“THE END OF HUMANITY – As Planned By The Global Leaders”

Did you know there is an official agenda to replace the human race with robots, cyborgs and AI? This agenda is being heavily promoted by the World Economic Forum. Their plan is to end the era of humanity and usher in a new era of neo-humanity, in which people are a mix of man and machine. They also state that our thoughts and emotions will be monitored by AI in order to combat climate change. Is that the world you want for yourself and your children?
Ending humanity to ‘save the planet’

Many of us have seen the popular science fiction movies about robots taking over the world and eradicating humanity. But little do we know that this is exactly what is being prepared by the global leaders. It is what they are promoting, developing, financing and calling for, all around the world.

The globalists even claim that this is the only way to save the Earth from total collapse. Without exiting the era of mankind and entering into the era of NEO-HUMANITY, the world is doomed, they say. One of their arguments is that humans are the cause of climate change, and must therefore be replaced with artificial alternatives to “save the planet”.

This worldwide reformation is called “The Fourth Industrial Revolution” and is intended to completely digitize every aspect of life on Earth.[more…]

[ Stop World Control ]

VIDEO: https://rumble.com/v4q7hcq-the-end-of-humanity-as-planned-by-the-global-leaders.html


“Many climate change scientists do not agree that global warming is happening”

Gregory Gardner, Locum general practitioner

Author information Copyright and License information PMC Disclaimer
editor—The apocalyptic tone that Smith adopted in relation to the environment bears little relation to reality.1 In his editorial Smith asserts, “virtually all scientists agree that global warming is happening.” Global warming is now joining the list of “what everyone knows.”

Whether most scientists outside climatology believe that global warming is happening is less relevant than whether the climatologists do. A letter signed by over 50 leading members of the American Meteorological Society warned about the policies promoted by environmental pressure groups. “The policy initiatives derive from highly uncertain scientific theories. They are based on the unsupported assumption that catastrophic global warming follows from the burning of fossil fuel and requires immediate action. We do not agree.”2 Those who have signed the letter represent the overwhelming majority of climate change scientists in the United States, of whom there are about 60. McMichael and Haines quote the 1995 report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is widely believed to “prove” that climate change induced by humans has occurred.3 The original draft document did not say this. What happened was that the policymakers’ summary (which became the “take home message” for politicians) altered the conclusions of the scientists. This led Dr Frederick Seitz, former head of the United States National Academy of Sciences, to write, “In more than sixty years as a member of the American scientific community … I have never witnessed a more disturbing corruption of the peer-review process than the events that led to this IPCC report.”4

Policymaking should be guided by proved fact, not speculation. Most members of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change believe that current climate models do not accurately portray the atmosphere-ocean system. Measurements made by means of satellites show no global warming but a cooling of 0.13°C between 1979 and 1994.5 Furthermore, since the theory of global warming assumes maximum warming at the poles, why have average temperatures in the Arctic dropped by 0.88°C over the past 50 years? [more…]

[ National Library of Medicine ]

ARTICLE: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1112950/


“Capitalism vs. Socialism”

Decades after capitalism seemed to have triumphed over socialism, politicians are once again arguing about the merits and drawbacks of these opposing economic systems. Why are we still having this debate? Andy Puzder, former CEO of the parent company of Hardee’s and Carl’s Jr., explains the misconceptions that keep the debate alive.

This video is part of the Robert W. Plaster Foundation Playlist: Free Enterprise Will Set You Free

[ Andy Puzder ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/capitalism-vs-socialism


“Capitalism or Socialism: Which One Is More Democratic?”

What is the difference between free-market capitalism and democratic socialism? And which system is actually more fair and responsive to the needs of the people? Here’s a hint: names can be deceiving. Dinesh D’Souza has the answers.

This video is part of the Robert W. Plaster Foundation Playlist: Free Enterprise Will Set You Free

[ Dinesh D’Souza ]

PRESENTATION: https://www.prageru.com/video/capitalism-or-socialism-which-one-is-more-democratic


“The Big Lie – How to Enslave the World”

[ The Academy of Ideas ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6VfJ0BJvt7Y


“Narrated: “Live Not By Lies” by Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn 1974″

On the day Solzhenitsyn was arrested, February, 12, 1974, he released the text of “Live Not by Lies.” The next day, he was exiled to the West, where he received a hero’s welcome. This moment marks the peak of his fame. Solzhenitsyn equates “lies” with ideology, the illusion that human nature and society can be reshaped to predetermined specifications. And his last word before leaving his homeland urges Soviet citizens as individuals to refrain from cooperating with the regime’s lies. Even the most timid can take this least demanding step toward spiritual independence. If many march together on this path of passive resistance, the whole inhuman system will totter and collapse.

[ Thoughts On Things And Stuff ]

AUDIO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SyPY7d208lk


“The Dystopian World of 1984 Explained”

George Orwell’s novel has been brought up recently. Many terms and facts are used. The world he crafted doses have some similarities, but it in itself is dystopian in its own right. What caused this to happen? What made 1984 such a dark novel that Orwellian is now a term? This is one video to explain.

[ Alternate History Hub ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQxOKXEff4I


“Is 1984 Becoming a Reality? – George Orwell’s Warning to the World”

[ Academy of Ideas ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vEMlvpMY7yw


“KGB defector Yuri Bezmenov’s warning to America (1984)”

[ Offensive Freedom ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IQPsKvG6WMI


“Do We Live in a Brave New World? – Aldous Huxley’s Warning to the World”

[ Academy of Ideas ]

VIDEO: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aPkQ57cXrPA


“What is apostasy and how can I recognize it?”

What is apostasy and how can I recognize it? Why does apostasy so often go unrecognized? How can an apostate be recognized?

[ Got Questions ]

TEACHING: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V1Z8COt10wI


“Time is dissipating very QUICKLY!!!”

Considering the time in which we are currently living, it continues to become more and more obvious that time is running out. The call given to us by Christ is significant, and even more consequential than that is in how we respond. Will we keep making excuses or will we rise to the challenge? The ball is in your court!!!

[ James Kaddis ]

TEACHING: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E8-0Jm5a4uc


“You Don’t Have Anymore Time To Waste | Answer The Call Of God Today!”

The return of Christ will happen in the twinkling of an eye. Whether or not these are the last days or end times, you should be living wholeheartedly for the Lord.

[ Grace For Purpose ]

MOTIVATION: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i8Z3Q3QbKiQ


“No Matter How Bad It Gets, Victory Is Certain!”

Prophecy Update

[ Tom Hughes ]

VIDEO: https://rumble.com/v4qvshc-prophecy-update-no-matter-how-bad-it-gets-victory-is-certain.html


<<< SONGS >>>


Reset

[Intro]
(Doowop)
Reset
(Doowop)
Yeah
Reset

[Verse 1]
Don’t like what I see when I look in the mirror
Even harder to deal with the choices I make
What’s the point of trying again (I don’t know)
Feels like I will never win
Kind of hard not to feel like a huge mistake, no
Life’s going crazy
Can’t someone save me from these choices I’m making
Before I lose my mind

[Chorus]
If you’re back you’re winning
All there is left to do is reset (reset)
You can start over, over
If it’s making no sense
Sometimes your only move is reset (reset)
You can start over
Reset
See Take 6 Live
Get tickets as low as $76

You might also like
You Know You’re In Love
Take 6
Beautiful Day
Take 6
Unchain My Heart
Ray Charles

[Verse 2]
Well it feels like the walls closing in on me
But I know my life ain’t as bad as it sometimes seems (yeah)
Sick and tired of getting by
Someday I’m going to fly
Until that time comes I’ll be waiting patiently, oh yeah
Life’s going crazy
Can’t someone save me from these choices I’m making
Before I lose my mind
Ooh, no

[Chorus]
If you’re back you’re winning
All there is left to do is reset (reset yeah)
You can start over, over
If it’s making no sense (it makes no sense)
Sometimes your only move is reset (no no, reset)
You can start over (reset, reset, start over)
Reset
If you’re back you’re winning (out to)
All there is left to do is reset (reset yeah)
You can start over, over (reset)
If it’s making no sense (no sense)
Sometimes your only move is reset (reset)
You can start over (start over)
Reset

[Verse 3]
It’s never too late to start again (never too late to start again)
There’s a whole new whole world
(yeah, there’s a whole new whole world, whole new world before you)
Waiting to begin
All you got to do is reset

[Chorus]
If you’re back you’re winning (yahoo)
All there is left to do is reset (reset, oh)
You can start over, over (over yeah)
If it’s making no sense (making no sense)
Sometimes your only move is reset (reset)
(just reset)
You can start over (oh, yeah)
Reset
If you’re back you’re winning (I’m doing)
All there is left to do is reset (reset)
You can start over, over (over and over and over again)
If it’s making no sense (ooh, yeah)
Sometimes your only move is reset (reset)
You can start over (over again)
Reset

[ Take 6 – “Believe” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=egDoIincAdA


Reset

I know that You are good
I know that You are kind
I know that You are love
And I know that You love me

So I will reset again from Your arms
With hope in my heart
In loving surrender
Reset, I’ll shut out the noise
Awake to Your voice
Tune into Your whisper

And I know Your words are true
I know You say do not fear
I know You say I am free
I know I am free indeed

All I want is nothing more
Than all You are and all Your heart
And all You want is nothing more
Than all I am in loving surrender

[ Vinyard Cardiff ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bE-meZvnLLg


Reset

[ Tru-Serva with Dawna Johnson – “We Believe” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cmtoAOqjLgk


The Great Reset

[ Yekcyr MalkiYah (featuring Truth Unedited) ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OaaZ0VW3w9w


The Great Reset

I know a man who’s half a man
The other half a monster with manipulative hands
And you’ll tag along to his demands
Worshiping an image that he built with all his friends

And you’re not cool enough to be a part of his great clique
They’re economically inclined to convince you that you’re sick
But give the devil what he’s due, for he has trampled on the truth
And convinced you all to sing along to a lying, wondrous tune, and it goes

One shot, two shots, three shots, four
You better watch your mouth, you better lock the door
He said, “I sees the need for a great divide”
Taking six-six-six shots to save our lives

They’ve got a plan but it’s half a plan
A modern day agenda to put the power in their hands
And you’ve cashed your checks for the Great Reset
Worshiping the system lest you cannot buy or sell

And you’ve been played a fool to be a part of his great clique
You’re economically inclined to keep on keeping yourself sick
But give the devil what he’s due for he has trampled on the truth
And convinced you all to sing along to a lying, wondrous tune, and it goes

One shot, two shots, three shots, four
You better watch your mouth, you better lock the door
He said, “I sees the need for a great divide”
Taking six-six-six shots to save our lives
One shot, two shots, three shots, four
You better watch your mouth, you better lock the door
He said, “I sees the need for a great divide”
Taking six-six-six shots to save our lives

[ Sounds Like Harmony ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Hs0SbTpyok&t=21s


<<< APOLOGETIX SONGS >>>


Talking Inner Peace
(Parody of “Talking in Your Sleep” by The Romantics)

(Philippians 4:6-8, John 14:27, Isaiah 26:3, 1 Peter 5:7)
When you close your eyes can you go to sleep?
Can you drown out the sounds of a hard week?
Are there fears and things that you’re seething about?
Are you hopin’ that your heart makes it through somehow?

You tell me that you want peace
You tell me that you need peace
You tell me that you’d love peace
And I know where to find
All the peace you’ve been denied

Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace

When you hold it in, your heart has strife
Don’t you know to keep it in is not right
Give all your cares back to Jesus Christ
5:7 in First Peter gives the best advice

You tell me that you want peace
You tell me that you need peace
You tell me that you’d love peace
And I know where to find
‘Cause it’s here in Jesus Christ

Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace

When you to Christ things’ll fall in place
Check Philippians chapter 4, verse 6-8

You tell me that you want peace
You tell me that you need peace
Isaiah 26:3
Now you know where to find
‘Cause it’s here it’s in the Bible

Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
In the Gospel John 14
Right here is the verse that you need
27 take a peak
Find here the secrets that you seek
When you talk of inner peace
Find here the secrets that you seek
Philippians 4:7
And the peace of God, which surpasses all comprehension, will guard your
hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus.

[ ApologetiX – “Play Nice” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mLOs6XdDHts


Come On, I’ll Lead
(Parody of “Come On Eileen” performed by Dexys Midnight Runners)

Come on, I’ll lead
Come on, I’ll lead

The LORD our God is great
So He sent us on the way to go
With a million starts and stops, though
Our fathers cried — dragged along, complainin’

You’ve grown (you’ve grown up)
They’re gone (all gone now)
Now we’ll cross that Jordan River
Come on, I’ll lead
To our new life — do right — move right in
Or will you sin just like our fathers?

Come on, I’ll lead
All us where God decreed
As He promised, you’ll get everything
A new big address, fine crops, nothing less
Yes, I’m certain
Ah, come on, I’ll lead

Come on, I’ll lead

These people ’round here
Will be aroused like junkyard dogs by us
There’ll be giants, too, that we’re facing
But don’t fuss (no never) no, don’t fuss (not ever)
We have come too far to quiver
(Remember)
To our new life you must move right in
A new home that’s yours forever

Come on, I’ll lead
All us where God decreed
Aw, come on, let’s– take off and proceed
Here’s the address, don’t need GPS
Ah, come on, gents
Ah, come on, I’ll lead
And, yes, you’ll find rest, finally happiness
Ah, come on, gents
Ah, come on, I’ll lead
Please

(Come on, I’ll lead you to our land)
(Come on, I’ll lead you, move right in)
Josh-u-a knows, how you must go (They’re not — too rough for you, luv)
So I’ll lead
Said
Come on, I’ll lead (Come on, I’ll lead you to our land) (You’ve grown)
These dangers are real but I don’t — have to fear
(Come on, I’ll lead you, move right in) (Don’t moan)
Now let’s cross that Jordan river (They’re not — too rough for you, luv)
It’s bound to be strange
Let’s head
To a new life you’ll like — move right in (Come on, I’ll lead you to our land)
(Come on, I’ll lead you, move right in)
They’re not — too rough for you, luv)

Come on, I’ll lead
All us where God decreed
As He promised, you’ll get everything
A new big address, fine crops, nothing less
It’s your duty
Ah, come on, I’ll lead
Ah, come on, I’ll lead
All us where God decreed
As He promised, you’ll get everything
A new big address, oh, by God, we’ve been blessed
Well, get ready
On, I’ll lead

Come on, I’ll lead
Whoa oh-oh oh
God decreed
Whoa ho ho ho
Ah, come on, ah, come on
Everything

[ ApologetiX – “Alien Invasion” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oMd-p2OgEmk


The Word
(Parody of “Grease” by Frankie Valli)

I solve math problems at my senior high
We got a hundred things we gotta read and write
There ain’t no gangs like Grease and no cool cars
It’s hard to be real wild, but we can teach you the art
It’s in the Word

They think our Lord is just a ball and chain
Why don’t they understand it’s just their pride and shame
They live for science, only He is real
Just got to find right now the God that Jesus revealed
Jesus’ the Word

Jesus’ the Word, He’s the Word, as you’ve heard
We’ve got proof, it’s got Spirit
He is the life, He’s the Way, He’s the Logos
Now these things we base on experience

He came a-blessin’ and He chose to stay
Condemned at Calvary, rose on that blessed third day
There is a choice that we can make if we’re smart
We start believing now and He can redo our hearts
Receive the Word

Jesus’ the Word, yes the Word, as you’ve heard
It’s not rules, it’s not teasing
Jesus the Christ is the face of the most high
Now this is the day to receive Him

They say it mocks evolution
That’s just a subtle envious excuse
What are we doin’ here?

We make confession and he shows us the way
No technicalities, no long-term debts to pay
There is a plan so we get saved from above
Let’s start to read it now it’s in Ephesians, you all
Faith is the Word

Faith is a word that’s conferred undeserving
It’s not you, it’s not me then
Grace is divine, it’s through faith, there’s no boastin’
Now read in 2:8 in Ephesians

So search the Word, yes the Word, that you’ve heard
It’s got truth, it’s God’s teaching
This is the time, it’s the place, it’s the moment
Now Jesus is waiting, receive Him

Jesus’ the Word
Yes the Word Yes the Word Yes the Word
Yes the Word Yes the Word Yes the Word
Yes the Word Yes the Word Yes the Word

[ ApologetiX – “Adam Up” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2WRGl4DWGw


Won Thru Fighting
(Parody of “Kung Fu Fighting” by Carl Douglas)

Oh ho-ho ho [4X]

If the battle was won through fighting
Most cats wouldn’t last an eye blink
If that was a little bit surprising
It’s ’cause our foes have extra-size strength

They will undermine a man
Who’s tough but kind of proud
They will soften him up
They will topple him down
These are angels, child, be smart
‘Cause if you’re not, they’ll ruin your heart
But when Satan tries his tricks
Read in Zechariah 4:6

If the battle was won through fighting
Most cats wouldn’t last an eye blink
If that was a little bit surprising — yeah, yeah
It’s ’cause our foes have extra-size strength

They will punch you in the chin
With little selfish thoughts
They said, Now break out the big guns
Let’s get at God
He took them all and made ’em scram
Started saving us from them
Wrote Ephesians chapter 6
Now let’s stick to the plan and script

If the battle was won through fighting
Most cats wouldn’t last an eye blink
If that was a little bit surprising
Well, those demons have extra-size strength
Ho-oh, yeah-eh

(Oh ho-ho ho) 4X
Keep close to God — He’s strong, He’s strong
No, the battle’s not won through fighting
Most cats wouldn’t last an eye blink
If that was a little bit surprising
They sure do have extra-size strength, y’all

(Oh ho-ho ho)
Some choose fighting
(Oh ho-ho ho)
As if we’d — last an eye blink
(Oh ho-ho ho) 3X
Keep close to God — He’s strong
(Oh ho-ho ho)
Yeah-eh, yeah-eh
(Oh ho-ho ho)
If the battle was won through fighting
(Oh ho-ho ho)
Cats like me wouldn’t last an eye blink

[ ApologetiX ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pszBn33SnMM


Why Wait?
(Parody of “I’ll Wait” performed by Van Halen)

You might get raptured — no one here can tell
I guess someday we’ll learn
I’ve read the Scriptures — yes, I know them well
About His great return
But you first need Him in your heart to dwell
I’m just a nag, it seems
Yeah, you just smiled, said you’ll fix yourself
Look, what’s that s’posed to mean?

Why wait till the Lord comes down?
Christ’s coming — strengthen your heart
Don’t hate! You can stop being proud
And fine as you are

Christ wrote some letters for those in His church
At seven spots to read
In the first century — they’re put in His Word
For us to follow and heed
And now these spots you’ll find in Western Turkey
Such good geography!

Why wait till the Lord comes down?
Christ wants His place in your heart
Show me you can shock me now
And find a new start

You can’t imagine watchin’ Him with me
The day the Son arrives
Your Master greets everyone who’s sheep
But takes the goats aside
Are you for Jesus? It’s so hard to tell
Don’t wish to make a scene
Yeah, you just smile and you think you’re swell
Lukewarm like Listerine

REPEAT FIRST CHORUS
REPEAT SECOND CHORUS
Why Wait?

[ ApologetiX – “Vision Gets Clearer as We Get Closer” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pXglYIjEknA


The Very Last City
(Parody of “Paradise City” performed and written by Guns N’ Roses)

Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
(Take me home!) Oh, won’t you please take me home
Take me now to the very last city
Where the massive gates have a pearly finish
(Take me home!) Oh, won’t you please take me home

Brand-new Earth and Heaven under His feet
C’mon! Our King says come to Me
I’m preparin’ a place for all the ones who believe
I’ll see you on the other side
It’s waitin’ at the end of the line

The righteous risen Lord showed the way
You gotta – keep pushin’ toward that fortress of faith
You know it’s – it’s all in Revelation – just you wait
You read in all the chapters you’ll find
21 and 22 are sublime

Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
Oh, won’t you please take me home, yeah, yeah
Take me now to the very last city
Where the massive gates have a pearly finish
Take – me – home!

After we’re there in the city, past danger
He’ll wipe our tears, so just try to remember
A certain Gentleman from Nazareth decreed
We have another city naked eyes can’t see
Tell me who you’re gonna believe

Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
Take — me – home, yeah, yeah
Take me now to the very last city
Where the massive gates have a pearly finish
Oh, won’t you please take me home – oh yeah!

No more delay — no more decay
No more dismay — still more to say

Have to remember this important part
Now we can only enter with an open heart
He said, don’t wait around for any action to start
You just believe and you’ll find
What are you, blind?
He said it all a million times!

Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
Take — me – home, yeah, yeah
Take me now to the very last city
Where the massive gates have a pearly finish
Oh, won’t you please take me home

Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
Take — me – home, yeah, yeah
Take me now to the very last city
Where the massive gates have a pearly finish
Oh, won’t you please take me home
Home!
LEAD

Ohhhhhhh!
I wanna go, I’m gonna go
Oh, won’t you please take me home
I wanna see, I wanna be
Oh, won’t you please take me home
Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
Take – me — home!
Take me now to the very last city
Where the massive gates have a pearly finish
Oh, won’t you please take me home
Take me now, take me now
Oh, won’t you please take me home
I wanna see, I’m gonna be
Oh, won’t you please take me home
MINI LEAD

I wanna see — where I’m gonna be
Oh — oh, take me home
Take me now to the very last city
Where they have safe streets and they’re gold and pretty
Oh, won’t you please take me home
I wanna go, I — wanna go
Oh, won’t you please take me home
Yeah, baby! Whee!

[ ApologetiX – “Nichey” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7XaoPDNDQco


Let’s Redo the Music
(Parody of “Listen to the Music” by The Doobie Brothers)

Don’t you feel as though if we’re saved by grace
People shouldn’t really get the blues
But it happens — some are sad
Oh, and honey that’s the dues we pay

What the people need is to make a joyful shout
To take those heartsick blues and use those sounds
To propagate the message in the Good News
Don’t cry, mama, ‘cause we’re heaven bound

Ohhh … let’s redo the music
Ohhh … let’s redo the music
Ohhh … let’s renew the music
Of your mind

Well I know you learn better when we sing and play
Even if it’s country or reggae
We’ll be happy to revamp
All the numbers that we used to play
If that deal sounds good to you
And you really do believe
Then, my brothers, if you do behave
We can put in some rhyme
Oh, maybe, turn the blues to praise

Ohhh … let’s redo the music
Ohhh … let’s redo the music
Ohhh … let’s renew the music
Of your mind

I can praise the Lord forever
We’re bound for mansions in the sky
And the time is drawing nearer
Listen, we don’t have much time
To be sad so let’s not cry

Ohhh … let’s redo the music
Ohhh … let’s redo the music
Ohhh … let’s renew the music
Of your mind

[ ApologetiX – “Loaded 45s” album ]

SONG: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1fo8f-p1RM


Good News/Bad News

This is a Gospel presentation and personal testimony of J. Jackson, lead vocalist of ApologetiX from their 20th anniversary concert. It is available on 20:20 Vision.

VIDEO (audio only): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q21Jnaq-EL8


<<< DEEP THOUGHTS >>>


“To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a “Great Reset” of capitalism.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The pandemic represents a rare but narrow indow of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The Great Reset calls for collaboration and unity on a global scale.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The Great Reset provides an opportunity to build a more sustainable and inclusive world.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The Great Reset is a call for a new social contract that serves the greater good.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The planet is thus the center of the global economic system, and if health should be optimized in the decisions made by all the others stakeholders.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The Great Reset is an opportunity to rethink our economic systems and prioritize sustainability.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The Great Reset will require us to integrate all stakeholders of global society into a community of common interest, purpose and action.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“Because this crisis will be with us until we really have found a remedy. So, we have to prepare for a more angry world. And how to prepare?

“It means to take the necessary action to create a fairer world, to see that we provide everybody with decent access to the health system, that we make sure that those people who are really left behind, and I’m not speaking only on national level, so I’m speaking also internationally, if I see now the tragedy in some of the emerging countries like South Africa, like some countries in East Asia. I think it’s all, I don’t have too many remedies. The remedies have to be discussed through dialogue by the stakeholders of our global system, but I just see the need for such a dialogue and I see the need for action, I see the need for a ‘Great Reset’.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“If the past five centuries in Europe and America” have taught us anything, it is that “acute crises contribute to boosting the power of the state. It’s always been the case and there is no reason it should be different with the COVID-19 pandemic.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“This work indicates that the fourth industrial revolution is unique, driven as it is by a global network of smart (network-driven) cities, countries and regional clusters, which understand and leverage the opportunities of this revolution—top down and bottom up – acting from a holistic and integrated perspective.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The fourth industrial revolution, however, is not only about smart and connected machines and systems. Its scope is much wider. Occurring simultaneously are waves of further breakthroughs in areas ranging from gene sequencing to nanotechnology, from renewables to quantum computing. It is the fusion of these technologies and their interaction across the physical, digital and biological domains that make the fourth industrial revolution fundamentally different from previous revolutions.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“The more we think about how to harness the technology revolution, the more we will examine ourselves and the underlying social models that these technologies embody and enable, and the more we will have an opportunity to shape the revolution in a manner that improves the state of the world.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“Above all else this is a crisis of confidence. To restore confidence you have to establish signposts that the world after the crisis will be different. We have to create a new world.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“Left unaddressed, these crises… will deepen and leave the world even less sustainable, less equal, and more fragile. Incremental measures and ad hoc fixes will not suffice to prevent this scenario. We must build an entirely new foundation for our economic and social systems.”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our society’s and economies”
[ Klaus Schwab ]

“Collaborating with publishers and platforms to do more to address harmful and misleading media environments; and to develop and deliver against a concrete set of actions, processes, and protocols for protecting brands.”
[ Global Alliance for Responsible Media ]

“Yes, it will happen. And I think it will happen with greater speed and with greater intensity that a lot of people might imagine.”
[ John Kerry, Discussing the Great Reset at WEF, November 2020 ]

“First of all, we have to have the definition of “Reset” correctly. “Reset,” we can’t think of it in terms of sort of pushing a button and going back to the way things were… The normal was a crises. The normal was itself not working.”
[ John Kerry, at WEF event in June 2020 ]

“In order to secure our future and to prosper, we need to evolve our economic model and put people and planet at the heart of global value creation. If there is one critical lesson to learn from this crisis, it is that we need to put nature at the heart of how we operate. We simply can’t waste more time.”
[ Prince Charles ]

“We have a golden opportunity to seize something good from this crisis—yes unprecedented shockwaves may well make people more receptive to big visions of change. As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path.”
[ Prince Charles ]

“This is a opportunity we have never had before and may never have again.”
[ Prince Charles ]

“As we move from rescue to recovery, we have a unique but rapidly shrinking window of opportunity to learn lessons and reset ourselves on a more sustainable path. It is an opportunity we have never had before and may never have again.”
[ Prince Charles ]

“In this day, nation states must today—should today, I say—be ready to give up sovereignty.”
[ Angela Merkel ]

“This is the time for a Great Reset.”
[ Al Gore ]

“The Great Reset is a welcome recognition that this human tragedy must be a wake-up call. We must build more equal, inclusive and sustainable economies and societies that are more resilient in the face of pandemics, climate change and the many other global changes we face.”
[ António Guterres ]

“We set up a new world order after World War II. We’re now in a different world than we were then. We need to ask, what can we be doing differently? The World Economic Forum has a big responsibility in that as well – to be pushing the reset button and looking at how to create well-being for people and for the Earth.”
[ Jennifer Morgan ]

“I can see how we could use this opportunity to design a better world, but we need both national and multilateral institutions to make it work. Solidarity and sharing and deciding on how you protect people – both within nations and globally – is absolutely critical at the moment.”
[ Sharan Burrow ]

“This is my vision of a true cashless society. There is an exchange of value in its entirety—just like cash. And it requires a national government—rather than banks or the like—to act as the payment provider, effectively becoming a state-backed utility.”
[ Mehul Desai ]

“Climate change poses an existential threat to our lives, to our economy, and the threat is here. It’s not going to get any better.”
[ Joe Biden ]

“You never want a serious crisis to go to waste.”
[ Rahm Emanuel ]

“Never let a good crises go to waste”
[ Winston Churchill ]

“The heavy-handed pandemic response by world leaders is preparing the world foreign implementation of social credit systems to be rolled out in various forms in fashions around the world.”
[ David Rosenthal ]

“Only a crisis—actual or perceived—produces real change. When that crisis occurs, the actions that are taken depend on the ideas that are lying around. That, I believe, is our basic function: to develop alternatives to existing policies, to keep them alive and available until the politically impossible becomes the politically inevitable.”
[ Milton Friedman ]

“The COVID-19 pandemic showed us that the WHO, the World Health Organization, is not the preeminent global health institution that perhaps it once was.”
[ Brad Wenstrup ]

“An integral, and to some extent critical, part of the existing system of global governance” that is not acting in the interests of the whole.”
[ Ian Richardson ]

“Nothing says ‘harmony with nature’ quite like strip-mining the world for the rare earth minerals needed to construct billions of solar panels and storage batteries, grinding up millions of acres of land to build ‘green’ energy facilities, and mass-murdering millions of birds with huge wind turbines.”
[ Glenn Beck ]

“ESG is a scam. It has been weaponized by phony social justice warriors.”
[ Elon Musk ]

“A good ESG score amounts to a business’s compliance with the leftist agenda.”
[ Elon Musk ]

“What is the Great Reset? A true dystopian nightmare where every aspect of your existence is observed and regulated by unseen bureaucrats – all for your own good. The Great Reset is the long-planned reorganization of the world imposed by technocratic global elites.”
[ Marc Morano ]

“The main criticism is that it represents a socialist, globalist conspiracy for global control and dominance.”
[ Anonymous ]

“And I sincerely believe with you, that banking establishments are more dangerous than standing armies; & that the principle of spending money to be paid by posterity, under the name of funding, is but swindling futurity on a large scale”
[ Thomas Jefferson ]

“And therein we find, neglected by us, the simplest, the most accessible key to our liberation: a personal nonparticipation in lies! Even if all is covered by lies, even if all is under their rule, let us resist in the smallest way: Let their rule hold not through me!”
[ Alexander Solzhenitsyn ]

“We face an apocalypse. The specter of death and economic collapse spread by the COVID-19 pandemic, the convulsive mass protests over police brutality coalescing with multiple preexisting crises: such things as global warming, identity crisis, fraying social fabric, polarized politics, tribalism, mass discontent, failing states, and an unraveling global order. If we picture these crises together, the silhouettes of the four horsemen of the Apocalypse practically become visible on the horizon, primed to romp into our postmodern and post-Christian consciousness. Propelled as we were by seemingly limitless scientific-technological innovations, we thought we had left these four horsemen far behind, way back in the premodern world. We were wrong.”
[ Elijah Mvundura ]

“In the past, we, as American Christians, always had home-field advantage. We knew that in the crown there were those from the other team who were opposed to us, but the larger stadium crown was either on our side are in different to our wetness as Christians. All that has changed. Now we play our games on enemy turf. A minority is on our side while the wider culture sits in the stands shouting hateful epitaphs at us Power rejoicing in our losses. And the elitists in the skyboxes cheer them on.”
[ Erwin Lutzer ]

“Jesus is calling.
Salvation is offered.
Time is fleeting.
Death is approaching.
Eternity is looming.
Judgment is coming.
Heaven is beckoning.
Hell is waiting.”
[ Stephen J. Lawson ]

———-

“When you learn how to love yourself, you will be better able to love others as yourself.”
[ Mark Besh ]

“Life is eternity’s sunrise.”
[ Mark Besh ]


RELATED SCRIPTURE VERSES:

Great Reset:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/great_reset

Reset:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/reset

New World Order:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/new_world_order

One-world Government:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/one-world_government

Revived Roman Empire:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/revived_roman_empire

Tyranny:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/tyranny

Socialism:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/socialism

Rapture:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/rapture

End Times:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/end_times

New Heavens:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/new_heavens

New Earth:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/new_earth

New Jerusalem:
https://www.openbible.info/topics/new_jerusalem


“A quick summary of the Christian “Gospel”:
JESUS’ PROPITIATION made our SINS FORGIVEN and IMPUTED RIGHTEOUSNESS to us so that we have GOD’S ACCEPTANCE into His Heaven and receive ETERNAL LIFE.”
[ Mark Besh ]


Hope you enjoyed some of these insights—share them with your friends and colleagues—so we can have a larger ’pool’ to receive from, and more to share with! Also, remember to include your name as the “source,” if some of this wisdom is of your doing. I would like to give credit where credit is due!


<<< FOCUS VERSES >>>


“Fear of man will prove to be a snare, but whoever trusts in the Lord is kept safe.”
[ Proverbs 29:25 ]

“The former things will not be remembered, nor will they come to mind.”
[ Isaiah 65:17 ]

“No more shall there be in it an infant who lives but a few days, or an old man who does not fill out his days, for the young man shall die a hundred years old, and the sinner a hundred years old shall be accursed.”
[ Isaiah 65:20 ]

“Behold, I have put My words in your mouth. See, I have this day set you over the nations and over the kingdoms, to root out and to pull down, to destroy and to throw down, to build and to plant.”
[ Jeremiah 1:9-10 ]

“Blessed are you when people insult you and persecute you, and falsely say all things of evil against you because of me.”
[ Matthew 5:11 ]

“Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter the Kingdom of Heaven, but the one who does the will of my Father who is in Heaven. On that day many will say to me, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and cast out demons in your name, and do many mighty works in your name?’ And then will I declare to them, ‘I never knew you; depart from me, you workers of lawlessness.’”
[ Matthew 7:21-23 ]

“They on the rock are they who, when they hear, receive the word with joy; and these have no root, who for a while believe, and in time of testing fall away.”
[ Luke 8:13 ]

“But as many as received him, do them he gave the right to become children of God.”
[ John 1:12 ]

“The work of God is this: to believe in the one He has sent.”
[ John 6:28-29 ]

“He who believes in the sun has eternal life.”
[ John 3:36 ]

“To have faith in the One He sent.”
[ John 6:29 ]

“If the world hates you, keep in mind that it hated me first. If you belong to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you.”
[ John 15:18-19 ]

“For although they knew God, they did not honor him as God or give thanks to Him, but they became futile in their thinking, and their foolish hearts were darkened.”
[ Romans 1:21 ]

“Claiming to be wise, they became fools, and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for images resembling mortal man and birds and animals and creeping things.”
[ Romans 1:22-23 ]

“Therefore God gave them up in the lusts of their hearts to impurity, to the dishonoring of their bodies among themselves, because they exchanged the truth about God for a lie and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed forever! Amen.”
[ Romans 1:24-25 ]

“For this reason, God gave them up to dishonorable passions. For their women exchanged natural relations for those that are contrary to nature; and the men likewise gave up natural relations with women and were consumed with passion for one another, men committing shameless acts with men and receiving in themselves the due penalty for their error.”
[ Romans 1:26-27 ]

“And since they did not see fit to acknowledge God, God gave them up to a debased mind to do what ought not to be done. They were filled with all manner of unrighteousness, evil, covetousness, and malice. They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and maliciousness. They are gossips, slanderers, haters of God, insolent, haughty, boastful, inventors of evil, disobedient to parents, foolish, faithless, heartless, ruthless.”
[ Romans 1:28-31 ]

“Though they know God’s righteous decree that those who practice such things deserve to die, they not only do them but give approval to those who practice them.”
[ Romans 1:32 ]

“For the creation waits with eager longing for the revealing of the sons of God. For the creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of him who subjected it, in hope that the creation itself will be set free from its bondage to corruption and obtain the freedom of the glory of the children of God. For we know that the whole creation has been groaning together in the pains of childbirth until now. And not only the creation, but we ourselves, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan inwardly as we wait eagerly for adoption as sons, the redemption of our bodies.”
[ Romans 8:19-23 ]

“Be on guard for yourselves, and for all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the church of God, which He purchased with his own blood. I know that after my departing savage wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock; and from among your own selves men will arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them.”
[ Acts 20:28-30 ]

“Who is able to do immeasurably more than all we ask or imagine.”
[ Ephesians 3:20 ]

“Set your hearts on things above, where Christ is seated at the right hand of God. Set your minds on things above, not on earthly things.”
[ Colossians 3:1-2 ]

“Let no one in any way deceive you, for it [Jesus’ return] will not come unless the apostasy comes first, and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the son of destruction.”
[ 2 Thessalonians 2:3 ]

“As for the work this man of rebellion and hell will do when he comes, it is already going on, but he himself will not come until the one who is holding him back steps out of the way.”
[ 2 Thessalonians 2:7 ]

“Then that Man of Evil will appear.”
[ 2 Thessalonians 2:8 ]

“When that Man of Evil comes, it will be the work of Satan. He will come with great power, and he will do all kinds of false miracles, signs, and wonders.”
[ 2 Thessalonians 2:9 ]

“Now the Spirit speaks expressly that, in the latter times, some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of demons.”
[ 1 Timothy 4:1 ]

“For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires.”
[ 2 Timothy 4:3 ]

“Therefore let those who suffer according to God’s will entrust their souls to a faithful Creator while doing good.”
[ 1 Peter 4:19 ]

“This is His command: to believe in the name of his Son, Jesus Christ.”
[ 1 John 3:23 ]

“But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, and then the heavens will pass away with a roar, and the heavenly bodies will be burned up and dissolved, and the earth and the works that are done on it will be exposed.

Since all these things are thus to be dissolved, what sort of people ought you to be in lives of holiness and godliness, waiting for and hastening the coming of the day of God, because of which the heavens will be set on fire and dissolved, and the heavenly bodies will melt as they burn! But according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth in which righteousness dwells.”
[ 2 Peter 3:10-13 ]

“I know of your deeds; you are neither hot nor cold,… but lukewarm… I (God) will spit you (the church) out of My mouth.”
[ Revelation 3:14-22 ]

“When he opened a third seal, I heard the third living creatures say, ’Come and see’ So I looked, and behold, a black horse, and he who sat on it had a pair of scales in his hands. And I heard a voice in the middle of the four living creatures saying, ‘a quart of weight for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for Denarius; and do not harm the oil in the wine.’”
[ Revelation 6:5-6 ]

“Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead, so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.”
[ Revelation 13:16-18 ]

“And another angel, a third, followed them, saying with a loud voice, ’If anyone worships the beast and its image and receives a mark on his forehead or his hand, he also will drink the wine of God’s wrath, poured full strength into the cup of his anger, and he will be tormented with fire and sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and the presence of the Lamb. And the smoke of their torment goes up forever and ever, and they have no rest, day or night, these worshipers of the beast and its image, and whoever receives the mark of its name.”
[ Revelation 14:9-11 ]

“All who travel by ship, sailors, and as many as trade on the sea, stood at a distance.”
[ Revelation 18:17 ]

“And when the thousand years are ended, Satan will be released from his prison and will come out to deceive the nations that are at the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them for battle; their number is like the sand of the sea. And they marched up over the broad plain of the earth and surrounded the camp of the saints and the beloved city, but fire came down from heaven and consumed them, and the devil who had deceived them was thrown into the lake of fire and sulfur where the beast and the false prophet were, and they will be tormented day and night forever and ever.”
[ Revelation 20:7-10 ]

“Then I saw ‘a New Heaven and a New Earth,’ for the first Heaven and the first Earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. I saw the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, coming down out of Heaven from God, prepared as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband.”
[ Revelation 21:1-2 ]

“Behold, the tabernacle of God is with man, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people. God himself will be with them and be their God.”
[ Revelation 21:3 ]

“People will bring into the glory and the honor of the nations. But nothing unclean will enter it, nor anyone who practices, abomination or falsehood, but only those who are written in the Lamb’s book of life.”
[ Revelation 21:26-27]

“The Spirit and the Bride say, ‘Come.”’ And let the one who hears say, ‘Come.’ And let the one who is thirsty come; let the one who desires take the water of life without price.”
[ Revelation 22:17 ]


If you have a ‘neat’ story or some thoughts about an issue or current event that you would like me to try to respond to, I would be glad to give it a try…so, send them to me at: mbesh@comcast.net

Disclaimer: All the above jokes and inspirations are obtained from various sources and copyright is used when known. Other than our name and headers, we do not own the copyright to any of the materials sent to this list. We just want to spread the ministry of God’s love and cheerfulness throughout the world.

Mark

·.¸¸.·´¯`·.. ><((((‘>
><((((‘> ·.¸¸.·´¯`·.¸¸.·´¯`·..><((((‘> ·´¯`·.¸¸.·´¯`·.. ><((((‘>
·´¯`·.¸¸.·´¯`·..><((((‘>
><((((‘> ·.¸¸.·´¯`·.¸¸.·´¯`·.¸¸.><((((‘>